Category Archives: Military projects

Operation Crimson Mist, Electronic Slaughter in Rwanda

This is just one example how mind control can be used against us. They can start riots, wars and hate between us even if we don’t want it. This is the horrific result of years they have developed these silent weapons against us. So check it yourself here:

Operation Crimson Mist, Electronic Slaughter in Rwanda

Spooks now use technology in Baghdad that was “proven” on one-million dead Africans in Rwanda

By Joe Vialls
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/americanmcinbaghdad29may03.shtml
May 29, 2003

Original title: American Mind Control in Baghdad

Operation Crimson Mist

During the late afternoon of 6 April 1994, a hail of cannon shells tore through the fuselage of a commercial airliner flying overhead central Rwanda. Several seconds later the blazing plane exploded on impact with the ground, killing President Habyarimana of Rwanda, President Ntaryamira of Burundi, and most of their senior government officials. In that fatal millisecond of time, the entire political command structure of central Africa was decapitated, leaving the way open for “Operation Crimson Mist”, the most obscene terminal mind control experiment ever mounted by the United States of America against a sovereign nation. That “Crimson Mist” has been used again recently on a smaller scale in Iraq, is now beyond doubt.

As Habyarimana and his colleagues made their death dive, a small group of American men and women lounged around in a large hut at the edge of a discreet gravel airstrip a few miles from the Rwandan capital Kigali, temporary home for their three unmarked C-130 Hercules transport planes. All crewmembers carried forged credentials showing them as “atmospheric researchers” employed by an authentic civilian American agency, but these were only for emergency identification if one of the aircraft was forced to make an unscheduled landing on unfriendly territory. For all practical security purposes, neither they nor their three large aircraft were even in Africa.

When news of the presidential crash came in over the VHF radio, one of the Hercules planes was swiftly preparedfor take off. The flight engineer checked the attachment of the RATO [Rocket Assisted Takeoff] packs, while the scientists made final adjustments to a large microwave dish mounted on the rear loading ramp of the aircraft. It was this strange and esoteric piece of equipment alone that would directly contribute to the deaths of more than one million African civilians during the hundred days that followed. Though completely silent in operation, the single microwave dish had more killing potential than a whole squadron of AC-130 Spectre gunships armed with fifty Gatling
cannons.

Willing to Commit Mass Murder

Though officially tagged an “experiment”, none of those present had any doubt that this was merely a cosmetic cover for the gruesome operational work ahead. Each member had been carefully vetted and then vetted again by US Intelligence to ensure they had the “right stuff”, and were philosophically committed to two objectives.

First was the evolving need to control or eliminate political dissent by remote means in the run up to the 21st Century, and second was the need to stem or reverse massive population increases across the world, which threatened to overwhelm existing natural resources, especially water and food. Intrinsically this required a willingness to commit mass murder, and everyone present had passed this critical test with flying colors.

As the Hercules’ engines started with a roar, American agents in Kigali were working alongside local civil servants and members of the Rwandan security service, ramping up public suspicion about foul play in the presidential air crash. Urged on by corrupt officialdom, Hutu tribesmen started marching on Tutsi tribesmen and threw a few rocks at them. Innocent enough at the outset, although with a few nasty machete cuts here and there. But then the C-130 Hercules made a carefully-calculated pass directly over the advancing Hutu, and they suddenly went berserk. Eyes glazed, the mood of the Hutu crowd went from simple anger to uncontrollable rage, and within minutes, hundreds of assorted Tutsi body parts were flying through the air.

Creating Electronic Rage

What the Hercules crew had just achieved has been an open secret since the late fifties, when researchers accidentally discovered that there is a precise “control” brain wave for literally everything we do, and for everything we feel. The problem back then was that each of these control brain waves [rage, fear, panic, lethargy, vomiting and so on] had to be transmitted with an accuracy taken out to three decimal places, or they simply did not work at all. But as the years rolled by, and with the advent of transistors and microprocessors, the operational application of precise control brain waves became practical reality.

It is important to note here that the lethal trick repeated hundreds of times by the C-130 Hercules in Rwanda during April – July 1994, was not “classic mind control” in the ultimate conspiratorial meaning of the term, i.e. where people claim to hear complicated messages inside their heads, or where it is feared that the NSA [or similar] intend to turn everyone into helpless Zombies by implanting electronic chips in their arms or necks. What the C-130 crew were actually engaged in was “electromagnetically augmenting” a pre-existing state. Remember that the agents and security service personnel first had to point the Hutu tribesmen in the direction of the Tutsi, induce reasonable anger, and make sure they were appropriately armed. Only then could the C-130 go to work with the precise control brain wave of “rage”, augmenting and thus upgrading crowd behavior from that of angry demonstrators to uncontrollable genocidal maniacs. Although not “classic”, this was and is unquestionably mind control, for the simple reason that external means were being used to force an irresistible change in behavior.

For those who really want to know how governments or agencies change public behavior on a whim, the explanation is not too complicated, though obtaining details of the classified control brain frequencies is all but impossible. Various academics have actually demonstrated some of these effects quasi-publicly over the years, which provides hard reality for skeptics.

One of the leading lights in this field is Dr. Elizabeth Rauscher-Bise, who was a nuclear scientist and researcher at Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, and at Stanford Research Institute, Professor of Physics at John F. Kennedy University of California, research consultant to NASA and the U.S. Navy, and a member of IEEE, APS, AAAS, MAA, ANA, AAMI. Elizabeth Rauscher-Bise identified specific frequency effects to induce nausea, happiness and many other behavioral states decades ago. Clearly, Dr. Rauscher-Bise is an enthusiast: “Give me the money and three months”, she boasts, “and I’ll be able to affect the behavior of 80 per cent of the people in this town without their knowing it. Make them happy – or at least they’ll think they’re happy. Or aggressive.”

Unlike many researchers in this field, Elizabeth Rauscher-Bise tends to be open about her work, has demonstrated the effects many times in quasi-public forums, and claims to experiment only on fully informed people. Many years ago during one memorable demonstration in California, she turned a specific brain wave on all students in the left-side of her auditorium, whereupon their teeth started chattering collectively and uncontrollably. When the unaffected students on the right-side of the auditorium suggested this might be some sort of trick, Elizabeth Rauscher-Bise calmly turned the specific brain wave on them instead. The right-side now suffered exactly the same fate, watched by the stunned, but no longer affected students on the left-side.

Extra Low Frequencies (ELF)

The main problem lies in the delivery of the these brain waves to the target, because they all lie in the extremely low spectrum, between 0.1 and 25 Hertz [Cycles], with all control brain waves in an even narrower central band between 0.6 and 10.2 Hertz. These are effectively the same as “earth” frequencies, meaning that they are very hard to direct via conventional radio transmission. Remember that in order to be effective in selective crowd behavior augmentation, you must be able to restrict delivery to clearly defined crowds in clearly defined areas. This is achieved by using an extremely high frequency microwave beam, which is then amplitude modulated at exactly the same rate as the desired control brain wave. This is much easier to explain with pictures, so take a good look at the diagram below.

Microwaves in the 1.0 to 3.0 Gigahertz range travel in perfectly straight lines, like light, making them easy to control in terms of direction, regardless of power output. In most cases microwaves are transmitted by a dish aerial of the sort you frequently see located low down on a tall television transmitter mast. These are designed to transfer high volume electronic data between the television studio and transmitter, and vice versa.

Where the American “Mind Controllers” score with their airborne and truck mounted equipment is by using microwave aerials that can be adjusted, in exactly the same way as you would adjust the focus on a variable beam flashlight. How this is done is shown in the second diagram to the right.

In the Rwandan Hutu tribesmen example shown near the start of this report, the crew of the C-130 Hercules only needed to know the width of the target crowd on the ground, and the width of their own microwave beam at any given true altitude in feet [as read directly from the radar altimeter]. With those two values available, it is then a simple matter to adjust beam width to accurately bracket the target crowd from any altitude chosen.

Baghdad ‘Looting’

But this equipment is not just deployed in large lumbering Hercules transport planes. During recent weeks, European security experts have concluded that smaller versions of Crimson Mist were recently deployed on the street of Baghdad, designed in part to augment the media propaganda line that Iraqi citizens are dangerous savages, all badly in need of direct supervision by “democratic” American authorities. One classic example of this was the “looting” of the Baghdad Museum, apparently by a crowd of undisciplined rabble, but video footage tells a very different story. To pull off this stunt the American authorities needed to assemble a crowd, managed quite easily with a promise of free food. Then they needed to place the crowd outside the museum, which again was easy because they located the free food outside the museum itself. Next up, the attention of the crowd had to be drawn to the museum itself, which was achieved in spectacular fashion by firing two 120-mm shells from an Abrams tank gun straight through the main doors.

Fine so far, but how to get them inside? The video shows two soldiers gesticulating to the crowd, urging them to go in and help themselves, thereby clearly identifying the target “Rwanda-style”. Then it starts to get really interesting! The two soldiers rapidly withdraw, leaving the Iraqis standing leaderless outside the open doors, and then CLICK, just like flicking a light switch, the entire crowd goes nuts absolutely simultaneously, which never happens in real life. In the real world there is always a leader visibly stirring up the crowd and preparing them for action, but not outside the Baghdad Museum. One second these folk are dull hungry Iraqis, next second they are instant uncontrollable maniacs streaming in though the museum doors.

It is also suspected that the same equipment was used to augment the “looting attacks” on various hospitals around central Baghdad, though this claim seems to be based as much on logic as it is on video footage. These so-called “looters” are Iraqi citizens who received essentially free health care in the hospitals under Saddam Hussein. Not only that, but their wives and children are being bombed and shot by Americans, meaning that their free hospitals are absolutely essential to them, and thus the very places they would normally defend in the first instance. Bearing this logic in mind, it seems likely that the European security experts are also correct in this claim.

Homeland ‘Security’

While there is unlikely to be very much concern in America, Britain, and Australia for the plight of Iraqis on the streets of Baghdad, it may be time to examine what is likely to happen in our own “democratic” countries if things get more out of control than they are at present. Remember that the 2.2-million-strong demonstration in London just before the illegal invasion of Iraq, had little if anything to do with English folk liking Saddam Hussein. Iraq was merely an excuse for this unprecedented mass of human beings to migrate to London waving banners that mostly read “Not in Our Name” at corrupt politicians.

The bottom line is that the next time 2.2 million British citizens descend on the capital to have a go at the politicians [their real targets], they might be carrying something far more dangerous than banners. Every policeman and military man knows very well that a 2.2 million strong mass with hostile intent, simply cannot be stopped by standard riot control techniques, and they cannot be stopped by bullets fired by soldiers on the streets. Even if British soldiers could be persuaded to open fire on their own neighbors [most unlikely], the entire Army would be powerless to act. So what then?

Across the Atlantic in America, and in Australia, things are really no better. As I write, the American dollar is heading straight for basement levels, which in turn will lead to a depression and increased anger on the part of all Americans, aimed largely at corrupt politicians on Capitol Hill. Naturally the politicians will try to put the people down as usual, but what if this time it is a step too far. What if a few hundred or few thousand of the 260 million private weapons in American hands are brought into play, what then?

The chances are that in all affected western countries, politicians and their real masters will try to invoke the use of highly unconventional weapons in order to try and save their own worthless hides. How successful they might be when that day comes, as it surely will, is largely up to you.

Joe Vialls

Web posted at: http://www.joevialls.co.uk/subliminalsuggestion/mindcontrol.html

Here is a video telling more about these weapons:

Reason for everything, BioAPI and Chemtrails Pt. 6 – Frequently Asked Questions

And BioAPI serie continues with now some most commonly asked questions…


1) What is a BioAPI?

In order to program your typical laptop computer you need an API. Application Programming Interface. This is simply how to talk to the computer so a programmer can tell it to do things, like read a DVD, recognize mouse movement, etc. A BioAPI is exactly the same thing, except instead of computer hardware a BioAPI interfaces with your body parts, specifically your neurons and synapses which control your body and mind. Also known as wetware, essentially the BioAPI in you consists of nano-implants. These implants are required because it’s simply not possible to influence, communicate or control any part of your body or mind with classical methods as a electromagnetic quantum signal has nothing to talk to, hence the requirement of a middleware (the nano-implants or wetware).

To summarize – chemtrails spray the entire planet with nano-fibers which you breathe in. These fibers contain (nano & micro) components which construct and install nano-implants which the aggregate of constitutes what is commonly known as a Biological Application Programming Interface allowing for the complete monitoring, control and extension of all body and mind functions in a given host (you, and everyone on the entire planet).

You are the base model surrogate.

2) Is a BioAPI bad?

No, it’s good.

3) Is a BioAPI good?

No, it’s bad.

4) So which is it?

When someone reaches for the bible to jusitify their acts you’re in big trouble. All throughout history man has tried to dream up reasons to punish another man and impose his will on him, possibly with a valid reason. When he cannot come up with a valid reason… out comes the bible. The best biblical example is Dixie in Daddy I’m a Zombie (2011) where she becomes targeted [a zombie] right after simply being jealous, because jealously is a sin. Another example is the “useless eater” is the one who dies in Toxic Skies (2008), because even if you try to protect yourself from all the judgement by doing nothing, they have a sin for that to, it’s called sloth. So now your guilty for doing something, or nothing. It’s your choice. The absolute absurdity of it all is also proven when a toddler is shown to take the pills [and thereby symbolically contracts phase 2] at the very end of the movie and clip for Zombex (2013); because after all we need to nano-attack and punish the child when it steals a cookie from the cookie jar right? Yes, that’s why it is being shown. On the other hand the positive possibilities are endless.

Men never do evil so completely and cheerfully as when they do it from a religious conviction.

Blaise Pascal

 

To clarify – they have engineered and released a nano-tech disease on humanity. Traditional symptoms such as coughing, pains and lesions are only occasionally used to symbolically represent the disease within the media such as shown here and here or with the clip for Contracted (2013). In real life the physical symptoms only surface when the nano-tech disease is first contracted (known as a phase 2) and I attempt to describe them here and here. After the nano-tech successfully installs itself across your body cavity the BioAPI becomes fully active and symptoms could then (depending on tests and subsequent judgment) be elevated to actual actions and events such as public/gang stalking, strange thoughts, mind reading and other nano-tricks including suspension & manipulation of memory. The possibilities then become endless as you are programmableyou are the robot.

So there are traditional and mostly temporary symptoms from the actual nano-tech at first; but then the diease elevates and becomes one of dishonor, judgment, harassment, confusion and nano-assault. There is a lot happening with the BioAPI, the scope is huge, and cannot all be described in one paragraph. If you exclude this disease aspect (phase 2) it becomes one of the greatest things to happen to humanity.

5) What is gang stalking?

Gang stalking, stalkers or other public/organized stalking is when random people you have never met before from the public stalk you (more accurately someone with phase 2) wherever you go. You may go to the bank, and a stalker will be there. This is definitely what it appears like. It is just another illusion as I have repeatedly said throughout this site; aka Black Limousine (2010). The purpose is to psychologically manipulate people who become targeted with phase 2 in an effort to destabilize them. In reality these people from the public are already close by and are simply mind controlled on demand (via suggestion) to be present or give acts or signs that they are there for you. They have no idea they are doing it, and the thoughts someone has to notice these so called stalkers are not even their thoughts to begin with. This is one of the many aspects of a large and complicated program that has been over engineered to accomplish and deliver the most impossible to believe things in an effort to confuse, monitor, judge, help and harm targeted individuals. It’s difficult to comprehend until you go through it. A good example and demonstration can be found in the review for Ultrasonic (2012).

6) So this is mind control right?

Yes, but the term mind control is so 1960. I picture a chimpanzee hooked up to electrodes. Its 2018, mind control technology has changed. Whenever I say ‘mind control‘ think of the word ‘convince‘, because that’s more like it, they simply convince someone mentally to do something by thinking for, or with, them in real time; it works very well because no one ever doubts the thoughts they are having are wrong or not theirs to begin with. And for extreme circumstances they can suspend your memory turning you into a mindless robot. It’s unstoppable. Also see Earthkiller (2011) for details on this convincing or suggesting.

Also remember mind control is only one aspect of the overall functionality provided by the greater BioAPI. Also see the John Hodgson video.

7) Why do they put everything in the movies?

It constitutes a warning and public notice. For example Gamer (2009). It’s hidden in plain sight, therefore you can’t see it because it’s outside of your sphere. That’s just how it works.

8) Why it this web site finally telling everyone the complete real truth?

To be clear, Data Asylum was released simply because one man, or a small group [the people behind phase 2, or moreso via BioAPI automation by a supercomputer] are physically attacking people with nano-technology who have not done a single thing to anyone ever. Their belief, viewpoint or what they “think” is used as justification to harm and assault another. This is the exact “sheep think” they hate. Where a mere point of view is used to harm another person. Therefore as you can conclude – they are the sheep they hate. That is the only reason this web site is live. I did not want to release this web site.

In fact, this is what they ironically think they are ultimately doing to targeted individuals. They believe they are exploiting the “sheep mind” of a targeted individual by leveraging the association of like events or statistical anomalies to construct illusions and false realities in which they hope said targeted individual will externalize against, believe in and care about what is happening and thereby act out and harm themselves in some way (see Black Limousine (2010)); or in the alternative harm someone else for no valid reason (aka the “sheep brain” in action) in which then justifies them (the people behind phase 2) in continuing to act against the targeted individual to harm and attack said individual even more or in some cases actually kill them if they “think” it’s justified.

Lots of sheep think going on you’ll notice. “I think x” therefore “I can hurt you“… where x is always false, merely an opinion, or a fictitious point of view. Always.

9) How does someone get phase 2? Is this legal?

Phase 2 is the full BioAPI. You have to do something specific to trigger this and get it. There are various triggers I call them placed throughout all of society. So actual nano-trigger-bots would be spiked within these products/events. A short list is below. Note not all of the following is spiked, a very small percentage of each one is. I’m sure there are many more triggers being released too. Once your body is infected it also becomes transmittable like a classic virus (hence kissing), but this vector can be disabled, as you become “programmable”. Most spiking of actual commercial products such as shampoo as shown in Metropia (2009) is done via upstream ingredient providers. A corporations right hand never knows what the left hand is doing.

  • Eating cheap red meat (Update: 2012-07-23 as clearly demonstrated in Doomsday Book (2012) and Harolds Going Stiff (2011)). Also cheap pork/bacon even know it is not red meat is also a valid trigger, assuming it is spiked.
  • Kissing specific people (via the tongue as shown in Telephone (Lady Gaga/2010) and the movie (not clip) The Adjustment Bureau (2011) and Order of Chaos (2010) and Earthkiller (2011); the fact that someone is contagious via kissing is switchable by a handler). Also see Dead Europe (2012) which puts phase 2 in the context of being this century’s version of HIV as HIV was originally created and targeted against the gay population; this also makes phase 2 a sexually transmitted disease to some degree.
  • Using specific corporate health care or beauty products (See Metropia (2009) Clip 2).
  • Drugs (eg. cocaine – see Evil Dead (2013), The Disco Exorcist (2011), and The Informers (2008) where she was using drugs then got morgellons (clip here). Also now see Woke Up Dead (2009) as some pharmaceuticals are included too. Also now see ZombeX (2013) which clearly connects corporate pharmaceuticals with phase 2. No clip provided, a couple triggers including meat and cocaine is shown in Pretty Dead (2013).Also includes synthetic or designer drugs (aka Bath Salts); hence the psychotic behavior in users over time. In fact the entire movie Bath Salt Zombies (2013) is a psy-op attempting to connect and reinforce bath salts and to a lesser extent synthetic drugs to extremely crazy behavior. If someone does these crazy [eg. biting the face off people] things they must be one of those bath salt junkies right? Wrong, it’s suspension of memory. They’re wired. Just like you.

    Also note not all drugs can be spiked. For example the marijuana supply for north america is far to home grown and the source(s) are extremely distributed across various smaller localized suppliers. Therefore there is not a single, or very few, point(s) of presence to manage this as a trigger. Plus marijuana is too insignificant, they would not care about it.

  • Some vaccines (for example 1% of the Swine Flu vaccine).
  • Specific corporate food products (probably .1% of energy drinks, some fast food, etc.). As these are less significant, these would probably require multiple cross-connecting trigger-bots to trigger phase 2; so you would have to do multiple things.
  • Etc., they [it] are always expanding to find different ways to judge people guilty for not doing anything to anyone. Although red meat should be cut back, that is their only valid point.

You can begin to get a picture of how they [it] are targeting the lower levels of society. They are trying (among other things) to force the bible onto people as mentioned here and in this clip. Remember the same people that created this also control the corporate super trusts (all corporations and governments are fictions and controlled ultimately by a small group via creditor/debtor based contracts or to a lesser extent implied cooperation) so they are allowed to do whatever they want with any of their public products (for example Diet Coca-Cola, Vaccines, etc.) or companies. Again, this is usually done silently via up-stream providers (via the ingredients sourced from third or fourth parties). So this is technically legal, but not lawful. To be judged guilty, at any time for anything, requires both your permission and a bona-fide complaining party. Both are not present when found guilty by the people behind phase 2; not to mention, your ability to honorably resolve the matter is ignored. Therefore phase 2, or more accurately becoming outright targeted, is completely unlawful.

To expand on the legal aspect it would more accurate to think of it this way – chemtrails and the BioAPI (phase 1 and 2) are legal or to a lesser extent are beyond a legality scope. From the law’s point of view phase 2 has a (very) slight presumption you agreed to it evidenced by your conduct in which you contracted it voluntarily – ‘contracts are express or implied. The express are manifested viva voce, or by writing; the implied are shown by silence, by acts [such as eating red meat], or by signs‘. Ultimately against your will = against the law. After all, your body is your property, the nano-implants is theirs. How about phase 1? Interestingly phase 1 (and chemtrails) are completely lawful. The only way one man can force his will onto another is if it is beneficial (even the benefit can be waived though); and the positive aspects of phase 1 are staggering but will not be realized for at least a couple generations, aka H+). For example it’s unlawful to hold someone up at gun point and take their money, but it is lawful to hold someone up at gun point and give them money (or something of value, in this case phase 1). This summarizes what they have done with phase 1 to all of humanity.

They [it] believe (as in one man’s biased point of view) they have caught you in dishonor first (aka Meeting Evil (2012)) hence the negative aspects of becoming targeted, or to a lesser extent phase 2 to begin with. The terms for the two stages can be used interchangeably, the difference is mostly in severity of the attacks and/or nano-tricks being forced onto you.

Also remember phase 2 does not immediately mean you are targeted. In the clip for Daddy, I’m a Zombie (2011) it’s hinted that red meat (the hot dog even know she does not eat it) is the trigger for phase 2, but extreme jealousy, a sin, is the reason Dixie became a zombie [targeted]. A simple flowchart can be found here. Interestingly, see the beginning of the movie Stalled (2013), no clip provided, where they show us three triggers for phase 2 just before the zombie apocalypse strikes. There has never been a movie referencing more than two triggers.

This web site is completely clear and 100% accurate – this is what they are doing (aka A Serious Man (2009)), this is how they do it (aka Metropia (2009)), this is the physical proof and this is how you free yourself (aka Rise of the Zombies(2012)). Plain and simple.

10) What happens when someone gets phase 2?

Phase 2 is the full BioAPI. Most nano-implants that encompass the BioAPI for phase 1 are limited to your brain/cranium and hearing & sight (as referenced in Surrogates (2009)), phase 2 targets the rest of the body as outlined in BioAPI page. For clarity you should also review the BioAPI phase distinctions here. Most people don’t even notice the new implants. After a while your number comes up and they then decide what to do with you. For example, they test you for some level of dishonor, then put into The Program for general harassment if warranted, or just monitor you, etc. Most of this is automated by a super-computer, it really is an API. They/it does need your dishonor to move against you, but a random excuse can just be made up as you would expect when man judges man.

Note – good things can happen too. But any help is typically more of a bad joke, they think they are reflecting you back on yourself. It could not be more pathetic and unreasonable.

11) Can the implants (phase 1 or 2) be reversed or otherwise stopped?

With nano-technology absolutely anything is possible; anything. So the short answer is yes, it’s possible to have this reversed. Long answer is no, not that I know of, I’ve seen nothing that suggests this is possible for the common man. The implants are all pervasive and impossible to stop (see the update below). In fact you can never stop or remove the nano-fibers at all. Keep in mind nano-fibers do not equal nano-implants, fibers deliver the implant components. Normal people with phase 1 (everyone) do not have to care that much, it’s largely benign and transparent to your everyday life. You may be mind controlled once in a while, but you will have no idea it happened.

If you have phase 2 and are aware your being monitored (or just generally screwed with) they may attempt to provide something that makes you think you have finally freed yourself. Like shielding or some other nonsense. This is just yet another illusion, another lie to mislead you. They want you to run to the internet telling everyone that x, y or z worked, or believe you’re free so they can monitor you more accurately. They need confusion so they will try to provide false solutions to people looking for them. Always remember, it’s always about the next nano-trick. Have we fooled you yet? How about now? Now? They are always trying to create some misdirection or false reality around this to keep people in the dark. This is covered in the new clip for Ultrasonic (2012).

[Update 2012-11-25]: A cure for this can be found in the review for Rise of the Zombies (2012) in which should turn off your BioAPI and stop this insanity once and for all. Unfortunately it seems to be very difficult to apply.

12) What if the Chemtrails were stopped? Would that help?

No, it’s too late. Everyone on the planet is now wired. It would not matter. The point of further nano-fiber propagation via Chemtrails is for newborns and children.

13) What about major world events?

You should be able to figure out how easily world events can now be engineered. If everyone on the planet is wired then a combination of pushing and pulling of thoughts, memory suspension and basic manipulation of a given environment to create a false reality makes is quite simple for a very small group of people to control, stage and ultimately direct individuals or groups (small or large) to believe anything they wish. Notice the timeframe for 911 matches up well within the timeframe of the BioAPI rollout of post 1999. I can’t prove the BioAPI was used in and for 911, but at same time you can’t prove it was not. That’s the point, your suppose to focus, think and say ‘wait a second, if x y and z are possible, then…

Whether you’re a terrorist, famous entertainer, government agency employee (eg. The President of the USA, CIA agent, etc.), Cleveland Brown or just some poor kid in the middle of India, everyone is being played, everyone is wired.

 

I’m wired too!

 

14) How does this all tie together time wise?

I should create a timeline but I’m too lazy. Chemtrail spraying started in a major way in about 1999 (existed as far back as 1995 I suspect on a trial basis). The first Morgellons cases appeared in 2001 or so. People being harassed or gang stalked (the myth of public organized stalking) started around 2002, major references in the movies started around 2001 and really became prevalent in 2007/2008 and onwards as demonstrated on this site. See a pattern? The rollout of phase 2 is also confirmed for us in Zombex (2013), clip provided.

15) Who is doing this?

This is difficult to answer. All I can say is the entire BioAPI is very compartmentalized. It is bigger than any one person or small group. In the trailer for H+ they clearly tell you @ 0:53 ‘there is a giant invisible hand that is gripping this very tightly…‘; this statement could not be more accurate or true. The people that designed it are not the scientists that engineered it, or the programmers who programmed the AI supercomputer. The people that released phase 1, for good, have nothing to do with phase 2, the nano-tech disease. The occasional people/handlers that harass you via nano-tech or at least watch to judge the hell out of you cannot tell the AI supercomputer what it will do or to stop what is happening. Only you can via the cure. The nutters who released phase 2 have nothing to do with the cure. Everything that is happening is always above any single group or person.

As a targeted individual part of the false reality being constructed around you includes something, and corresponding thoughts of it, to convince you it must be XXX because of YYY and they do it with ZZZ. Your suppose to fill in the blanks based on what you think you know because your belief structure has to be grounded to be real. For example it has nothing to do with the NSA, but you might believe that hence the news during 2013/2014. It must be them right? Only if you believe it.

The simplest explanation for who is behind phase 2 would be the same group or class of people who engineered and released HIV onto the gay populace in the 1980’s. As a side note, and the epitome of hypocrisy, these same people are now attempting to justify homosexuality within the media and movies via the gay agenda which is apparent everywhere you look anymore. Now I said the people behind phase 2, not the people who actually made it all. If you want to know exactly who made the BioAPI and phase 2, it’s you. Your neighbor, friends and family. It’s your brother the engineer working on random things for NASA, it’s your neighbor down the street who got a job working on new nano-technology stuff for the government. Due to the intentional compartmentalization of corporate and governmental infrastructure people never actually know exactly what they are developing or why in the end. Just tell people what they need to hear, science can be used evil just as easily as it can for good. As long as it pays the bills.

Source

Reason for everything, BioAPI and Chemtrails Pt. 5 – The Program & Gangstalking

And the BioAPI serie continues. It is crucial to read all this info otherwise you don’t understand the meaning of chemtrailing…


The Gangstalking Myth (aka The Program)

What’s the point to all of this? I mean why spend billions of dollars to spray the entire world with nano-technology in order to create a BioAPI in everyone on the entire planet without anyone knowing? You can test yourself here. I mean if the technology is used for good people would line up for it. So why all the secrecy?

Once someone receives phase 2 a full BioAPI is installed (as opposed to a partial set of nano-implants which everyone on earth now has). Phase 2 is triggered by something a person did such as eating cheap red meat, using specific drugs (cocaine, some pharmaceuticals, designer/synthetic drugs, etc.), kissing someone (shown a lot in the movies), or using specific corporate beauty or health care products, prostitutes, some (.1%?) low quality food products (eg. fast food, diet cola, energy drinks), etc. These are called triggers (nano-trigger-bots if you will which are spiked within the given source), more accurately they are known as honeypots, a term used in security. There are many triggers place throughout society now, but these ones seem standard; specifically kissing. The target being the lower levels of society. One aspect is they are trying to account for biblical principles, typically the seven deadly sins. But it’s application is ultimately much broader than that. People who end up with phase 2 are considered bad people in their eyes or otherwise “caught” doing something. This is why some people are targeted and not others. During the installation (for lack of a better word) of phase 2 of the BioAPI there are temporary side effects. See the very bottom of this page for a short listing.

The (class) of people who design and fund programs such as this run the world (more accurately the governmental/money/commercial super trusts), and were previously content with passive concepts such as stealing (a poor word choice actually) money from everyone through taxation and harming society as a whole by doing things such as withholding free energy or approving cancer causing carcinogens for the food supply (eg. aspartame), which is all fine in my opinion – it all has its purpose and role. Unfortunately now, in order to feel happy these same class of people feel the need to actively and directly judge, control and most significantly hurt people. The idea sold to the people “in the know” is this technology will make the world better as told to us in Control Factor (2003) @ ~10:40 in the clip. It’s to “get those bad people” or “protect the public” or “get those sheep“. It has been directly demonstrated to myself first hand that this is absurd and the whole point is to simply harm as many people as possible, they just need a weak excuse to do it, hence the release of this web site. FAQ question #8 briefly summarizes the exact reason for this site and what they are doing, FAQ question #15 tries to explain generally who.

Therefore this section aims at helping people with phase 2 who have since become outright targeted by demonstrating exactly how they do everything. This information attempts to connect the BioAPI and nano-implants with what has become known as a “Targeted Individual“. Normal, average people such as yourself are physically assaulted using nano-technology everyday by people running what has become from what I understand as “The Program” (for lack of a better phrase). Once one understands how this is all accomplished they will have a much better picture on how to respond as it becomes more of a running joke or bag of stupid nano-tricks. It would actually be pretty cool if they we not so hell bent on trying to hurt and destroy average people so much. They think they caught you. To help understand why this is all legal see question #9 of the FAQs. You may have phase 2 and not even know it. The Program and chemtrails are worldwide but are more concentrated in the G5 countries.

The above image is a scene from The Adjustment Bureau (2011) where the women Damon is trying to pursue intentionally tries to make him angry by putting his Blackberry in his coffee. If you can wrap your head around the fact that Damon (lightly) portrays a targeted individual in this movie it becomes clear how people around a targeted individual can be mind controlled to harass or otherwise indirectly harm a targeted individual without even knowing it. Gangstalking is clearly demonstrated in Ultrasonic (2012) or Control Factor (2003); how it works (suggesting someone to do something) is summarized well with Earthkiller (2011). For additional information on phase 2 and the distinction between it and phase 1 can be found here. A cure or antidote to the nano-tech disease that makes all this possible can be found on the cure page. Everything expressed herein is also lightly summarized with Daddy, I’m a Zombie (2011) which is a very important clip.

Any sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic.

Arthur C. Clarke, “Profiles of The Future”, 1961 (Clarke’s third law)

 

Gangstalking Background

In order to get an overall feel for what is happening to someone who is entered into The Program it might be beneficial to review these MP3 audio’s. These podcasts are given by someone who is a targeted individual and accurately describes the possibilities and extent to which the BioAPI is leveraged to create false realities. Keep in mind the guy giving these talks is mostly a shill, he’s specifically attempting to cover up the connection between a targeted individual and phase 2 (the BioAPI via Chemtrail nano-fibers). Nonetheless, the audios give a good background on how people are being harassed and demonstrates the spectacular things that can be accomplished when one controls the brain and body like a laptop computer. Note do not focus too much on these downloads, they are very nano-trick centric; it would be a lot more beneficial to review and read this entire web site as you will end up with a much better understanding of what is actually happening.

For the people doing this, under most circumstances the compartmentalization of information must be maintained by the handler (a handler as reflected in Metropia (2009) and A Scanner Darkly (2006)). For example, when speaking with your friend a handler may quickly jump in and direct-to-speech them and have them say something significant to you (or just talk gibberish such as with Black Limousine (2010) to make you crazy), but what your friend says must typically be in a context of something that could be said anyway in that situation and means nothing to them. See the movie Wrong (2012/2013) which crystal clearly demonstrates this random mind controlling of people to say things they would never otherwise say; no clip provided. As for harassment in general, without your dishonor the harassment cannot be detrimental to your life. For example they cannot slash your tires when you need your car to desperately get to a job interview. It has to be non-consequential; also to be accurate you would have slashed your own tires. But they could/would mind control you to lock your keys in the car afterwards, or your handler would create an illusion that you did not get the job because he mind controlled the hirer to pass you over.

You might be wondering, if someone can be controlled like a robot why doesn’t a handler just control someone (you) to give the handler all of their money or something? This could happen, but what’s the difference between that and robbing you on the street at gun point? Nothing. Again, they need your dishonor, they need you to voluntarily out of your own free will do something by creating a conflict for you. Then it’s justified in their view. After all, you did it. They can then say “you’re doing it to yourself“, or “it’s all a fiction so it’s ok to hurt these sheep“. This of course is pathetic, it’s like repeatedly poking a wild animal in a cage which finally bites you – then say “look, the animal is dangerous and we have to put it down”.

The nano-technology or BioAPI aspect is told and demonstrated right to your face with Gamer (2009), the black basketball playing guy is representative of a gangstalker or other public/organized stalking, notice how he’s mind controlled on demand (to dance and then attack Butler) in the clip… this clip is important, and should be reviewed before continuing because it is completely real. It is also critical to see the new clip for Ultrasonic (2012) which clearly shows you gangstalking in action.

Test yourself for the BioAPI nano-implants here. More accurately your testing for what delivers the nano-components to make all this possible.

The original source of the downloads is here.

Audio Downloads

Gangstalking TS-465745.mp3
Accusations TS-499378.mp3
Disinfo TS-465732.mp3
GroupEfforts TS-465739.mp3
SlieghtMind TS-465735.mp3
TheCompanyYouKeep TS-499379.mp3

 

Real Time Gangstalker Selection

People who have phase 2 are often entered into The Program in which they are repeatedly harassed. The people who are doing this have gone to great lengths to create ridiculous terms and reasons to cover up how The Program or the technology in general actually works. Once one understands the nano-technology base and BioAPI in general the entire operation becomes more of a running joke.

There are countless absured terms on the internet related to this. People think they’re being microwaved, DEWs, voice to skull, etc. (I admit I’ve created some crazy terms too). This and the actual use of them is simply to create confusion for the public in an effort to help hide the BioAPI and how it’s used against people such as yourself and your family. It’s completely impossible to interface with the human body without some sort of middleware, hence the requirement of a nano-tech engineered BioAPI. The term gangstalking is a weak description of what targeted individuals (someone with phase 2 of the BioAPI) goes through when entered into The Program. As demonstrated in Ultrasonic (2012) it involves countless random people all day long harassing or stalking them. A targeted individual will go to a restaurant and the food will intentionally be delivered cold, or they will get crank calls all day long. How can everyone instantly be out to torment and harass a targeted individual? What one needs to understand, for example with a crank call, is the person accidently calling the targeted individual really is accidently calling them, the thought on what the caller wants to do or who to call is inserted in real time via the BioAPI and they act accordingly as if the thought was theirs. The most direct example of this in action is demonstrated in the Metropia (2009) clip. This clip is 100% real. Or the real life example here.

One of the false realities they try to convince a targeted individual to believe is everyone suddenly is in on it. The targeted individual is typically too lost to ever figure out how everyone they know seems to know everything about them all of a sudden. This site demonstrates how it happens. An entire infrastructure of misdirection and disinformation has been created to construct a false possibility that gangs of people are actually out harassing someone. This is simply a cover to misdirect people away from how it really works – nano-technology. The gangstalker concept is designed to warp the reality of a targeted individual and help destabilize them.

The movie Daddy, I’m a Zombie (2011) and The Adjustment Bureau (2011) is actually about this and gang stalking in general to a lesser extent. Matt Damon becomes a targeted individual (in a different context in the movie though) after kissing a random women at the start of the movie. The kiss was the trigger (she would be contagious for lack of a better word) which installs phase 2 of the BioAPI in Damon, then he’s monitored and harassed more or less. Because it’s a movie there has to be a real plot so it’s not an exact depiction.

Gang stalking proximity detection example

For example, in the sample image to the top right might be what a phase 2/targeted individual is looking at as they walk into a super market. The handler (a handler as reflected in Metropia (2009)) see’s the same thing as the individual because of the ocular implant, remember what Bruce Willis’s surrogate sees comes up on the screen in Surrogates (2009). As the targeted individual walks into and around the super market everyone around him comes up on a proximity detector (because everyone at least has phase 1) of the handler (symbolic example image to the right). The handler then simply selects someone such as demonstrated in the image (above) and controls the person accordingly, typically to harass the targeted individual via Direct-to-Speech or whatever. Handlers can roll through people’s minds like you roll through a rolodex – as shown briefly in Alter Ego (2012) @ 45:16 in the movie, no clip provided. (interestingly Alter Egos also shows how they can read people’s names right from their mind without someone even knowing). Note this process is mostly automated by a computer and people (handlers) are not even involved 99% of the time; they obviously do not the resources for that. Keep reading towards the bottom for details.

They clearly demonstrate zooming in on and selecting a subject for paralleling/mind control in the trailer for A Scanner Darkly (2006) at exactly the 0:12 and 0:38 second mark. This could be yourself as a targeted individual or a so called gangstalker that is within close proximity to you. Again the clip and review for Ultrasonic (2012) connects everything for us. The uncanny timing of the individual stalking events is mostly made possible through a combination of reading your thoughts and suspension of memory where people including you are ‘paused‘ to set up an event accurately.

 

The Purpose of Gangstalkin

The overall purpose of leveraging this technology directly against an unsuspecting, normal person such as yourself is to get you to act out in some way. They want you to externalize the events they are creating in and around your life. For example, the handler (or more accurately a supercomputer automating everything) is constantly controlling people around you such as family members to get them to suggest you have mental problems – the your crazy theme comes up a a lot as it works well against people who do not understand how everything is works. The people who have designed this are attempting to create a false reality around the targeted individual, the reality constructed is dependent on that targeted individuals situation. For example they attempt to find something that the targeted person does not like (eg. dogs?) and then everywhere a targeted individual goes there will be dogs there. The side effect is a targeted individual begins to draw unwarranted conclusions from the actions that are happening around them. If pushed to the limit the targeted individual may begin to go crazy which they will then amplify as shown in Black Limousine (2010). Another example is physical assault, they could hurt your body at the exact same time you hear a random car horn from the public; over time you psychologically connect the two events. They then hope you will subsequently act out against the public to harm someone you now perceive as bad or out to get you. This is then the dishonor (see Meeting Evil (2012) below) they need to move against you some more.

No matter how many people appear to be harassing or gangstalking a targeted individual, it’s only just one guy (or a very small group “doing their job”) in a data center controlling everyone and everything about and around a targeted individual. Most of it is actually automated and people (handlers) are not even involved much at all. Reality is always the opposite. For example the actor Michael Hall in the Gamer (2009) clip tells you he’s essentially a handler for lack of a better description. They want you to think or infer something that is not true.

In the end it’s just the BioAPI (using nano-implants) and one guy or a small team mind controlling everyone to create illusions, hoaxes and general nano-nonsense to get targeted individuals to harm themselves by amplifying what they do by destabilizing and gyrating the targeted individual’s life through psychological and unfortunately sometimes to a greater extent physical assault.

…you saw what it wants you to see!

 

You should also review the clip and description for Apocalypto (2006) for an overview and comments on the illusions they are trying to create for you and to a lesser extent everyone around you. Also see the second part to FAQ question #8.

Another high level psy-op of how they condition the public to think people who experience stuff like this must be crazy is the movie Sexy Evil Genius (2013). While you watch it remember Nikki is the crazy one. Everyone sits around the table and judges Nikki as being crazy. What attributes are connected to Nikki? Stalking, paranoia, blackouts, doing things but not remembering them (aka suspension of memory). Therefore if you experience any of this you must be crazy. Of course in reality no one is crazy, it’s just a lack of understanding.

 

What They Are Doing to Targeted Individuals

This movie is a high level symbolic reference to the implications of contracting phase 2, and demonstrates the actions and methods the people behind phase 2 use to create conflict resulting in the necessary dishonor required from a targeted individual needed to move against them.

In this movie Samuel L. Jackson plays a character that does nothing but hate people. Pure evil if you will. His sole purpose in the movie is to create conflict, look for any hint of dishonor and whenever possible, kill people because of it and to a lesser extent likes to kill useless eaters. Now the movie has nothing directly to do with the BioAPI, and the character played by Luke Wilson can’t directly be considered a targeted individual in the movie, but for all intents and purposes we can construe that to a some degree to help with clarity, at least for the first 3/4 of the film. Again, this film is very representative, but still may be considered another piece of the overall puzzle of what they are doing to people such as yourself in real life.

The movie starts off with Jackon requesting Wilsons help with moving his car shown from the start of the clip through 0:46. Notice the request for assistance is more of a test as Jackson is clearly looking for a reason to harm Wilson but backs off at the last minute when his daughter is seen. After befriending Wilson, Jackson and Wilson end up at a strip mall. Wilson needs to call someone but has no phone so asks for help from a cell phone shop at 0:48 thru 1:50. Notice how much of a bitch she is, and Wilson being the nice guy he portrays eventually leaves without getting any help. Then what happens? Not shown in the clip, Jackson, representing evil itself (hence the title ‘Meeting Evil‘) tries it after Wilson tells him about his troubles there. She gets it, you’ll see her bat in 1:50 thru 2:22 being held by Jackon. He killed her. They tell you clearly what Jackon (representing evil) is clearly looking for in 2:30 thru 2:47 by saying ‘I hate bad manners, I hate people that don’t give common courtesy, hippocrates and cowards.‘; essentially anyone in dishonor even slightly. Again, Jackon’s job is also to kill useless eaters as he tells you right to your face at 3:37 and show in the movie (not the clip) repeatedly. This is the same reference they show you in Toxic Skies (2008) when the only person that dies is the useless eater that watches TV. This is also clearly told to you in After.Life (2009) (no clip provided) towards the end when Liam Neeson is digging a grave and is talking to the little boy about how these people are already dead and he needs to bury them. They are telling you that they are killing people. It’s just being done transparently with nano-technology. After all, heart attacks and cancer happen right? So in this specific scope they are using nano-technology and the BioAPI you have in you to trick you into dishonor which thereby gives them the justification (more of an excuse actually) to act against you.

In the interrogation scene from 3:40 to the end of the clip touches on the idea that Jackson is a figment and isn’t real at 4:00 in the clip and thereby subtly suggests Jackson as a hidden hand [and therefore representing a handler manipulating people using the BioAPI now that you know the overall scope]. In the movie Jackson kills everyone in a gas station, but the witness(es) point to Wilson yet he did nothing. This is symbolic of the false reality they can create, getting people to kill each other (see The Collapsed (2011)) then have a witness point to you. They can do this in real life. The witness really will think you did it via manipulation of memory; memories can be given and removed from people on demand, this is shown very well in the movie Ruby Sparks (2012) and is very difficult to believe or comprehend and does apply to people with phase 1 which includes you.

[Update 2012-11-17] I’ve added a second clip for Meeting Evil to demonstrate just how high level the application of the BioAPI can be. In this second clip they clearly show a Minority Report (2002) style pre-crime in action which results in Wilson becoming a targeted individual. Let’s break it down. Wilson and his family are having money and marriage problems which results in stress wherein Wilson is shown to contemplate killing his wife (and possibly his family?) from 1:09 thru 1:48 in the clip. Now at this point in the clip and movie the murder angle is not apparent and is only loosely connected at the end of the movie. Notice how conflicted they show Wilson as he intensely concentrates in front of a giant whole in the ground with a shovel and ominous music/sounds. What’s he thinking? Why are they showing this? I mean it’s shown to you for like 40 seconds! This is why; your suppose to see the connection between the thoughts (which are being read or listened too in real time, aka Metropia (2009)) that are going through Wilson’s head which directly results in Jackson entering onto the scene and into Wilson’s life. The connection is evidenced by Jackson (aka evil) ringing the door bell right then at 1:42. Connect these otherwise insignificant events and we have Wilson finally deciding to kill his wife -> aka pre-crime -> Wilson then becomes a targeted individual and thereby entered into The Program; hence the door bell by Evil [Jackson] at that exact time. So Wilson more accurately could be construed as having phase 2 only and the thought to finally kill his wife was the trigger to make him outright targeted. The targeted individuals flow chart can be found below which might help clear this up for you. Concluding that Wilson really was contemplating killing his wife is referenced at the end of the movie (@ 2:16 thru the end of the clip). Jackson is asking Wilson, ‘why did I knock on your door?’ And telling him (actually you) to ‘put it together John!‘. What the director and Jackson are doing here is blurring the line between who was going to kill who; with Jackson ultimately accusing the wife. Your suppose to make the inverse connection, especially when Jackson is repeatedly asking Wilson why he knocked on his door. This concept is held in the exact same capacity as (the clip for) A Serious Man (2009) where he’s caught making the wrong decision and immediately gets the call from his doctor. Remember these movies still have a normal plot to maintain, they are not going to just roll out the red carpet for you; you have to ‘…put it together’.

So Meeting Evil repeatedly bounces back between a normal movie/plot and forth with BioAPI concepts with details that are being used against targeted individuals. This is very well done if you know what they are showing you. The people behind phase 2 of the BioAPI are therefore represented by Jackson in this film. Ironically Jackson mentions he hates cowards in the aforementioned line at 2:30 (clip 1). People who hide behind nano-technology would be considered cowards, not evil, in my opinion. You should watch the movie to get a better grasp of what is being described here.

This repeated attempt to get targeted individuals (or Wilson in the movie) into dishonor via conflict is the standard operating procedure of the program. Although it does not have to happen this way; the program is dynamic and complex. If you think you are going crazy they will run with and amplify that instead (for example Black Limousine (2010)). For normal people this is just the expected game plan. And don’t think you are immune and always honorable by knowning, like myself, that whatever you do must require a bona fide complaining party as per the law… they don’t care. Everyone has a bad day, everyone. And that’s all they need.

 

Targeted Individuals Facts to Remember

If you are a targeted individual and being gangstalked here are some hard facts to remember. Different people with phase 2 will receive different levels of harassment (and help for that matter) or nano-tricks. Not everything listed below may currently apply to you if you are targeted. In fact I expect only 20% of this web site to apply to any single person with phase 2, but a different 20% when compared to each other. Some people will receive completely unique false realities. Where you fall into the program is decided based on your actions and what you believe/think about it; this is how the movie Chosen (2013) to some degree is real in which targeted individuals (inferred) are selected to kill each other, no clip provided, because these selected individuals believe and use their false reality as justification to hurt or kill another. Also see 13 Sins (2014) for another interesting and completely realistic example. In other words, how much of their bullshit do you buy? If you buy enough of it to hurt someone, then they do the same to you by putting you in the same situation. The Box (2009) in general is about this because they took the money, so it was reflected back onto them and they we’re hurt as well. Another example is Oldboy (2013), listen to Samuel L. Jackson overtones to piece it together. Oldboy, at least in principle, is a “lightly inferred” BioAPI movie because of the very last scene/image. So it’s self reflective to a major degree and they count on your inability to see the forest for [from] the trees which leaves you in the dark most of the time. In its classical form The Program is more severe at the beginning in order to make a major impact or impression on your life, then it very slowly subsides over years. They/it counts on your “sheep mind” to psychologically extrapolate out the severity or iteration of the events as if it’s still happening in full force when it’s not.

• There are no gangstalkers. This is a myth. Gangstalking is the misdirection. There may be a very loose nit group of employees (The Box clip @ 0:21 seconds) that do run around a given city harassing many different targeted individual’s, but there is no organized group of public gangstalkers, this is ridiculous and fiscally impossible.

• The general public can be controlled on demand. So if you randomly walk up to someone, they might be immediately mind controlled to say something or act in some way making you think they, and absolutely everyone, is “in on it“, yet they know nothing. This is demonstrated in the trailer for A Scanner Darkly (2006) at exactly the 0:38 second mark, or in Metropia (2009) or better yet Ultrasonic (2012). This is what most targeted individual’s confuse with gangstalkers. Control Factor (2003) shows this very well too. There are multiple psychological reasons they are reaching for here, but the main one is externalization.

• It’s not the individual events, statistical anomalies, acts, signs or nano-tricks you see that matter, it’s the false reality or illusion they are attempting to construct that you should concern yourself with. The illusion or “engineered environment” will be partially unique to you and your life; which is why, other then gangstalking, there are very few common threads among targeted individuals. The soy sauce in the movie John Dies at the End (2012) is symbolic of the contraction of phase 2 and the extremely warped reality that can result from it; this is what the movie is really about, hence the mind reading angle. A unique false reality, in this case the crazy card, is shown in real life in this TED talk. Even knowing this entire web site and thereby the truth about everything is only one belief. Albeit the correct one, but nonetheless still just one belief of many realities you many choose to identify with and which will be reflected back onto you.

No one knows anything at all. No matter who you talk to, how many nonsense acts and signs you get, not a single person whether a stranger, friend or family member knows anything at all about any of your business or otherwise the bad act/dishonor you have done to get you targeted. All acts, signs and suggestions displayed by someone (via a handler, or automated by a computer you and everyone is hooked-up too) are to get you to think or infer something and then act out based on that false presumption to hurt yourself. In fact a handler does not even know what they want from you, they need you to do something (such as think you’re crazy, or find out it’s mind control, etc.), then they amplify that. They show you x, they hope your sheep mind externalizes, infers and extrapolates out x2 or x3.

• Everything is concocted by a few people at some command/data center pulling all the strings. These people are what I call handlers for lack of a better description. This is easily done because a targeted person has a nano-camera in their eye and a geolocation implant (and a every other implant under the sun). In fact everyone on the planet has a geolocation implant, including phase 1 people (this means you; as referenced in The Matrix (1999)). Most of the automated harassment is actually a computer as told to you by Android Insurrection (2013). Your on auto-pilot where no human handler actually watches or cares. The Program is actually more like a maze or script, picture a flowchart in which targeted individuals fall into the program based on what they know, do and believe. How you “perceive it” heavily determines your fate.

• If anything extreme happens to you (eg. if your raped, physically assaulted, etc.) it is 100% fake. For example women targeted individual’s often complain they are raped (see the news report clip below) yet never seen the guy and say they were drugged. This works because the handler actually controls the targeted individual to (slightly) assault herself (without her knowing by suspending her memory – see The Collapsed (2011)) to make it look like she was raped. She will experience vaginal pain to convince her of the rape via the BioAPI’s ability to light up pain receptors/neurons in her body, this does not damage the body at all. They think this level of harassment is acceptable because it’s fake. They honestly believe they are creating an illusion when they assault you, physically assault is now considered a trick. Keep in mind there is a greater psychological purpose and reason behind the fake rape/assault.

• Misdirection and disinformation cover the internet. There is a large network of paid shills specifically told to agree with you the targeted individual no matter what in an effort to amplify whatever it is you believe is happening. They need you to believe in x. Where x can be anything… it only works if you believe it. You need to buy one of the nano-cards they are trying to play. In fact a lot of the shills or targeted individuals on the internet/forums are just engineered characters or avatars controlled by the AI supercomputer. Even if you talk to a shill [presumed friend] over the phone in voice doesn’t mean they are a real human being. You are expected to think your problem/reality of x must be real, all these would be real people confirm it right? Wrong, they are fake, and a false environment is being engineered around you.

• Your handler(s), or mostly a super computer automating everything, is always attempting to create a conflict that involves you. This is then used as an excuse to act against you, for example you might then be arrested or something. They need your dishonor. The crazy stuff (gangstalking, strange happenings, hearing sounds/voices, etc.) being forced on you are just to gyrate and destabilize you mentally so you are more likely to identify with and act out against something specific and unique to your situation. You also must read FAQ question #8 for the final answer on what they attempting to do with this program. Contracted (2013) also covers this well.

• If they think you have committed a sin they use the BioAPI against your body. For example if you’ve committed the sin of gluttony they will turn off your taste buds. If you committed the sin of lust, they will turn off the endorphins released from your spine during an orgasm negating the effects of sex. If you were too vain they might trigger morgellons. These are just a few examples of what they can and are doing to people when you are judged guilty. No consideration whatsoever will be given for the circumstances leading up to your guilt; and the law in their eyes will be applied as technically as possible as that is obviously the easiest and fastest way to find someone guilty.

• They desperately need you to care about the nano-tricks and illusion being shown too you. They want you to chase some carrot for whatever random reason that might cross your mind.

• Once you read this entire site you will know how absolutely everything works, exactly. I can’t stress enough, it’s like a magic show. Once you know how it all works it’s a joke. It’s boring… nothing to see here, shows over. Phase 2 and what they are doing with it is the same thing – it’s just a magic show. They believe they are controlling you with fear and illusion. They believe they are reflecting you back onto yourself. They believe they are giving you what really want and deserve. As you can imagine in practice it is as pathetic as it sounds.

Phase 2 can be considered a disease of dishonor. When you contract it you are merely monitored at first. They need a reason to hate you, hence the nano-tricks. Once they think they got you (via your dishonor) you then become a targeted individual (aka Contracted (2013)). See the flowchart below details.

• If you are deep in the program and they are throwing everything at you they will/are trying to split your reality. In The Adjustment Bureau (2011) Matt Damon has two groups harassing him. One trying to stop him from doing what he wants (score the women), and the other group trying to help (also see the end of clip 2 of Metropia (2009) for another example). This concept is real and they leverage the manipulation of emotions via the BioAPI to assist in the amplification of it. In real life though you will never physically see/meet these people like they show in the movie, primarily because they are cowards hence the hiding behind nano-technology. More accurately it’s mostly a computer with AI as difficult as it is to believe. Again – the movie is mostly real, they are showing you what they are doing to people. They are nudging your life via mind control, hence the title ‘The Adjustment Bureau’, because they are adjusting you. In reality it’s physical assault with nano-tech; nothing more, nothing less. They just don’t show you how. In other words they/it is psychologically pulling you in a specific direction. Typically to drive you crazy, but you have to believe it for it to be real, so it is always looking for direction and beliefs from you to see where it should go with the harassment, nano-tricks and aggravation. You decide where you fall within the overall scope.

• There is a higher level purpose(s) that I haven’t mentioned for people deep in the program. It’s even more ridiculous then everything else – for example they are trying to make you choose between love and fear. Honestly, I can’t make this stuff up. It completely falls apart when you know how it all works and again simply becomes another running joke that never ends. Never believe in their absurd false dichotomies (where you have to choose one of two options). Especially some fear vs love nonsense. What do you choose when presented with option 1 or 2? Fear or love? Republican or Democrat? Coke or Pepsi? You always choose the third option – knowledge. Educate yourself.

Happy is the man that finds wisdom, and the man that gets understanding. For the merchandise of it is better than the merchandise of silver, and the gain thereof than fine gold. She is more precious than rubies: and all the things thou canst desire are not to be compared unto her.

Proverbs 3-13:15

• The program is very dynamic and over engineered. It will fool you on the highest level possible. They use the media to tell people what they are doing and how. You just need to know what to look for.

Think for yourself.

 

Gangstalking Remedy

This clip is interesting to say the least. Like everything else, clues, clips and information are embedded in the media as repeatedly shown throughout this site.

So to help us find out how to handle this otherwise difficult situation, we again can turn to the media for some help and insight. In this clip from The Simspons (Season 20, Episode 17), Skinner and Lisa represent the same person – a targeted individual. This is clearly shown when Skinner acts paranoid that people are doing strange things around him (in his case the thing with the magazine – but it could be anything). A few short scenes later it cuts to Lisa receiving the only real solution to their problem – to ignore absolutely everything.

I cannot stress enough how fake everything is. This is their justification. They believe they are not doing anything. They will jam so many stupid thoughts into a targeted individuals mind to get them to believe x, y or z. I realize it is difficult to ignore it when they physically assault you, they actually believe assault, forcing junk into your mind or otherwise directly acting on a targeted individual’s body is somehow part of the illusion. To repeat, they are constantly trying to get you to believe something, they don’t even know what, you have to show them which they then amplify.

[Update 2012-11-22]: I’m working on a real cure/solution to this nano-tech disease. Keep an eye on this page here.

 

The Gangstalking Myth by Example

The public stalking demonstrated by so called gangstalkers are at least partially unique to each targeted individual, and therefore is very difficult to describe what is actually happening. The best way to do this is by example. The following is list of events and examples that someone may go through when being harassed, publically stalked or otherwise targeted. The following may or may not apply to a given targeted person, each situation is unique. The point of the following is show the disparity between what a handler wants a targeted person to see and believe, and what is actually happening in reality. Over time I am sure there are going to be plenty more new nano-tricks coming. I am not claiming I have seen everything.

A targeted individual should understand that the entire point of the program is to test and trick you; and to an equal extent get you to externalize & act out against something they show you. Whether it’s to get angry at a stalker, or to run to the police or a lawyer complaining your being gangstalked, or to talk to your friends and family telling them they are being mind controlled so they can think you’re crazy – if you do not do anything, nothing will happen to you. This is part of their justification as “they are not doing anything – you are doing it to yourself” type of thing. They show you things that are right & wrong, if you choose wrong they judge you accordingly. The following examples are reserved for a targeted individual who knows what is happening to them with respect to the BioAPI and that a handler know’s the targeted individual is aware of the technology in some capacity such as yourself now that you have read this. All of the following has some subtle psychological purpose; specifically to amplify the association of statistically unlikely events (aka transference) in an effort to increase the probability a targeted individual will externalize against and believe in some false reality, typically to trick them into hurting themselves in some way.

Visible/Depicted Event Actual Event Purpose
A typical stalker will walk by you in some capacity. You know they are doing it specifically for you. You are expected to believe the stalker is real. The stalking could be anything they have convinced you to recognize or identify with, and includes anything such as people wearing a specific color (all black, red, etc.), taxi’s, police cars, people walking dogs, cyclists, etc. So any event that is unique to your environment and statistically improbable or impossible. The so called stalker has no idea he’s stalking you. He’s just walking by you because he thinks he wants too (the thought to walk by you is inserted into his head in real time to do it). The thought of you noticing the stalker might even be suggested (not your thought) to you by the handler too. Great real examples of this include Ultrasonic (2012) and Gamer (2009). How it happens is shown in Metropia (2009). Earthkiller (2011) is now important too. To perpetuate the gangstalking myth in an effort to get you (the targeted individual) to act out against the stalker. Attempt to create a conflict. Keep you in fear, destabilize you, confuse your view of reality, etc. The thoughts you are having to notice the stalkers are not actually your thoughts half the time.
You are sitting outside with some friends. A lawn mower or hedge trimmer is being used close by. It is very loud. The sound is being amplified for you alone. It’s actually not that loud for other people around you. Another example might be a crying baby in a restaurant. This is shown in the movie Growth (2010) when he contracts the worm bugs (a metaphor for phase 2) and then begins to hear things much louder and clearer than normal and has to put in ear plugs because of it. No clip provided. To make you angry for some reason. Start the handler’s process of warping your reality. Make you look crazy when you get angry, after all the sound is not loud at all (for everyone else). Attempt to create a conflict.
You buy something and mail a check to pay for it. They say the cheque never arrives. As soon as you go to pay again the first check arrives. You think they intentionally stopped the cheque or created the problem, the gangstalkers got you again. In some capacity the first cheque was delayed. To show that the handler is in control of your life and your helpless. In fact different problems may be constantly created for you every day as a way to make you believe that your world is completely controlled by the handler. It is not, this is part of one illusion and false reality they are trying to create. Another example is the garbage man will intentionally skip your house and not pick up your garbage. Again, a targeted individual will only get events similar to this if they know it’s mind control.

Different parts of the program are designed for different levels of knowledge and/or dishonor and/or age & gender and/or the method of phase 2 contraction to begin with. Thats why there is so much inconsistency everywhere.

Object’s in your house are randomly moved, or your property is damaged. For example your washing machine is broken. Your expected to think gangstalkers or even people you know are breaking into your house and doing this to you. You’re actually moving the objects yourself and damaging your own property. You just don’t know it. Picture someone sleepwalking, it would be a lot like that. Spooky actually. See The Collpased (2011) for a crystal clear example. General harassment, to perpetuate the gangstalking myth. To get you confused and angry. To get you to act out against who you think is doing it. To amplify the externalization factor of the program.
You’re physically assaulted by the handler/gangstalkers. For example if you are a women you think you we’re raped. Or a man might be hauled off to the hospital and given a tranquilizer. The women was controlled to assault herself (unconsciously; actually her memory was suspended) and the tranquilizer was fake (but the pain from the needle was real – created by the BioAPI). Everything is fake, absolutely everything. Again, this is important – to show that your handler(s) (aka gangstalkers) are in control of your life and you are helpless. This is part of the illusion and false reality they are trying to create. It’s to help ensure you will do what they want in the future. If you later do what they want under your own free will they feel justified. Also see the clip for Transforms 3 (2011).
An appliance in your house breaks. You call the repair man, he comes and fixes it and leaves. You memory was suspended and you broke your own appliance. Or someone was mind controlled to do the same. Usually it’s a washing machine or dryer such as with this lady in real life. They are testing you. Specifically the extent to which you believe the repair man had something to do with the broken appliance. The repair did not build, buy, sell or ship it. So for you to be rude to him or somehow blame him reflects how much of a sheep mind you have; and if this happens you are then elevated within the program and become outright targeted typically. This is a pre-targeted test. You will not know its happening. FAQ answer #8 explains how they are trying to process sheep.

If you’re already targeted they expect you to identify with the fact that gangstalkers somehow got you.

Many small problems are created for you by friends, family and people you know. They often hint using acts and signs that they are in on it. Your friends and family are mind controlled accordingly to create the problem, they have no idea they are doing it. The problem is always inconsequential for you, but wastes your time and life. To show you that everyone else, especially your handler, is controlling your life. You can’t do anything. You’re helpless. Then when a real problem happens, such as you go for a job interview and do not get the job, you then believe that the handler must have mind controlled the guy to not give you the job – this is false. They are trying to get you to believe “x” happened.
You’re cooking dinner. You blink your eyes and your instantly outside your house, a second later your instantly down the street. A second later, back in your kitchen. Enough to freak anyone out. Just like star trek teleportation. Suspending a targeted individual’s memory and simply mind controlling them to walk outside, then re-enabling their memory would simulate this scenario as the targeted individual would not remember walking outside at all and would seem to just appear there instantly. Typically might be used in later stages of attempting to drive someone crazy. If they did not know why or what was happening something like this would work well. For a clear example of how people speaking gibberish is used to drive someone crazy see the Black Limousine (2010) example.
You keep noticing insignificant things – certain people stand out when you are in public driving around such as someone walking a dog, or people wearing red hats, or specific sound events when your at home like sirens. They have got you to identify with something specific which is used in some way to indirectly harass you. You don’t actually really notice this stuff yourself, the thought is forced onto you by a handler to train you to recognize it and identify with it. Typically the events are accompanied with a manipulation of your emotions to make you scared and subsequently train you to be scared when these random things happen. Helps make you think you’re crazy.
You do or do not hold the door open for people, help a stranded motorist, help someone short of change when buying a ticket to park or something, you do or do not lie, etc. Your being tested. You may or may not not know it. If they find you in dishonor or do not like how rude you are (yes, it’s that pathetic) they use it as excuse to elevate the assault or torment via nano-tech. They are desperate to find a reason to judge you guilty.
You are dreaming very strange dreams, such as your teeth are falling out. Same as depicted event. Physical assault via nano-tech. To convince you to think something specific; such as you are helpless or powerless or crazy. See the review and clip for The Giant Mechanical Man (2012).
People you talk to possibly including friends and family either speak in tongues/gibberish, or outright say things to you that they cannot know about. For example your friend tell you right to your face ‘I know you stole that money, you have to go to the police‘. The person saying x or talking gibberish is being mind controlled to do so. They know what to say to you because a handler is/was watching you previously. Also the person has no idea they are saying x or talking gibberish. Yet another nano-trick, as the people behind the program need you to do everything, including in this example go to the police out of your own free will. Your friend may not have any clue he just said that to you as clearly demonstrated on the real life mind control examples page where the news anchors are talking nonsense but sometimes have no idea it’s happening.
Your body is being slightly and randomly hurt, possibly a pinching feeling. Or your face or other part of your body itches far too much. Same as depicted event. Physical assault via nano-tech. Only people deep in the program will possibly have this happen. The physical events vary in degree and over time thereby provide a physiological and mental impact to you which increases your likelihood of externalizing. For example your body is radomly but barely hurt, then slightly hurt, hurt, then heavily hurt. You sometimes question if they even did something. That’s the point, a pathway to externalization. Also see Transformers 3 (2011). It’s also shown in Flash of Genius (2008) when they show her typing and zoom in on her hand (@ 44:50 in the movie) when she itches it. She’s presumed to be a bad wife for leaving her husband (no clip is provided; screenshot here; you’ll have to read this whole site to understand this). Itching is also being intentionally inflected via the BioAPI as shown loosely A Scanner Darkly (2006) @ 0:44 in the clip/trailer. It’s also shown in Fast Zombies with Guns (2011); a screenshot is here. Or even Lay the Favorite (2012).

Some of this is covered on the Summary Page too.

To help demonstrate the false realities that can be constructed around people let’s take a look at four examples. Mary, Alice, Bob and Eleanor. All from different walks of life. Just normal people such as yourself.

Mary has been experiencing very strange events lately. Objects in her house are being moved even while she is home yet no one lives with her to move them. People talk gibberish around her, when she asks why they are doing that the person says ‘I’m not, I’m speaking normally‘. Mary is getting very distressed and thinks she might be going crazy. Friends and family start to make comments that she should see a doctor. Subtle events such as finding her toothbrush moved slightly in the morning when she wakes up or her glasses on the other nightstand yet she never leaves them there eventually push Alice to see a doctor. The doctor makes sure she starts to take medication. Over time the strange events get more severe, and even crazier things start to happen. She eventually ends up in a metal hospital. Her mind cannot cope with the ever increasing extreme nature of the impossible events happening to her.

Alice has a unique occupation. She’s a paranormal investigator. She likes to hunt ghosts. Kind of like those ghost hunting shows on TV where people run around thinking they heard/seen something. Alice really wants to see and capture ghosts on film to prove to everyone she has finally seen a ghost, but never seems to experience any paranormal activity ever. Eventually Alice gets her wish. Every time she goes to a so called haunted house now she experiences all kinds of paranormal events such as swings in temperature, hearing noises that can’t be real (for example children laughing but no children are anywhere close by) and she even sees ghosts but can’t seem to capture them on film. No matter what, Alice is 100% convinced she see’s real ghosts and paranormal activity.

Bob is just a normal guy. Eventually people in and around the public start to stalk Bob. Bob is confused and a little shocked at first and can’t explain what or why this is happening. His neighbors suddenly appear to be wherever Bob is going and giving him acts and signs that they are there specifically for him and him alone. For example Bob needs to withdraw $368 from the bank. He goes to the bank, before telling the teller he wants $368 the teller says ‘need $368 today bob?’ Everyone appears to know Bobs business. Bob reads on the internet that there are secret gangstalking cells that run around doing this to people. He gets mad, and becomes 100% convinced these public stalkers are out to get him. This is what Bob believes because this is what Bob sees. He cannot grasp the larger picture, as per Android Insurrection (2012), it’s ‘beyond his scope‘.

Eleanor lives a normal life like anyone else. One day, for no reason at all Eleanor beings to hear voices in her head. Right out of nowhere for no reason she hears voices in her head which torment her. She has no idea why, and like most people who can’t think for themselves concludes she must be going crazy. After all, only crazy people hear voices right? Wrong. Eleanor has a nano-tech disease, she just has no idea how or why. Eleanor’s story is a real, happens to countless people around the world every day and is outlined in this real life TED talk here.

In each of these scenarios all the people believe they are experiencing something completely unique and real. If you we’re to put them together to discuss what is happening they would not have any idea they were all experiencing the exact same thing. A nano-hoax. False realities constructed by a handler (could even be the same guy, actually its mostly a computer with AI, hence the automation of it all) to achieve an illusion to trick the individual to do something specific or act out in some way. It’s all smoke & mirrors as you can now see the uniqueness that can be created by the BioAPI and nano-implants. Suspension of memory can make you move objects you didn’t know you moved, hearing sounds & voices that are not real, the mind control of people close to someone (in this case Bob) to make it look like they are there for him and therefore stalking him in some capacity. Even seeing things (ghosts in Alice’s case) is possible. But the objects are typically of poor quality and low resolution due to the difficulty in interfacing with the visual cortex; the objects end up being more of a silhouette, perfect in Alices case for simulating ghosts. This is what the movie Shadow People (2013) is about, seeing shadows or silhouettes of people when they are not actually there. All these people only see what is shown too them, they believe what is happening to them is real because they cannot comprehend their own reality or the larger scope around them. They cannot grasp what is really happening. Note – like any API it can, and they are, always improving or upgrading it and they very well may achieve high-resolution images one day. Another great scenario is a fortune teller or psychic, you can imagine the field day they could have with that.

[Update 2013-05-08] – Also see Dark Skies (2013) in which summarizes many of the nano-tricks they are doing to people including suspension of memory. Also note the false reality (in this case The Grey’s/Aliens) they are constructing around the targeted family, because that is what they have identified with and believe, so that is what gets amplified. A targeted person/group needs to think they understand what is happening. ‘x‘ must be ‘grounded‘ psychologically to complete the false reality. The entire family becomes targeted after a red meat barbeque early in the movie, that’s why they show it.

Again, above all, they need you to believe. Believe what? They don’t know, you have to show them. If you think you are going crazy, then you are. After all, these strange events are impossible right? You must be going crazy.

There is no knowledge that is not power.

Ralph Waldo Emerson, Society and Solitude (1870)

 

Gangstalking & The Program News Clip

This real news broadcast shows the extent to which how lost the public is concerning the implications of nano-technology and the nano-implants or BioAPI. The women in the clip actually believes people are gangstalking her and is a real targeted individual. So the women would be the equivalent of Matt Damon in The Adjustment Bureau (2011) or Simon in Ultrasonic (2012) or the women in Contracted (2013).

After reviewing this entire site watch this video and you can see how it all comes together from a handler’s point of view. Let’s break some of it down.

• Clip position 0:30 thru 0:50 – Numerous break-ins at the address and damaged property. Yet nothing was stolen. It’s all psychological, what is really happening is the handler is trying force her to think she is helpless as there is nothing she can do protect herself (you can see her early in the clip pretty much saying this). She is the one (via a handler) that actually has damaged her own property, yet has no idea. This is also talked about in the BioAPI details page, or even the Men in Black III (2012) clip.

• Clip position 1:00 thru 1:10 – Again, they really, really, really need people to believe this is real. To believe in gangstalking or whatever else they are attempting to push onto a given targeted individual. Everything is a hoax. Everything is an illusion. Well, except when they physical assault a targeted individual which they do, which is the reason why this web site was released to the public after over a decade of confusion and misinformation.

• Clip position 1:30 thru 1:50 – Strange happenings are simply to warp the reality of the targeted individual (aka Black Limousine (2010)) and sometimes the people around a targeted individual too. In this case they are really attempting the support the gangstalking myth, this helps if other people see the stalkers, it lends creditability to the false scenario or reality.

• Clip position 1:55 thru 2:10 – Again, she raped (assaulted) herself. Notice how no one was caught or seen? Because no one did it. Just herself.

Again, no one can explain anything. Everyone is confused. They do mention mind control but can’t say anything else as they have no idea how it would work. Note the last half of this video is largely irrelevant.

 

Targeted Individuals Flowchart

Not all targeted individuals are treated the same. Some are merely monitored, some are stalked, some are given a part of the program such as only hearing voices, some receive everything. Where you start within the program depends heavily on how you got phase 2 to being with as well as what got you targeted afterwards. Are you being physically assaulted or just hearing voices in your head; are you forced to wake up 5 times a night or just stalked by the public. These differences are depended on several factors. But once targeted your position within the program becomes largely proportional to the knowledge you have about it, the level of dishonor demonstrated as you are tested, your age, and/or how much you believe the given false reality being shown to you. You also may be slotted for something completely unique, such as a whole separate false reality may be constructed around you which they will try to get you to believe in. For example if you are deeply religious they may try to trick you into thinking God is communicating with you or you are possessed by the devil.

Anything is possible, but the following is a blueprint. Actual people or handlers are typically only involved twice – during the decision process to make someone outright targeted, and to decide if an already targeted person is too much of a threat to the public and should be killed off or something extreme should be done. Picture the AI super computer that is monitoring you somehow red flagging you when something negative happens [when you’re in dishonor somehow] and a bunch of nutters [handlers] running over to a video monitor to see what happened with you so they can judge the hell out of you some more. Other than that it is largely automated by a super-computer with artificial intelligence that is programmed to do it all. This is partially because they obviously will not have the human resources to sit there watching everyone 24 hours a day. That’s impossible, yet it’s happening. Thanatomorphose (2012) shows how they can kill you slowly cell by cell if they thought you deserved it.

Also a lot of the program is time based, I did not receive suspension of memory tricks until a year after I was targeted and they only latest a year and a half or so. You may not get them at all and may hear voices in your head instead. The program has variables.

Step 1 – Monitored

When you first receive phase two you are simply monitored. This could happen for years and you would have no idea it’s happening. The people doing this need your dishonor to move against you. So over time a handler(s), as clearly shown in Metropia (2009) or referenced in Gamer (2009), tests you with ridiculous scenarios to get you to act out against someone or something by mind controlling the people around you. You won’t even know it’s happening other then noticing how unreasonable someone such as a family member is acting all of a sudden (for example someone will give you something, you’ll throw it out and then they’ll want it back and throw a fit when they don’t get it). If they get your dishonor somehow, or otherwise find you guilty of something they do not approve of, you get elevated to the next step. Everything you do as soon as you receive phase 2 is recorded via your ocular implant, aka A Scanner Darkly (2006); but they are not necessarily watching 24×7 as they do not have the resources, or possibily the right, to watch everyone with phase 2. You need to become outright targeted first.

Step 2 – Gangstalked & Organized Harassment

In this step you become an outright targeted individual and are typically gangstalked or otherwise publically harassed because this is the most standard and automated form of psychological non-contact harassment. This is when a targeted individual thinks the general public is organizing against them and stalking them wherever they go. This is definitely what is appears like, but what is really happening is the public/gangstalkers are simply normal people who are already around a targeted individual and are actually being mind controlled to give some act or sign that they are stalking you. The public neither has the time, logistical skills, finances or motivation to do anything productive at all. So the whole idea there are teams of gangstalkers is the most absurd idea ever. Not to mention this just started roughly a decade ago – just in time with chemtrail nano-fibers by coincidence? I think not.

The idea in this step is to get a targeted individual to act out against and hurt a so called gangstalker and thereby into so much dishonor that a handler and the people running the program are justified in acting against (for example they may be arrested, which is the next step in this case) the targeted individual or otherwise ruin their life. The targeted individual will always lash out and blame the gangstalkers or public at large due to a lack of understanding. Also see FAQ question #8. Also see Ultrasonic (2012) for a cinematic example of gangstalking.

In the alternative, if a targeted individual does not understand what is happening and believes they are going crazy this instead will be amplified by the handler. Family members will suggest a targeted individual should see a doctor or has mental problems. Whenever a targeted individual does this or identifies with it, it will be amplified by a handler and will be a unique false reality for that specific targeted individual.

This is typically the game plan, but any unique scenario or false reality could be used against you. For example if you are a priest they may forego everything and try to trick you into thinking god is communicating with you. If you are a terrorist – Allah. You will believe it. You are also tested repeatedly in this step. Examples include if you hold the door open for people, do you help a stranded motorist, do you help someone who needs some spare change at like a parking ticket booth, did you lie about x, are you racist, etc. Think of any kind of insignificant test that gives them the reason they desperately seek to hate you.

Step 3 – The Full Program

If a targeted individual decides to educate themselves and figures out the gangstalkers are nonsense and everyone is being mind controlled the targeted individual gets elevated again to a final step/level. Sometimes a targeted individual is elevated to this step just for kicks.

In this step everyone, even a targeted individual’s friends and family are mind controlled to appear in on it. The purpose of this step is to get a targeted individual to think that their entire life is being controlled by the handlers. You better do what a handler is hinting you should do or else type of thing. They can completely control a targeted individuals life, but this is not what is happening. A handler(s) will constantly create non-consequential problems for a targeted individual. The point is to make a targeted individual think a handler is in control when a real problem or opportunity surfaces. For example a targeted individual doesn’t get a job after going for a job interview, it must have been the handler that mind controlled the guy not to give the targeted individual the job. This could very well happen. This is simply the illusion they want you to think is happening. Because it’s an illusion they believe it is justified.

In this step (and possibly step 2 also) they actually help you too. This idea of receiving help is confirmed by a presumed crazy person in this TED talk which should be reviewed now. For the harm being levied against you they use mind control to help you if you can wrap your head around it. For every problem created they must create an opportunity to help you too. They are trying to keep a balance, it is done very poorly. This concept of an alternative handler is shown in clip 2 for Metropia (2009) @ the 3:44 thru 4:10 mark and covered in The Adjustment Bureau (2011). This and everything being done is ultimately unlawful as Invito beneficium non datur (No one is obliged to accept a benefit against his consent). The help provided is never anything that would not happen eventually anyway, so a targeted individual in essence gets nothing of value at all.

In this stage a targeted individual is typically physically assaulted in various ways including sleep deprivation and having their body randomly hurt to increase instability and confusion.

 

The Strategy for Targeted individuals

Some thoughts on a conclusion can be found in the review for Rise of the Zombies (2012).

 

The Automation of Gangstalking

I’d like to take a moment and comment on how automated this program can be. The people running the program obviously only have limited resources and can’t watch a given targeted individual 24 hours a day. To help in harassment, a given individual can be put on an auto-pilot where a computer actually decides when to hurt or harass a given targeted individual at random or preset points in time. This probably only works for sound events and physical assault (hurting your body). For example, if nothing has happened for more than 4 hours a computer (probably with a basic level of artificial intelligence too) will decide what the best course of action is for a given targeted individual, which probably will result in a sound event being triggered which a targeted individual has previously identified with or possibly assault (slight physical harm being done). Or it could be emotion based – if the BioAPI senses emotion x from you its pre-programmed to do y. The point is its automated, and therefore there is no handler actually doing anything or even watching sometimes.

Also keep in mind everything a targeted individual says, sees and hears is being recorded for future reference. They are going to judge you (A Serious Man – 2009) and control you. That’s all it is about. They do try to help a targeted individual too, but nothing is done that would not otherwise happen anyway so the help is just a cruel joke, even more so then the actual assault and physical harm. Again, this concept of an alternative handler is shown in clip 2 for Metropia (2009) @ the 3:44 thru 4:10 mark and covered in The Adjustment Bureau (2011).

Also see A Scanner Darkly (2006) @ 0:07 thru 0:17 in the clip/trailer where Keanu Reeves tells you ‘whatever it is that’s watching… it’s not human’; because part of the program and phase 2, as I’ve described herein, is actually a supercomputer with basic level of AI that’s doing the assessing. When an event or something you do is flagged by the computer a person then decides what to do next. A Scanner Darkly is real, they are clearly showing you everything. Also note how compartmentalized they show the program being in A Scanner Darkly; where Reeves has no idea who the other people/handlers are when he goes to work. Everyone does their job only. That’s critical to understand the overall scope, if you care that much.

Also see the clip for Android Insurrection (2012), where the spider robot is simply telling you the truth about what is happening in which the spider robot itself, representing the super computer that everyone on earth is hooked up to, has a high level of AI. It’s telling you and showing you. It’s real. In real life it obviously does not look like a spider.

 

Gangstalking Disinformation

You might have read or noticed gangstalkers are sometimes caught. Or come clean in court. Or admin they were hired to gangstalk.

They really, really need people to believe in the gangstalking fraud. People who say they are gangstalkers are shills and they don’t even know it most of the time. It’s amazing, they really think they were hired by whoever (the government?) to gangstalk, but then convinced they need to come clean in court. They don’t even know they are being played as shills. It’s all a dog and pony show to justify the existence of gangstalkers. Its 100% pure mind control. In fact, every stupid thing you read on the entire internet about this stuff is disinformation, misdirection or confusion so you do not connect these final dot outlined on this web site.

 

Additional Side Effects

Some additional side effects are below for people who contract phase 2 or a variant of it. From experience this is mainly what happens when the full BioAPI is installed. If you have phase 2 but do not remember some or all of the following it very well could be because the side effect happened while you were asleep. It takes roughly two months for phase 2 to be completely installed and happens in stages. The ocular implant is preset after about 1 month. Many side effects and the physical implications of the contraction of phase 2 is covered in the new clip for Contracted (2013). It appears every sensory function of the body is suspended or turned off during encapsulation.

  • Temporarily loosening of the teeth. The subject can actually wiggle their teeth for a couple weeks. See Contracted (2013).
  • Permanent metallic taste in the mouth.
  • Probable temporary loss of taste. See Contracted (2013). I say probably because it may have happened to me and I just didn’t notice it because I did not eat that day or something.
  • Permanently, slightly altered ability to smell. For example exhaling quickly through the nose would smell like smoke or burning feathers. See Bandits (2001).
  • Temporary (20 minutes?) loss (about 80%) of sight. See Family Guy – It’s a Trap (2010). This happens because the nano-tech is wiring your visual cortex so it/they can make you see things, typically silhouettes, that are not there to help trick you.
  • Slight loss of dexterity (unnoticeable over time). Perception of what you are doing feels slightly different.
  • Large increase in gastric and intestinal fluids in the abdomen. Sounds like you are hungry all the time but you’re not. Doesn’t hurt at all. Dissipates about 4 months after the contraction of phase 2.
  • Permanent skin sensitivity issues. Skin feels slightly tingly in various spots.
  • Temporary (8-16 hours) skin sensitivity loss. A hot shower will feel cold. A complete loss of skin sensitivity as the skin’s neurons/synapses are encapsulated/bridged. This happens about 2 months after contracting/triggering phase 2. See Contracted (2013) for this in action.

 

A paranoid schizophrenic is someone who has figured out what’s going on.

Anonymous

Source

Reason for everything, BioAPI and Chemtrails Pt. 4 – BioAPI Details

And now the next part to our BioAPI serie…

Your BioAPI

The BioAPI is extremely powerful and provides complete control over every man women and child on the planet. I understand it’s difficult to accept, I’m simply telling the way it is. The following table attempts to outline what is possible with the BioAPI depending on what phase you have. Very well demonstrated in the movie The Presence (2010) (no clip provided), the suggestive nature of phase 1 works very well, you just act out what your told too because no one would ever doubt the thought’s they are having are not their own. Combined with the fact that no one can think for themselves, even for a moment to begin with, the staggering irony of it all is obvious.

The primary difference between phase 1 and 2 is phase 1 targets your mind, hearing and basic sight only; where phase 2 encompasses your entire body. Phase 2 Both phases also provide the ability to have your memory suspended or manipulated allowing for very interesting events to occur (or more accurately appear to occur). The cogitation of phase 2 in the movies is typically reflected as a zombie. Zombie = phase 2 or to a greater extent outright targeted.

 

Technical Achievements

So how great is this technology? In one word its “unbelievable“. Its so epic the average person visiting this site won’t be able to even remotely accept its possibility. It’s a minimum one century ahead of its time. The following scenarios are all possible and have been witnessed firsthand by myself as well as any other targeted individual. With two different phases, some things are only possible with phase 1. Phase 1 is kind of limited and only encompasses the most amazing aspect of the technology; again, the easiest way to grasp it is the nano-implants for phase 1 target your head (excluding scent and taste), phase 2 targets the rest of the body. The following chart will try to split up the examples and where they apply. If you have trouble believing any of this you have not watched this video enough – watch it at least 25 times, it then might start to sink in. Remember, 99% of the planet’s population has phase 1, this includes you.

Interestingly enough, they have told you and demonstrated crystal clearly what is possible with the movie Gamer (2009) and to a lesser extent Technotise: Edit & I (2009). So don’t take my word for it, this is only what has already been told right to your face.

Applicable Phase Description Example
Phase 1 (Everyone) Direct-to-Speech: the ability to force (unknowingly) anyone at will to speak or say anything on demand. This is shown in real life on this page here, the people are clearly aware they are speaking gibberish but are unable to stop. Also when Bruce Willis talks through his test surrogate is a good representation of how this probably works in real life from a handler’s point of view. See the Surrogates (2009) clip (@ 1:20) or Black Limousine (2010) for a reference on how it is used to warp the reality of people such as yourself.

This is talking through someone is very well done in the clip for Control Factor (2003).

Phase 1 (Everyone) Suggest-to-Subconscious: the ability to insert a thought in real time into a subjects mind, in which most of the time they act out. Probably a subset of Paralleling or simply thinking with someone (see below). For example, you think to yourself you want to go outside and sit on the porch, so you get up and go. Was it you’re thought for real? This is extremely difficult to describe, believe or prove and is the most mind blowing part of the BioAPI. Everything else pales in comparison to this with the exception of suspension of memory. It’s 100% transparent, and works so well you would be stunned for months if you watched it happen right in front of you. It’s epic. The only references that I found that even remotely demonstrates this is in the movie Hanna (2011) and Metropia (2009). They also make fun of it in this clip from The Simpsons.

Update 2012-08-04: A great example of how simple this can be is shown in the nice dog scene for Ultrasonic (2012). Also see Earthkiller (2011) which is now very important.

It would probably involve the cerebral cortex, which is where the process of conscious thinking and decision making happens.

Phase 1 (Everyone) Visual: the ability to see what you see. Previously I was under the conclusion that only people with phase 2 would have their sight compromised. Over time the actions of random people from public when being mind controlled simply cannot be explained unless they have the ability to see what they see. Therefore the nano-camera implant for phase 2 subjects must merely be for a better high quality (HD if you will) signal due to the difficultly in mapping the visual cortex. Some more information on the ocular nano-implant is available.

There are several media examples that reference the ocular implant including Minority Report (2002), Order of Chaos (2010), End of Watch (2012) and The Box (2009) to name a few.

Phase 1 (Everyone) Paralleling: the ability to merge with a subjects mind for real time coordination and response. Or simply thinking for or with someone. This seems unreal but it’s not as difficult to believe as it sounds. When you speak or consciously think, the required neurons and generated EM waveforms in your brain are simply modulated/digitized (just like a computer modem) and transmitted in real time to a handler at a command center as clearly shown in A Scanner Darkly (2006) and Metropia (2009). This handler would connect to and receive the subject’s signal and essentially merge minds electromagnetically (it’s probably more advanced, such as quantum communication/entanglement instead) for lack of a better description – resulting in one signal, but two minds (or two CPU’s if you will). So in this capacity the handler would be able to think a thought and the subject would think the same thought in parallel, speak a phrase and the subject would then speak the same phrase. It is not 100% guaranteed action because the subject may ultimately decide not to say or do something, so paralleling is partially suggestive in nature. For phase 1, paralleling is restricted to the mind only, phase 2 extends the ability across the entire body as described below.

The best way to think of paralleling is a technical support guy connecting to laptop remotely to fix it. You can still use your computer, but so can he, so sometimes you fight for control over the mouse.

This is a crude example of how simple the mind’s EM waveform is. This guy is controlling a toy race car with his thought. Has nothing to do with the BioAPI, just basic EM inductance – total cost $25? Now imagine if you had all the resources in the world and we’re completely insane. What would you come up with? Everything on this web site, that’s what. Pontypool (2008) has some thoughts (pun intended) on this.

Here’s a site that references this as being accomplished in mainstream science (which is always 20 years behind the people doing this stuff).

Paralleling is exactly what is being clearly demonstrated to you in the movie The Speed of Thought (2011) which essentially is real (except for the age limitation part). No clip provided.

Paralleling is called drifting in Pacific Rim (2013), because its real.

Phase 2 Emotion Mirroring: the ability to monitor or push/write emotions in real time. This is trivial to understand as emotions are simply localized groups of neurons in different parts of the body. Simply encapsulate all of them and quantify the change, exactly what a BioAPI is for. For example if you get butterflies in your stomach of feel scared, the type and severity is transmitted back to the handler’s data center for assessment or at least recording (note they tell you in A Scanner Darkly (2006) – EVERYTHING YOU DO WILL BE RECORDED). This is also a subset of Paralleling, in which emotions can be pushed back making a subject feel a specific emotion too.

The South Park episode Insecurity (Season 16 Episode 10) is about the monitoring of people’s emotions. Specifically fear as one of the things they are trying to do is keep targeted individuals scared. Also see this TED talk where a women confirms in real life the reading of her emotions.

Phase 2 General Monitoring: the ability to monitor and influence countless body functions. Again, basic nano-technology here. Keep track of the subject’s heart rate, glucose levels, sleep pattern, etc. Any aspect of your mind and body can be easily measured, gauged and recorded by the BioAPI.
Phase 2
Phase 1 (Everyone)
Disable Short Term Memory: memory suspension. The part of the brain that deals with memory can be temporarily disabled. This is referenced in the Men in Black (III) (2012) movies, and is very effectively used by a handler to create false realities for someone by having them (you) do something without even knowing it. For example this poor lady (a targeted individual in real life) actually thinks she was raped, had her house damaged and was poisoned by organized stalkers. In reality she assaulted herself, kicked in her own wall and poisoned herself. She just doesn’t remember it. If you can imagine extreme cases of sleepwalking, it would be like that. It’s also very effective at simulating the manipulation of time.

Once your memory is suspended it’s simply a matter of a handler thinking for you (basic mind control) and you thereby become a mindless robot. See the clip for The Collapsed (2011) for a complete breakdown of how powerful this memory suspension can be.

Phase 2 Paralleling: the ability to completely merge with a subjects mind and body. Similar to phase 1 paralleling but includes the entire body. It can be forced, but then damage can occur to synapses which result in nose bleeds and internal neural damage, partially shown in The Crazies (2010). This is why memory suspension is almost always used so that a subject (you) do not know what is happening and therefore cannot fight it.

Also see The Ghastly Love of Johnny X (2012) where he controls the dead corpse, what you see there is real.

Phase 2
Phase 1 (Everyone)
Direct-to-Motor-Control: controlling someone remotely with or without their knowledge. This is reflected in countless movies including Surrogates (2009), Gamer (2009) and most accurately The Crazies (2010). If the subject is conscious he’s being controlled and fights it synapse damage will occur, I believe this is evidenced by the bloody nose shown in The Crazies. Real Steel (2011) demonstrates the reverse of this direct-to-motor-control. The clip for Technotise: Edit & I (2009) also shows this. Note forced & conscious motor control requires phase 2.
Phase 2
Phase 1 (Everyone)
Thought Reading: coherent thoughts can be read (and given), they listen to your thoughts like you listen to the radio. Examples demonstrating this includes this clip from Metropia, The Simpsons, Gamer (2009), etc. It’s simplistic when you think of it, your thought is just another EM waveform – so digitize/modulate and transmit it. Quite awesome actually. More accurately they are probably sampling which neurons light up when you think x, y or z. This is what the awesome move Pontypool (2008) is trying to show you; you just need to finally think for once.
Phase 2 Pushing Sounds: vocals, speech and sound effects. Speech and sound effects are easily transmitted and heard with crystal clarity. In fact the transmitted sound effects they send to me are better than my natural hearing. This would obviously be used to convince someone they are crazy when they hear voices in their head.
Phase 2
Phase 1 (Everyone)
Geolocation: your physical location is always a mouse click away. Similar to your cell phone’s GPS sensor, there’s a nano-sensor somewhere in your body which provides your real time location on demand. This is clearly shown in A Scanner Darkly (2006) (at exactly the 0:38 second mark of the trailer) and The Adjustment Bureau (2011), in fact its shown in the exact context of a targeted individual (Matt Damon) being harassed and trying to run away from The Program. Geolocation is also lightly referenced in The Matrix (1999) white rabbit scene.
Phase 2 Dreams: any dream they want can be beamed into your brain as you sleep. I wasn’t going to put this because its sounds even more unbelievable then everything else. But it happens to me every night so what the hell. They can push dreams into your brain at will. After all, dreams are just thoughts. It sounds amazing but simply boils down to another form of physical assault. This is usually accompanied with a set of emotions forced upon you at the same time as being forced to wake up (for example The Matrix (1999) white rabbit scene), which can simulate a nightmare. Like any other dream you typically don’t remember anything if you sleep through it. So they force you to wake up and manipulate your emotions at the same time for various reasons such as keeping you suspended in a state of slight shock and fear, send a message, convince (another nano-trick) you they are doing something they are not through mental images, etc.

Update 2012-10-12: Now see The Giant Mechanical Man (2012) for a great psy-op on dreams. Although only targeted individuals will understand it.

Phase 2 Physical Pain & Pleasure: typically pain. Any part of your body can be made to feel any amount of pain. Both used for subtle psychological reasons, and to create a false reality. For example women will think they were raped because that is what it feels like. In reality it is completely fake. Also see Transformers 3 (2011).

 

Grazy Talk

This web site has a lot of truth for someone to handle and don’t expect most people to be able to comprehend it. If 2% of the population thinks, 3% think they think, and 95% would rather die than think – which percentage are you in?

Remember, the world was flat at one time and you we’re insane if you thought otherwise.

Remember, if you told someone in the 1970’s they could have their body duplicated and copied they would call you insane. Yet today cloning is common knowledge.

Why is it so hard to imagine some creative nano-tricks? Especially when the proof is right in front you. It’s not so much how amazing the nano-technology is, it’s what they are doing with it that is equally stunning.

Let’s see what Dave has to say shall we?…

Source

Reason for everything, BioAPI and Chemtrails Pt. 3 – references in the Media

And now continues the BioAPI series with references in the media. This is a hard topic to swallow and could be hard to comprehend, but this is very important thing to understand the situation we have on our hands today with chemtrails and nanotech.

—-

You are about to embark on the most interesting read of your life; an accumulation of movie clips and real life examples that will for sure make you recognize that something has changed. Figuring out exactly what has changed is the purpose of this web site.

The movies obviously contain many clips to condition the audience to believe or not believe something (for example to smoke cigarettes). Some call this marketing, others refer to it as a form of brainwashing over time. Sometimes it’s obvious and right in your face, other times its extremely high level and so subtle you cannot even begin to catch it if you do not know what and why you are looking for it. The examples below attempt to tie your BioAPI nano-implants together with the movies while showing the possible outcomes and possibilities the implants can provide once installed. Again, many concepts are specific in nature (eg. to discredit a side effect) while others are broad in nature (as in what is happening in general). There are also a few more media examples on the Direct-to-Speech (real life mind control examples) page. Each clip by itself could be dismissed, in aggregate you will see they cannot.

The clips for Gamer (2009) and Ultrasonic (2012) are now a must watch. And a cure/antidote is covered in the review for Rise of the Zombies (2012) as well as End of Watch (2012).

Bandits (2001)

There are a few side effects associated with phase 1 and especially phase 2. In order to condition the public to dismiss health oriented side effects as inconsequential anomalies they use the movies like always.

One significant but not serious side effect of phase 2 is when the scent neuron’s get encapsulated they alter the ability to smell slightly. In fact the encapsulation of any neuron/synapse for any organ involved in sensing (skin, tongue, scent, etc.) will be slightly compromised in some capacity.

Typically people will say they smell a burning (feathers or smoke) smell. This clip demonstrates how they condition the public, specifically connecting anyone who smells burning, in this case feathers, with someone who must be crazy. It’s spread out through the whole movie and is the purpose of the entire movie itself. Notice the movie shows Billy Bob Thornton thinking he smells burning feathers, then clearly shows him (towards the end of the move and clip) acting crazy and stupid flopping around on the floor. The audience obviously takes away from that burning smell = crazy person. Classic movie psyop. Keep in mind all movie psyop’s like this are subtle, you have to keep the larger picture in mind to recognize what’s actually happening which in this case is the fact that they are trying to discount the side effects associated with contracting the nano-tech disease (phase 2).

Contracted (2013) provides a complete and excessive overview of the contraction of phase 2 and the implication of the physical side effects there from.

Toxic Skies (2008)

Toxic Skies is a poor quality chemtrail propaganda movie. It’s specifically about chemtrails but you have to look closer to see what the outcome of the patients are to figure out what is happening. It reflects that they are trying to kill people (or who they – not the doctors – decide are useless eaters). As in all movies such as this it starts off as a plague or biological threat. Four or five people from various walks of life are presented as patients in the movie who contract the unknown disease. The only one that dies is the one that simply watches TV and is presumed not to care about life. Therefore people who understand what is happening will see chemtrails = kill useless eaters. Everything else in the movie is irrelevant.

So in an overview the people running The Program are deciding who gets to live and who gets to die. This is happening every day right in front of you.

See the clip for A Serious Man (2009) for another example on how they are judging you as they see fit. Also see Meeting Evil (2012). Also see Control Factor (2003).

The Crazies (2010)

This movie holds back nothing. Some clips show an overall high level meaning and you have to look for, The Crazies slaps you right in the face.

In this clip at the beginning of the movie a so called crazy person comes out of the bush with a shot gun. Not knowing what to do the cop has to shoot the guy, no one questions even for a second what happened, I mean it was clearly the guy was drunk right? Wrong.

This is what I call Direct-to-Motor-Control, or to a greater extent Paralleling. A handler is actually controlling the guy like a robot. The nose is bleeding because the guy is trying to fight it or at least the mind control is getting to extensive resulting in synapse damage. He doesn’t want to raise the shot gun so there’s conflict within whatever cortex controls motor functions resulting in synapse damage. Ultimately the BioAPI wins and the guy has to do what the handler is forcing on him. This forced and conscious motor control is only possible with phase 2 of the BioAPI. The nose bleeding is also shown in The Box (2009). The Box (2009) is purely about the BioAPI and the implications of being tested and judged. Another aspect of the BioAPI allows the subjects memory to be suspended first which is extremely effective because now the subject now has no idea what he is doing and thereby cannot fight it at all.

Then to prove the point the scene jumps to a satellite/command center style clip which is a reference that everything is controlled from a single command center, then of course the final dot – chemtrails. More or less, this clip is real, and is the only clip or movie reference in existence (Update 2012-08-04: also see Ultrasonic (2012) which also connects all three dots – in Ultrasonic’s case concentrating on mind control delivered by chemtrails as opposed to body control as shown with The Crazies). In the clip it flashes this satellite style reference, this is only symbolic, it is not a satellite that does the controlling of people. The actual communication with the BioAPI/implants is much more advanced and may involve quantum entanglement. This is beyond the scope of this site and is unnecessary to understand what is happening.

Greenberg (2010)

Greenberg is a movie that specifically references phase 2. Some of the side effects demonstrated in the media show people who get phase 2 have sores on their skin or feel sick in some way. Also see the Family Guy clip for another example of this. This is true but in varying degrees, and is useful to demonstrate what is happening to people in the know.

In this clip Ben Stiller has the chance to run off to Australia with some hotties. But as he’s leaving they clearly show the one blonde slut is sick. She’s coughing and has a sore on her skin, so Ben Stiller immediately bolts. This is a direct reference of someone with phase 2 and therefore the entire BioAPI in the movies.

About 5 minutes before this scene Ben Stiller also makes a reference to hurting people, he says it twice for no reason (@ about 1:33:00 in the movie, not the clip). Why? I mean teams of writers pour over these movie scripts before they are finalized and all they come up with is “hurt people, hurt people“? It’s easy to understand when you see the big picture.

Also see the page on morgellons with the clip for The Informers (2008). Also see the clip for Transformers 3 (2011).

Hanna (2011)

This movie is the only movie I can find that shows what I call Direct-to-Speech in action, or to a lesser extent suggesting something so someone’s subconscious. A handler (the women behind the glass) dictates to the other women (the one talking to the girl) what to say. Now everyone that watches this clip will say of course, the second women talking to the girl has an electronic earpiece in her ear – that’s just it, she doesn’t (note that in the context of the movie she might as well have an earpiece in, but that’s not what we’re looking at here, we’re looking for the double meaning). Note you should look at the real life mind control examples to put this in a better context.

Now this is partially symbolic and very high level, but does demonstrate what can and is happening to phase 1 individuals (such as yourself). The amazing part is the second women is not aware she’s being told what to say or do. This is the most amazing aspect of the BioAPI, everything else pales in comparison to this and is extremely difficult to accept or comprehend. So the thoughts the second women (talking to the girl) is having are not her thoughts. What she’s saying to the girl is suggested or inserted into her mind in real time, which she believes are her own thoughts and acts or talks accordingly. They make fun of this in The Simpsons clip here.

There’s actually a lot happening in this scene. For example to show the two women are connected somehow (for example paralleling, or simply thinking with someone including talking for/through them as in a direct-to-speech concept) they show both women having red hair. Coincidence? Not if you know what to look for. Note how they zoom in on her mouth @1:04 when she says ‘just arrived from Prague‘, they are trying to reflect it’s not necessarily her voice speaking it, is being echoed through her.

Also see the clip for Metropia (2009). Or for that matter the recently added nice dog scene in Ultrasonic (2012) for another demonstration on exactly how it works in (would be) real life.

Update: This clip has been largely superseded by Control Factor (2003).

 

…these are not the droids you’re looking for…

 

Doomsday Book (2012)

This clip is new as of July 24, 2012 and put here because I’m running out of space on the other pages. The clip quality might be a little degraded, I’m trying to keep these clip files small for bandwidth reasons now.

Previously on the FAQ page I listed several triggers which install phase 2. One of them was red meat. I gave no reference, proof or evidence whatsoever. Now over 8 months later this movie is the missing puzzle piece for red meat (also see Harolds Going Stiff (2011) below) . Just because something might not add up or lacks evidence on this web site does not mean it’s wrong, it simply means we have not found that piece of the puzzle yet as I will now demonstrate.

This movie is out of South Korea and is not one single movie, instead it is three separate short films with each short being roughly forty minutes in length. What they have done here is brilliant. The first short is a typical bad zombie apocalypse movie. The second short is about the morals of robots as people, the third is largely irrelevant. The key is the first short and more importantly its immediate connection with the unrelated second one. I’ll explain more below. During a normal day an apple for whatever reason biodegrades wrong and spawns a virus which turns everyone into zombies. That’s the movie; ridiculous on its surface. Now let’s take it apart…

In the beginning of the movie and clip they focus on an apple as it rots. He throws it out with the trash as expected (@ 0:30) and the apple degrades wrong (@ 1:00 in and around). Humorous zombie apple now. They show the apple becoming feed for livestock (shown in the movie but not shown in the clip much other then @ 1:12). They then focus heavily, very heavily on red meat (@ 1:18 thru 3:29) as people eat it. Specifically as disgusting as possible complete with a cow being slaughtered at 1:14. This is intentional. Notice at 2:26 he pulls an apple peel out of his mouth. Why? Keep reading. People then get sick (examples @ 3:30 thru 4:00) as they turn into zombies from eating the red meat contaminated by the zombie apple; I mentioned before what they are doing is partly biblical, they love to throw the bible out as an excuse to hurt people, even if you have never harmed a fly in your entire life. Then at 4:10 the zombie apocalypse strikes. The two main characters as zombies now find each other wandering around (@ 4:30). Then they drive it home – the apple as a metaphor (remember when he pulled the apple peel out of his mouth @ 2:26) and contaminant for red meat becomes symbolic for the trigging of phase 2 through the eating of red meat. Why? How? She gives the apple to him (@ 5:29) and he eats it. It’s intentionally disgusting, you are supposed to be turned off by it [Update: this is a critical concept to explore so I’ve elaborated on it below in the Sidebar – Subtle Distraction Psyops]. Then right after he eats the apple they zoom right in on her or a zombie eye – what do they show you? What’s in her eye (@ 6:10 thru 6:14)? A chemtrail nano-fiber. They are clearly showing you. This is the end and climax of the movie too which doesn’t make sense unless you know why. And it’s not even the kicker…

The first short then ends (@ 6:33) and in the movie (not the clip) they show a biblical quote (screenshot here) which essentially translates to God telling Adam not to eat the apple. Because again, from the movie, the apple becomes symbolic of red meat and is thereby telling you eating the apple [and therefore red meat by metaphor] is bad [and now via nano-tech will turn you into a robot]. The second short starts, and is about robots. What a coincidence – because very early in this second short (within 30 seconds) the technician from the robot corporation is walking down the hall with the monk and they clearly and intentionally show his corporate logo on his uniform (@ 6:55 thru 7:04). The corporation name is UR (Robotics). Get it? [You] [are] the robot. They mention the corporation name a few times in the short and show it on his briefcase too (@ 7:12). Only people that know what is happening will see and bridge the connection from the first short (zombie’s representing phase 2 via nanotech spiked red meat) to the second short (turning you into a complete robot) like this. The fact that they are back-to-back but independent (as in separate) short films is intentional and a brilliant idea. Note the cover image (screenshot here) on the front page of this web site, the robot from the second short has “UR” stamped right on it.

To summarize, consuming (probably cheap) red meat can (will) turn you into a robot by the installation of phase 2. That is what this movie(s) is telling you. Note you already are a robot with phase 1, but phase 2 is the full BioAPI and allows for extended functionality such as manipulation of feelings, direct-to-motor control, etc. Also notice the parallel between this clip and Vexille (2007). Both clearly show you a nano-fiber then shortly after tell you that you are the robot (in the Vexille clip @ 1:26 – ‘the virus [cyber-virus/nano-tech] gradually progresses through the body until it finally reaches the brain; at that point we become perfect androids…’). I’ve said it a few times throughout this site, stay focused, because you are the base model surrogate.

Sidebar – Subtle Distraction Psyops
It is important to note the significance of how disgusting the apple eating was in this clip @ 6:04. Why would they do that? What is the point? It is psychological. The purpose of instances such as this are to discount the significance of something else during or immediately after what you see. To be clear – you are disgusted by what you see and remember it. You focus on that because that is what is most prevalent. Your attention is captivated to some degree and you are distracted and thereby unable to notice the significance of what is truly important which in this clip is the nano-fiber(s) in her eye shortly after. So the viewers perception is being split, most people will give their attention to the apple eating, a few (self thinkers) will not and wonder what the strange white fibers in her eye are all about. This is the 99% vs. 1% being playing out right in front of eyes. This is the knowledge over ignorance paradigm.Another accurate example is how Leonardo DiCaprio mentions insects in the brain in the Shutter Island (2010) clip; your mind immediately focuses on how disgusting that concept is and thereby discount the clicking in the brain comment. Then when a clicking sound is heard/felt in your cranium you are much more likely to dismiss it.

Another example is in the movie (not clip) for Black Limousine (2010). At roughly 1:20:27 in the movie they show Arquette looking out his window watching a very hot women undress (screenshot here) for a few seconds. Then very shortly after they show the talking gibberish scene. It is the same principal in action, your mind obviously focuses on the women, even well after the camera pans away; and your attention thereby becomes diminished when they (in this case) show an example of what they can do in real life which is make people talk gibberish using the BioAPI/nano-implants.

Another less significant example is in the clip for Ultrasonic (2012). In the nice dog scene the dog only has three legs. Why? What? They couldn’t find a normal dog? Again, it’s intentional to pull your attention away from the scene in general because it could be one of the most important scenes in a decade if you know why.

An extreme example can also be seen in Rise of the Zombies (2012) with the baby stomping scene.

Textually, spelling mistakes and insults accomplish the same psychological effect; your simple sheep mind is turned off by speling mstakes and again discount the relevance and accuracy of the overall message. Most people cannot get by a single spelling mistake whether it’s intentional or an honest mistake. Ironically the smarter someone is the better it works on them.

Harolds Going Stiff (2011)

Harolds Going Stiff (2011) is a humorous zombie movie where people are going stiff and then turning into zombies. This British movie provides us with another direct reference connecting phase 2 with the consumption of red meat such as with the above clip for Doomsday Book (2012). In fact the first short for Doomsday Book (2012) and this movie are the same movie.

In the movie an old guy named Harold was the first to contract a zombie disease. About half way through the movie they simply tell you people are turning into zombies because they are eating a meat product called meat-a-rino as shown in the screenshot to the right. Harold is also shown to be eating them. It’s not a hidden reference at all, if you watch the movie they are outright talking about it. The guy in the screenshot to the right is being interviewed about it.

No clip is provided, but notice how Harold’s facial orifices are slightly bleeding as he turns into a zombie in the same capacity as Earthkiller (2011) @ roughly 0:55 in the clip and cover image. Also notice how Harold symbolically picks the red meat out of his sandwich and throws it away @ roughly 58:30 in the movie. This throwing away of the red meat is the equivalent of the biblical quote (screenshot here) from Doomsday Book (2012) above where God tells Adam not to eat the apple (apple = red meat by metaphor). Everything is clearly being told to you repeatedly.

A Little Bit Zombie (2012)

This movie is the Canadian version of Harolds Going Stiff (2011) above. As with Harold, a main character (Steve) is turning into a zombie after getting bit by a zombie mosquito. Eventually Steve wants to eat brains because he is a zombie, so they go to the meat shop. Notice the letters ‘EAT MEAT‘ are clearly and intentionally visible in the name of the shop.

Now the actually connection or metaphor connecting zombies with red meat is not as stark as with Harolds Going Stiff (2011) or Doomsday Book (2012) above, but it’s there. As they enter the meat shop they look up to show this completely out of context and irrelevant sun burst, if you watch the movie you’ll be like ‘why‘? ([Update 2012-11-17] I’ve added a clip to the right of the sunburst and crEATive MEATs sign) It’s the same principal outlined in the above Subtle Distraction Psyops, but the inverse. It’s like a red flag for the 1%. Then in the red meat shop the butcher serves both red meat and brains. Red meat & brains (for zombies as in phase 2) are thereby subtly connected, if anything because they are buying red meat and eating brains at the butcher [red meat] shop. So red meat = brains [and thereby zombie -> phase 2].

Note how the zombie killer is eating red meat, in this case bacon, through the whole movie, and also notice who the actor is (Stephen McHattie from Pontypool (2008)). Both Harolds Going Stiff (2011) and this movie are cinematically terrible, that’s not the point. Your suppose to understand that. They are released to communicate this message. And the sign does say EAT MEAT as opposed to NOT EAT MEAT. Your suppose to have the intelligence to catch the inverse when applicable and apply it when presented with additional information or movies that reflect the same related theme as I’ve shown. In this case EAT MEAT = Zombie. And zombies are typically placed in the context of phase 2 as shown on the cure page.

Reason for everything, BioAPI and Chemtrails Pt. 2 – Physical Nano-Fiber/BioAPI Examples

Now we add another chapter to this important serie of documents. If you want proof you got it…

Physical Nano-Fiber/BioAPI Examples

This web sites not bother with the scientific details or patents behind the actual nano-tech. I, like yourself I’m sure are not a nano-tech engineer. If you want details you can read for the next ten years if you want. Patents are easily found for all of this. They want and need you to focus on the super technical nonsense, look past it; the closer you look, the less you will see.

To summarize from the FAQ page – chemtrails spray the entire planet with nano-fibers which you breathe in. These fibers contain (nano) components which construct and install nano-implants which the aggregate of constitutes what is commonly known as a Biological Application Programming Interface allowing for complete monitoring & control of all body and mind functions in a given host (you, and everyone on the entire plant). Below are the basics, which is all that’s required for a broader understanding of these nano-fibers. The first few examples show an actual payload within a fiber (which would be used in the installation of a nano-implant for example). The colored fibers are just examples of what else can be seen, and the last example is a petri dish of nano-fibers from an average person such as yourself. The fiber images are about 200x magnification, any standard microscope will let you see these fibers. You can view these fibers yourself right now if you want. They are all around you, you are even breathing them in as you read this. Some fibers move on their own, they sort of wiggle, yet have no organelles proving they are not organic or biological in nature.

All of these fibers are in your body and brain. All fibers and constructs are viewable with the naked eye (just barely) under a proper wavelength of blacklight. For more information on the nano-fibers and how to extract them from your body refer to the bottom of this page for nano-fiber extraction details.

For an impressive prologue to this you can refer to the Gamer (2009) clip in which you are told exactly what they are doing and demonstrates it for all to see. I like the Technotise: Edit & I (2009) clip too.

Nano-fibers are now directly shown and referenced in clips for Doomsday Book (2012) and Vexille (2007). Chemtrails as the source of mind control is shown in Ultrasonic (2012) and The Crazies (2010).

Also see The Host (2013), where they outright show you a pretty good representation of the nano-fibers. See the last sample of nano-fiber images below for the picture of this in real life.

This is the most amazing picture you’ll see in your life. This is a phase 2 subject with a nano-camera in the left eye. Only viewable with the proper wavelength of blacklight. Everyone on the planet has a basic set of nano-implants that allows them to be tracked and mind controlled on demand; people who contract what I call a phase 2 will have additional implants that allows them to be body controlled as well as a whole host of other functions. Your body is turned into a robot against your knowledge and against your will. The aggregate of these nano-implants constitutes what is commonly known as a Biological Application Programming Interface. Check the media page for upcoming references concerning the ocular implant, specifically the Order of Chaos (2010) clip, or even the Minority Report (2002) description for that matter. [Update – you could review the Minority Report description, I’ve expanded on these eye references]

Note the pink circle referencing the implant in the large image is not actually the camera, it’s just a side effect (fibers and implants glow under UV light) of the camera implant installation for this individual. The camera is too small (micro-size) and can’t be seen, but it can be felt – some more thoughts and information on the ocular nano-implant are available.

Interestingly they demonstrate this ocular implant in action and show exactly how they see what you see in Surrogates (2009) at about the 11:00 minute mark of the movie (the movie, not the clip – see the last cover image on the front page of this site). A monitor beside Bruce Willis shows a video cam of what his surrogate is seeing after he gives himself a glass of water. It’s real. This is how EVERYTHING YOU DO WILL BE RECORDED is true from A Scanner Darkly (2006).

In Warm Bodies (2013) they actually reference the exact location of the ocular implant when she is scanned at roughly 58:00 into the movie to see if she is infected or a zombie. The scanner hovers at and around this exact location. They even used the correct eye (left) for the scan.

Also now shown in World War Z (2013). The more mainstream a movie is the briefer the reference; this is the best example of that due to the fact that it stars Brad Pitt. As they come into the hanger at ~40:50 in the movie they quickly scan his eye to see if they are zombies. Correct idea, but wrong application – in real life the proper wavelength of light is elaborated on here.

 

This first example shows a fiber that was found in pond water if I remember correctly. This is the typical fiber you would breathe in while jogging or something. Notice the payload which seemed to shrink to nothing. It started to shrink as soon as I looked at it, or it sensed the light from the microscope. Seen at roughly 200x magnification in late 2010. The contraction timeframe was about 300 seconds.

 

A fiber with another payload. The next image is a larger version of this.

 

This example shows another payload, this time with some color for some reason.

 

For whatever reason some fibers are red or blue in color.

 

A red fiber.

 

This is an example of the most common fibers found. It’s transparent, longer and seems kind of benign. All fibers can be seen with standard cheap microscopes. Some fibers even move by themselves, they sort of twitch if you watch long enough.

 

The connecting proof of chemtrail nanofibers and your body being the target is this test here. Rinsing ones mouth out with red wine will extract the fibers from the oral cavity of the person. Viewing the extraction under a microscope and you’ll see the same fiber structure as fibers found in pond water or randomly elsewhere. 100% saturation. Note – a quick rinse doesn’t work, you have to let the acidity of the red wine soak into your mouth for a bit. The wine stains the fibers. Gargle, repeat a few times and you’ll start to see them. This image is in a petri dish.

This is exactly what they are referring/showing to you in The Host (2013), screenshot here. Also shown in Ender’s Game (2013), screenshot here.

Clifford Carnicom has pioneered the research (going as far back as 2003) connecting nano-fibers with Chemtrails, merely compare the structure of what comes out of your mouth with what is found outside in rain water. It’s the same thing. See below for a test you can conduct for yourself.

 

It’s not what you look at that matters, it’s what you see.

Henry David Thoreau


Nano-Fiber Extraction Test

I’d like to take a moment and expand on what someone should see if they actually wish to test themselves for this nano-disease. To make any connection at all you must recognize these Chemtrail nano-fibers as coming from your body which in a normal environment is completely impossible.

Everyone knows red wine stains absolutely everything. It’s a nightmare to clean. It should be no surprise that when dealing with co-polymer nano-fibers this red wine principal is no different. The test is basic. The purpose is to simply allow the red wine’s acidity to saturate your mouth and the nano-fibers will slowly be extracted and then stained by the wine. Why this actually happens is unknown by myself.

To being simply get a bottle or red wine as shown in the image to the left.
Poor a little into the sink. See anything? No. Of course not. It’s just red wine. Nothing to see here. Also check your mouth if you care, it’s clean. If not just brush your teeth.
Sip a little red wine, swish it around in your mouth for a bit, maybe gargle. Spit it out. What do you see? Some people will see nothing at first, the red wine has to saturate the oral cavity. Some people will immediately see small strange specs or fibers as shown. Now think for the first time in your life, I thought the wine and your mouth were pure and clean? Therefore this must be impossible right?
After repeating this test a few times, specifically gargling, you should start to see large globs of nano-fibers come out. They never stop. You can do this test for hours and more and more fibers will come out of your mouth.
A little disgusting yes, but necessary for demonstration purposes. Look at your tongue. Nano-fibers get caught in your tongue’s hairs (your tongue has hair obviously).

There you have it. Chemtrail’s spray nano-fibers. You breathe, eat and ingest these nano-fibers. It’s impossible not to. Could you put these nano-fibers from your mouth under a microscope? You could but it’s not realistic because they are all stained. It’s much better to get a sample of pond water or water from the street or sewer drain or leave a small dish of water outside for a while to get nano-fibers that are falling from the lower atmosphere after some chemtrail spraying.

Now what do they do? Why? Why on earth would this be happening? Brace yourself, you still have to think, I know it’s difficult but hang in there. Nano-fibers deliver nano-components as reflected above. These nano-components encapsulate neurons and bridge synapses throughout your body or to a greater extent install nano-implants. Again, for what? Why? To control you (for example Gamer (2009)). That’s why. To read your mind, thoughts, see what you see and hear what you hear. Essentially turn you into a cyborg, in standard computer science circles this would be called a BioAPI or wetware. It’s for mind control. Plain and simple. They even show you examples of what they can do in every day life, so continue on for several awesome media examples and real life mind control references. It’s all real, they did it all.

Thoughts on a possible cure can be found in the review for Rise of the Zombies (2012).

> Possible Cure

> Media References

Source

Reason for everything, BioAPI and Chemtrails Pt. 1

Now I start a series that I found I think is crucial info. It is about so called BioAPI, chemtrails, nano-fibers and how they are used to turn us into biological mind-controlled robots. Transhumanism to the core. So here is the part 1:

Preface

What the hell is happening… you must be thinking that, as well as being dazed and confused in the least which is the purpose of this web site. Your unfortunate lack of critical thinking skills leaves you without the ability to see the unseeable. You watch, but you fail to see. Fear not my less informed friend – whether your being chemtrailed, body/mind controlled, hearing voices or stalked by the public, this web site connects the final high level dots concerning this otherwise complicated puzzle of insanity currently before you. ‘Logic and proportion have fallen sloppy dead, and the White Knight is talking backwards’. This is what they are doing to you and your family, and this is how they do it.

Complete, high dexterity remote control of every single synapse and neuron for every person on the face of the earth and the greatest revelation in human history… your BioAPI.

Introduction

In 1999 the world changed. The money trust, the law (commerical code/contract law, applicability of public/statutory presumptions, etc.), technology (nano-tech), and the general direction of the planet completely changed. In order to even remotely grasp what is happening you must disconnect your mind from the last century’s way of thinking. Failure to change the way you think will preclude you from seeing reality accurately. There is no money anymore, taxes are a thing of the past and no written law applies to you.

So what we now have is a real brave new world. The purpose of this site is to simply show the extent at which they have leveraged nano-technology directly on you, how they control everyone on demand with it, and end the confusion around the subject of chemtrails and how they fit into the larger picture while showing how the media and movies are conditioning the mind of the general public.

The Reason For Everything

Let’s just get right to it. Forget everything you know. Here it is, the epitome of reality. This video is the best example that summarizes what’s happening or has happened in your body already. This is the most prevalent secret in the whole world because it has been forced onto everyone unknowingly.

 

What you see here is a nano-bot encapsulating a neuron or synapse (for example your purkinje neurons) or other nerve ending/bridge. It’s only a simulation, but accurately summaries everything that has happened in the past decade. This allows complete control of the host (your body) remotely as demonstrated repeatedly in the movies (for example Metropia (2009), Ultrasonic (2012)). A more sophisticated set of nano-bots would and very well has subsequently allowed for a complete and full BioAPI to be installed without the host (you) even knowing it. If you want to get technical your neurons have been encapsulated, your synapses have been bridged.

The basic idea consists of a set of nano-wires tethered to electronics in the main catheter such that they will spread out in a “bouquet” arrangement into a particular portion of the brain’s vascular system. Such arrangement could support a very large number of probes (in the millions). Each n-wire would be used to record, very securely, electrical activity of a single or small group of neurons without invading the brain parenchyma.
Source

What is the purpose of chemtrails

Chemtrails are a huge logistical operation. Larger than the hoover damn, trans-alaska pipeline or moon landing. It’s large. And expensive. The biggest mistake one can make is assuming there is only one reason for chemtrails. There are about five or six reasons and possibly more. The top six are listed below with a brief summary. This web site is concerned with the last. A visual overview may help by reviewing a flowchart here.

  • Blocking the Sun: This is the standard reason given to fools in the government. We need to secretly stop global warming, so keep it a secret that we’re spraying. Global warming is the catch all con for everyone in the government. If you’re smarter than this they’ll give you a better reason.
  • Blocking the Sun (Again): A reduction in sun light across the planet works well to decrease or manipulate crop yields slightly. This is part of the requirement to engineer a food crisis and bring in a famine. You can dismiss this.
  • Superheating the Atmosphere: In order to create earthquakes and steer hurricanes (for example hurricane Katrina in New Orleans) the atmosphere needs to be more conductive for electricity so installations such as HAARP (HAARP is just what they want you to see, HAARP has nothing to do with anything) can work their magic. So the chemtrails spray barium and aluminum among other things to create a more conductive upper atmosphere. In The Phoenix Rises (2012) they tell you exactly this @ exactly ~16:00 in the movie as they specifically talk about chemtrails. For your information barium has nothing to do with the BioAPI, nano-fibers or nano-tech at all.
  • Health Erosion: As a side effect everyone’s health and immune systems become slightly compromised. This is usually not an issue for most healthy people. Older people on average will now die sooner and any health complication is slightly more likely to be fatal. This is both a side effect of spraying and intentional.
  • Climate Modification: To help or hurt crops, keep skies clear for a major event (like the Olympics), cause a typhoon, steer super storms, etc.
  • Nano-fiber Propagation: To universally install a BioAPI in everyone they need to spray nano-fibers. These fibers cannot be put into the food supply or given in some other way, the uptake across the population would take forever and not propagate very effectively. It’s much easier just to spray everyone like an insect; and because it’s happening to everyone the universal herd mentality of the unwashed masses then justifies it.

Nano-fiber basics

Nano-fibers specifically are a transport mechanism. Nothing more. They hold a payload for delivery. A payload that would otherwise be compromised by the sun or atmosphere or not make it to its destination (your body). Such as viral RNA code, metals such as aluminum, nano-components, etc. The fibers are (surprisingly) quite harmless as everyone has them. Examples of these fibers can be found all over the internet or in the physical examples section of this site. The fibers must be independently sprayed, if they we’re added to the jet fuel the extreme heat would destroy the payload.

So it’s not the fiber that is critical, it’s the payload.

Why?

This is a complicated question. The people creating and doing this are trying to force biblical principles onto the populace (including themselves) through technology. For example the seven deadly sins. They take a basic human requirement (food, sex, a specific emotion) and quantify it (within the BioAPI). If the result is to extreme (for example you eat too much) or you do something not approved of then they decide that you’re not worthy of life or judge you accordingly. In the alternative your are added to a program. The possibilities for the BioAPI or nano-tech in general is endless. Therefore you should not focus on any one reason as being the end all purpose. It’s too dynamic. It’s to complex. As I mentioned on the top of page 5 of the media references – ‘the BioAPI is the greatest revelation in human history‘. For example see the last paragraph of the description for Vexille (2007), specifically the trailer for H+ mentioned in it. Data Asylum is only giving you one angle of the BioAPI – the nano-tech disease and all the implications that encompass it.

Also see question #9 of the frequently asked questions for a brief explanation on how this (and chemtrails) are (mostly) lawful.

Who?

The same group of people that brought humanity HIV in the late 1970’s. Also see FAQ question #15.

BioAPI Phases

There are essentially two phases involved with the installation of the BioAPI. I categorize it as phase 1 and phase 2. If you can imagine a new laptop computer, all it has is the operating system like Windows, so it’s kind of useless. This would be the equivalent to phase 1. So a new computer can be remotely controlled (aka phase 1, see Surrogates (2009)) by your IT tech support guy, but that is all. There are no programs installed (provided by phase 2) to do much else with it. These names of a phase 1 and 2 are not necessarily just random nonsense I made up, see the clip and movie for Control Factor (2003) in which they use these exact names in the exact same context; because they are telling you everything.

  • Phase 1: Everyone on the planet is affected and involved in this phase. Everyone to some extent has the nano-fibers within their body cavity, and therefore wired [‘I’m wired too.’ – Michael Hall, Gamer (2009)]. Side effects include a clicking sound from within the skull and basic annoying body complications like aching joints. This phase provides complete remote control of your speech and thought patterns through suggestion (partially subconsciously). I guess about 99% of the populace of the entire planet has this phase complete.

    Phase 1 could be construed as positive and beneficial to you, at least in the future. See John Hodgman (2012) for more information. You should also see question 9 of the FAQs.

  • Phase 2: This phase must be triggered (by nano-trigger-bots) and is extreme. It completely compromises your health and can do anything from kill you to simply monitor you. This phase cannot be forced onto you like phase 1 (technically it can but they don’t do that yet). This involves multiple nano-sensors from ocular to heart and everything in between. I figure about 2% of the population has gone through this phase. If this phase is triggered in you they consider you evil as shown within the media examples page of this site. You must do something to trigger this phase, including eating cheap red meat, kissing specific people, using specific corporate health care/beauty products, etc. The objective they are (partially) reaching for here is to connect each event with a deadly sin of some sort. For example morgellons would be connected with vanity because your skin goes to hell. Ultimately this phase provides complete remote control of your body and mind, including the monitoring of your emotions, thoughts, body functions and everything in between. Phase 2 then can be considered a nano-tech disease (as clearly shown in the Family Guy clip) in which the contagious aspect can be switched on and off. For example I have phase 2, but I am not contagious, but I can be if they decide to make me contagious in some way – typically kissing. This allows them to completely control the transmission/vector or spreading of the nano-disease. If you want to get specific, the nano-tech or nano-implants that compose phase 2 of the BioAPI is actually just the vehicle they use to monitor, torment, test and hurt people. The disease itself is actually one of dishonor. The more dishonor you demonstrate, the more they hate you, the worse things get for you. They do not want people to figure that out. See Meeting Evil (2012) for clear details. Phase 2 can or is definitely detrimental to your life. That is the point of it. A cure can be found in the review for Rise of the Zombies (2012).

    You can 100% confirm if you have phase 2 or not by seeing an eye doctor and asking him to look for anomalies exactly where the ocular implant is located. The implant is still a camera and therefore must conform to the laws of physics and optics still so it must, just like your eye has, have a concave lens which it does. You might be able to slightly feel it at night when your falling asleep when your eyes are dryer and you move your eyeball around with your eyes closed. More information on the implant’s location is available here.

    Also see the clip for Contracted (2013) which specifically covers the contraction of phase 2 and the physical side effects there from. Pretty Dead (2013), no clip provided, also does a good job at covering multiple aspects of the contraction of the nano-tech disease and BioAPI in general, both good and bad. They show a couple triggers (meat and hard drugs) which makes her sick, complete with heavy zombie overtones. They also show a possible positive aspect such as accelerated healing. The entire movie, every scene, becomes like a documentary.

Nano-fiber and Side Effects

Of course with something as extreme as nanotech being installed within people’s body’s you would assume there would be health implications and side effects. This is correct and covered on this site. The approach to handle these side effects has been one of “embrace and extend” it’s called. There are several examples in the media section that show how the specific side effects listed below are recognized and then associated with something ridiculous or stupid which then discounts the authenticity in the mind of the viewer. In effect convincing the viewer to dismiss a real side effect as being something that’s too crazy to be real. Each side effect is dealt with in a media example. Additional technical possibilities are also talked about in the BioAPI details section. Additional side effects related to phase 2 are covered in the clip for Contracted (2013).

  • Phase 1 & 2 – Cranium Clicking/Screeching: A phase 1 side effect goes back as early as 2001. Exactly what is happening is not completely known but involves some sort of nano-chip being installed/operated in the cranium (your head) of the host. This is probably the equivalent of a CPU of some sort. The actual clicking/screeching sound observed is usually at night on average once a month and only lasts for a few seconds. Completely painless and easily ignored or passed off by the person. The entire purpose of the movie Shutter Island (2010) is to discount this. The nano-implant that is specifically and clearly responsible for this side effect is symbolically referenced in the second clip for Surrogates (2009). I suspect over time they have improved this side effect.
  • Phase 1 & 2 – Aching Joints, Headaches, Fatigue, etc.: The saturation of nano-fibers has different effects on different people. The sheer numbers involved results is a random combination of health implications. Most people will not notice anything, or pass any slight symptom off as getting older. Other people who have more of a reaction will go to the doctor and get diagnosed with fibromyalgia. Fibromyalgia is a catch all disease that was created about a decade ago to give doctors something to tell the patient when they complained. The doctors can’t accurate diagnose or understand what or why a patient is feeling a certain way, so the corrupt medical establishment gives them this nonsense to spew. These side effects are primarily phase 1 but are a constant problem across the board. Notice the root word of fibromyalgia is fib[e]r, it’s not a coincidence. This Family Guy clip indirectly references Fibromyalgia.
  • Phase 2 – Itching: For whatever reason they may force harsh itching on you when they do not agree with what you are doing or how you are behaving. You probably will have no idea it is phase 2 at the beginning. This is shown in Flash of Genius (2008) when they show her typing and zoom in on her hand (@ 44:50 in the movie) when she itches it. She’s presumed to be a bad wife for leaving her husband (no clip is provided; screenshot here; you’ll have to read this whole site to understand this). The exact same concept is shown in Lay the Favorite (2012) where Bruce Willis itches his forearm clearly and intentionally after referencing it a few seconds earlier (screenshot here). Why? Why would they put that in? I mean millions of dollars are spent on these scripts and production thereto. This happens in real life to countless people around the world all day long, he’s being warned. Why? Because in the movie he’s thinking about cheating on his wife with the hot blonde that just walked in. In people with phase 2, the BioAPI is monitoring thought and emotional patterns which if conflict triggers an itch; it’s automated. For example lust + guilt (because he’s married) do not go together. Think Pontypool (2008). So they are judging you (or more accurately people with phase 2 who are pre-targeted). Itching is also shown in Fast Zombies with Guns (2011), as they turn into zombies [contract phase 2 in real life] they itch a lot. Again, why show this? Because it’s real. Most targeted individuals will understand the extremely itchy forearm. So itching is not a side effect in the common sense of the term; it is instead intentionally inflected via the BioAPI as reflected in the aforementioned references as well as loosely shown in A Scanner Darkly (2006) @ 0:44 in the clip/trailer.
  • Phase 2 – Burning Smell: Phase 2 encapsulates the person’s ability to smell, so they can read/write scents. It’s used to help warp the reality of someone they have specifically targeted (aka Black Limousine (2010)). When inhaling or specifically exhaling quickly its often a burning/smoke smell that is noticed. This is an unwanted side effect – or more accurately to encapsulate any neuron in the body involved in sensing (for example, smell, taste, etc.) there ends up being be some minor side effect. Interestingly when I cry the smell is amplified and it smells like buttered popcorn of all things. An example of how the media discounts this is demonstrated in the movie Bandits (2001).
  • Phase 2 – The Left Eye: One of the concepts they push in the movies is the left eye is evil for some reason. Or to a lesser extent use the eye as a gateway to demonstrate functionality such as with Technotise (2009) or Gamer (2009). In phase 2 an actual nano-camera will be installed in the left eye. People with this might comment on how they feel like there’s a small bump in their eye under slightly drier conditions such as when going to sleep at night. This is documented in the physical example page. Note if you figure out you have a camera in the left eye they will probably install something in the right eye too. Clips referencing this concept are now available here, here and here and now also Doomsday Book (2012).
  • Phase 2 – Permanent Metallic Taste: Some people will comment on a metallic taste in the mouth. Typically when going to sleep it becomes prevalent. In the alternative, the temporary compromising of taste buds is shown in the clip for Contracted (2013) @ 2:18. It is not a side effect of medication, that’s the typical response a doctor will give you. If you are not on medication and otherwise completely healthy and all of a sudden have a permanent metallic taste in your mouth, you are being recorded (but not watched) 24/7 as per the trailer for A Scanner Darkly (2006).
  • Phase 2 – Morgellons: Morgellon’s can strike anyone. It’s a direct problem from the nano-fibers, whether intentional or accidental. The body’s immune system can’t see or recognize the fibers at all. So when the body can’t accept the fibers anymore it beings to push them out through the skin. But the skin is a barrier because the fibers are too large. So the skin breaks up which is why people get lesions. Note that technically everyone has morgellons (nano-fibers), the actual mogellon’s symptoms are when the person’s body tries to get rid of them the only way possible. Some more conclusions can be seen here and examples within media references including this.

Chemtrails Nano-fiber Examples & Evidence

Ultimately you need some proof. This is very difficult, as we all don’t exactly have nano-tech labs in our basements. The only thing possible at this point in time is to put out the physical evidence that is known and back it up with media/movie supporting clips. A complete list of unbelievable things this technology can do is listed here, also make sure you see the real life body & mind control examples in Media References.

> Physical (BioAPI) Proof

> Media References

Source

Are we living in Westworld?

In recent times I have tried to figure out this reality matrix topic. It all started when I watched an old movie called Westworld. That is an old sci-fi movie about an artificial themepark where robots are controlled and people can go there an have a fun in different kind of time eras. Then they released a new TV-serie from this idea last year and that show is just amazing.

So I watched the whole season and started thinking, that if so called Illuminati/Elite or whatever have been showing reality in our faces for years in movies and TV-series, could it be that this serie is too? Last weeks I have tried to figure how it all could work in our reality and most of it makes perfect sense.

I won’t be describing my whole ideas here, because you just have to watch the old movie and the whole serie to catch the idea, but could it be that we are just bionic robots and our “souls” are just little piece of self-learning AI-code inside these bionic robotsuits? Then there are these aliens/gods/shadow people who run this our “flat earth” and some of them are living among us and have just fun in this amusement park? Have you noticed that some of us will always get the “free jail card” like in Monopoly game?

This concept could explain so many weird things, which we are experiencing right now.  Paranormal activity when they change the scene like in Dark City movie or glitches/deja-vu’s like in Matrix movie. Or like in almost every work Philip K Dick has released, most obious one is probably The Adjustment Bureau movie. Then they could create natural catastrophes like we are dealing with now like Hurricane Harvey, Irma etc. If you have played an old PC-game called Sim City you catch the idea… it’s just a game for them and they are laughing… and they are laughing out loud.

It also explains why some of us have felt that something is wrong in our life like a splinter in our mind. Maybe some of us didn’t get the latest software/AI update and remember things. This could explain also the so called “Mandela Effect” so many of us are experiencing. In Westwold serie the bionic robots or hosts have program inside them, which can be manipulated and upgraded. It could explain why some of us are so intelligent and superior to others. They also show a flat earth model in the show and there have been a lot of debate about this topic in the Internet.

It just makes so much more sense that any of our religion, except that is there a God above these Westworld controllers? In the show there is this Dr. Ford who could be Satan and controlling this material reality, who knows. There are many good videos about this but absolutely the best one is this one:

Then there are videos which are just kind of solving the Illuminati side of the show like symbolism etc.  and those are also interesting, because this whole thing is just a show for them. And they enjoy to rub these truths in our faces and laugh, because we don’t get it.

So are we just bionic pupets with a piece of AI-code inside of us or something more? In any case I think we are living in prison… for our mind if not else.

Operation Crimson Mist

Some operation, huh…

Operation Crimson Mist

During the late afternoon of 6 April 1994, a hail of cannon shells tore through the fuselage of a commercial airliner flying overhead central Rwanda. Several seconds later the blazing plane exploded on impact with the ground, killing President Habyarimana of Rwanda, President Ntaryamira of Burundi, and most of their senior government officials. In that fatal millisecond of time, the entire political command structure of central Africa was decapitated, leaving the way open for “Operation Crimson Mist”, the most obscene terminal mind control experiment ever mounted by the United States of America against a sovereign nation. That “Crimson Mist” has been used again recently on a smaller scale in Iraq, is now beyond doubt.

As Habyarimana and his colleagues made their death dive, a small group of American men and women lounged around in a large hut at the edge of a discreet gravel airstrip a few miles from the Rwandan capital Kigali, temporary home for their three unmarked C-130 Hercules transport planes. All crewmembers carried forged credentials showing them as “atmospheric researchers” employed by an authentic civilian American agency, but these were only for emergency identification if one of the aircraft was forced to make an unscheduled landing on unfriendly territory. For all practical security purposes, neither they nor their three large aircraft were even in Africa.

When news of the presidential crash came in over the VHF radio, one of the Hercules planes was swiftly preparedfor take off. The flight engineer checked the attachment of the RATO [Rocket Assisted Takeoff] packs, while the scientists made final adjustments to a large microwave dish mounted on the rear loading ramp of the aircraft. It was this strange and esoteric piece of equipment alone that would directly contribute to the deaths of more than one million African civilians during the hundred days that followed. Though completely silent in operation, the single microwave dish had more killing potential than a whole squadron of AC-130 Spectre gunships armed with fifty Gatling cannons.

Though officially tagged an “experiment”, none of those present had any doubt that this was merely a cosmetic cover for the gruesome operational work ahead. Each member had been carefully vetted and then vetted again by US Intelligence to ensure they had the “right stuff”, and were philosophically committed to two objectives.

First was the evolving need to control or eliminate political dissent by remote means in the run up to the 21st Century, and second was the need to stem or reverse massive population increases across the world, which threatened to overwhelm existing natural resources, especially water and food. Intrinsically this required a willingness to commit mass murder, and everyone present had passed this critical test with flying colors.

As the Hercules’ engines started with a roar, American agents in Kigali were
working alongside local civil servants and members of the Rwandan security service, ramping up public suspicion about foul play in the presidential air crash. Urged on by corrupt officialdom, Hutu tribesmen started marching on Tutsi tribesmen and threw a few rocks at them. Innocent enough at the outset, although with a few nasty machete cuts here and there. But then the C-130 Hercules made a carefully-calculated pass directly over the advancing Hutu, and they suddenly went berserk. Eyes glazed, the mood of the Hutu crowd went from simple anger to uncontrollable rage, and within minutes, hundreds of assorted Tutsi body parts were flying through the air.

Creating Electronic Rage
What the Hercules crew had just achieved has been an open secret since the late fifties, when researchers accidentally discovered that there is a precise “control” brain wave for literally everything we do, and for everything we feel. The problem back then was that each of these control brain waves [rage, fear, panic, lethargy, vomiting and so on] had to be transmitted with an accuracy taken out to three decimal places, or they simply did not work at all. But as the years rolled by, and with the advent of transistors and microprocessors, the operational application of precise control brain waves became practical reality.

It is important to note here that the lethal trick repeated hundreds of times by the C-130 Hercules in Rwanda during April – July 1994, was not “classic mind control” in the ultimate conspiratorial meaning of the term, i.e. where people claim to hear complicated messages inside their heads, or where it is feared that the NSA [or similar] intend to turn everyone into helpless Zombies by implanting electronic chips in their arms or necks. What the C-130 crew were actually engaged in was “electromagnetically augmenting” a pre-existing state. Remember that the agents and security service personnel first had to point the Hutu tribesmen in the direction of the Tutsi, induce reasonable anger, and make sure they were appropriately armed. Only then could the C-130 go to work with the precise control brain wave of “rage”, augmenting and thus upgrading crowd behavior from that of angry demonstrators to uncontrollable genocidal maniacs. Although not “classic”, this was and is unquestionably mind control, for the simple reason that external means were being used to force an irresistible change in behavior.

For those who really want to know how governments or agencies change public behavior on a whim, the explanation is not too complicated, though obtaining details of the classified control brain frequencies is all but impossible. Various academics have actually demonstrated some of these effects quasi-publicly over the years, which provides hard reality for skeptics.

One of the leading lights in this field is Dr. Elizabeth Rauscher-Bise, who was a nuclear scientist and researcher at Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, and at Stanford Research Institute, Professor of Physics at John F. Kennedy University of California, research consultant to NASA and the U.S. Navy, and a member of IEEE, APS, AAAS, MAA, ANA, AAMI. Elizabeth Rauscher-Bise identified specific frequency effects to induce nausea, happiness and many other behavioral states decades ago. Clearly, Dr. Rauscher-Bise is an enthusiast: “Give me the money and three months”, she boasts, “and I’ll be able to affect the behavior of 80 per cent of the people in this town without their knowing it. Make them happy – or at least they’ll think they’re happy. Or aggressive.”

Unlike many researchers in this field, Elizabeth Rauscher-Bise tends to be open about her work, has demonstrated the effects many times in quasi-public forums, and claims to experiment only on fully informed people. Many years ago during one memorable demonstration in California, she turned a specific brain wave on all students in the left-side of her auditorium, whereupon their teeth started chattering collectively and uncontrollably. When the unaffected students on the right-side of the auditorium suggested this might be some sort of trick, Elizabeth Rauscher-Bise calmly turned the specific brain wave on them instead. The right-side now suffered exactly the same fate, watched by the stunned, but no longer affected students on the left-side.

Extra Low Frequencies (ELF)
The main problem lies in the delivery of the these brain waves to the target, because they all lie in the extremely low spectrum, between 0.1 and 25 Hertz [Cycles], with all control brain waves in an even narrower central band between 0.6 and 10.2 Hertz. These are effectively the same as “earth” frequencies, meaning that they are very hard to direct via conventional radio transmission. Remember that in order to be effective in selective crowd behavior augmentation, you must be able to restrict delivery to clearly defined crowds in clearly defined areas. This is achieved by using an extremely high frequency microwave beam, which is then amplitude modulated at exactly the same rate as the desired control brain wave. This is much easier to explain with pictures, so take a good look at the diagram below.

Microwaves in the 1.0 to 3.0 Gigahertz range travel in perfectly straight lines, like light, making them easy to control in terms of direction, regardless of power output. In most cases microwaves are transmitted by a dish aerial of the sort you frequently see located low down on a tall television transmitter mast. These are designed to transfer high volume electronic data between the television studio and transmitter, and vice versa.

Where the American “Mind Controllers” score with their airborne and truck mounted equipment is by using microwave aerials that can be adjusted, in exactly the same way as you would adjust the focus on a variable beam flashlight. How this is done is shown in the second diagram to the right.

In the Rwandan Hutu tribesmen example shown near the start of this report, the crew of the C-130 Hercules only needed to know the width of the target crowd on the ground, and the width of their own microwave beam at any given true altitude in feet [as read directly from the radar altimeter]. With those two values available, it is then a simple matter to adjust beam width to accurately bracket the target crowd from any altitude chosen.

Baghdad ‘Looting’
But this equipment is not just deployed in large lumbering Hercules transport planes. During recent weeks, European security experts have concluded that smaller versions of Crimson Mist were recently deployed on the street of Baghdad, designed in part to augment the media propaganda line that Iraqi citizens are dangerous savages, all badly in need of direct supervision by “democratic” American authorities. One classic example of this was the “looting” of the Baghdad Museum, apparently by a crowd of undisciplined rabble, but video footage tells a very different story. To pull off this stunt the American authorities needed to assemble a crowd, managed quite easily with a promise of free food. Then they needed to place the crowd outside the museum, which again was easy because they located the free food outside the museum itself. Next up, the attention of the crowd had to be drawn to the museum itself, which was achieved in spectacular fashion by firing two 120-mm shells from an Abrams tank gun straight through the main doors.

Fine so far, but how to get them inside? The video shows two soldiers gesticulating to the crowd, urging them to go in and help themselves, thereby clearly identifying the target “Rwanda-style”. Then it starts to get really interesting! The two soldiers rapidly withdraw, leaving the Iraqis standing leaderless outside the open doors, and then CLICK, just like flicking a light switch, the entire crowd goes nuts absolutely simultaneously, which never happens in real life. In the real world there is always a leader visibly stirring up the crowd and preparing them for action, but not outside the Baghdad Museum. One second these folk are dull hungry Iraqis, next second they are instant uncontrollable maniacs streaming in though the museum doors.

It is also suspected that the same equipment was used to augment the “looting attacks” on various hospitals around central Baghdad, though this claim seems to be based as much on logic as it is on video footage. These so-called “looters” are Iraqi citizens who received essentially free health care in the hospitals under Saddam Hussein. Not only that, but their wives and children are being bombed and shot by Americans, meaning that their free hospitals are absolutely essential to them, and thus the very places they would normally defend in the first instance. Bearing this logic in mind, it seems likely that the European security experts are also correct in this claim.

Homeland ‘Security’
While there is unlikely to be very much concern in America, Britain, and Australia for the plight of Iraqis on the streets of Baghdad, it may be time to examine what is likely to happen in our own “democratic” countries if things get more out of control than they are at present. Remember that the 2.2-million-strong demonstration in London just before the illegal invasion of Iraq, had little if anything to do with English folk liking Saddam Hussein. Iraq was merely an excuse for this unprecedented mass of human beings to migrate to London waving banners that mostly read “Not in Our Name” at corrupt politicians.

The bottom line is that the next time 2.2 million British citizens descend on the capital to have a go at the politicians [their real targets], they might be carrying something far more dangerous than banners. Every policeman and military man knows very well that a 2.2 million strong mass with hostile intent, simply cannot be stopped by standard riot control techniques, and they cannot be stopped by bullets fired by soldiers on the streets. Even if British soldiers could be persuaded to open fire on their own neighbors [most unlikely], the entire Army would be powerless to act. So what then?

Across the Atlantic in America, and in Australia, things are really no better. As I write, the American dollar is heading straight for basement levels, which in turn will lead to a depression and increased anger on the part of all Americans, aimed largely at corrupt politicians on Capitol Hill. Naturally the politicians will try to put the people down as usual, but what if this time it is a step too far. What if a few hundred or few thousand of the 260 million private weapons in American hands are brought into play, what then?

The chances are that in all affected western countries, politicians and their real masters will try to invoke the use of highly unconventional weapons in order to try and save their own worthless hides. How successful they might be when that day comes, as it surely will, is largely up to you.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Duncan O’Finioan: the Ultimate Warrior

I found Duncan when he did this Project Camelot interview and I want to bring him up again, because Earth is facing troubling times and I think Duncan knows things about Vatican and CERN, which we all should know about.

First here is a small briefing about him from Project Camelot days and then some words from him now.

Duncan O’Finioan was the Ultimate Warrior… brainwashed, conditioned and controlled as part of a highly classified MKULTRA program called PROJECT TALENT.

From a thousand others trained as child warriors in 1966, he is now, he believes, the only one of 20 left alive to tell the story.

In his powerful and compelling testimony for the camera – one of the most extraordinary we have ever heard – Duncan describes:

  • His mission to “terminate” the very drunk, future President of the United States… George W Bush

  • His dizzying enhanced physical and psychic abilities… including the abilities to hurl someone across the room with his mind, and walk through a solid wall

  • How he and 11 other children were flown to Cambodia to deliver a targeted death blow to all the surrounding Khmer Rouge troops… using only the combined power of their minds

  • How his right arm is “hardwired” and is capable of astonishing speed and strength

  • His struggle to regain his memory, aided by a car accident which led to the discovery of a cranial implant uncovered by an MRI machine… deactivating the implant and causing the MRI machine to catch fire

  • His role as a programmed assassin, targeting Americans under the command of an undisclosed agency

  • The selection, torture, and brutal training process that he endured… and which children are undergoing to this day

…and more…

Twenty years later, Duncan (who is of mixed Cherokee and Irish blood) comes forward to tell the truth about the Ultimate Warrior project:

how he was chosen, groomed and tortured into becoming the perfect fighting machine, combining physical superiority with the extraordinary mental abilities of a psychic spy.

Fearless, principled, and determined to regain control over his life, Duncan O’Finioan tells his story in detail.

And then here’s a very good video about Duncan now and listen what he tells about Vatican and how we have 2 popes. Things about CERN, how it’s a portal/gate of negative forces.

 Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

The 1979 Attack On Dulce Base

Interesting info about this battle between humans and aliens:

Part I

The 1979 Attack On Dulce Base

Located almost two miles beneath Archuleta Mesa on the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation near Dulce, New Mexico was an installation classified so secret, its existence would be one of the most protected realities in the world. There was the Earth’s first main joint United States Government/Alien biogenetics laboratory. Others existed in Colorado , Nevada , and Arizona , not to mention in a number of other locations like Afghanistan and Russia – but Dulce (is)/was the largest…

In an era when the officers in charge of the major military units were still part of the generation that looked on young women – potential mothers – as a treasure to be protected, to learn that thousands of young females were being abducted, and even created (cloned, etc.) for use as sex slaves by aliens was simply too much for such men to allow to continue.

The turning point came when National Security Adviser Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski met with President Jimmy Carter in the White House on June 14, 1977, with a number of other “intelligence operatives and leaders”, to bring the President up to speed on a number of top secret programs, including “Project Aquarius”, and the work being done at Dulce, Area 51, and other secret bases. Brzezinski, a member of the power elite that backed the “Grey” cause, never guessed that the President would be so shocked that he would soon turn to trusted military advisors in the military intelligence community for options of how to stop what had been going on.

The National Security Agency (NSA) had been secretly fighting the alien cause, and the humans that worked for or with the aliens, since it was established in the mid-1950s’. Project Aquarius was originally established in 1953, by order of President Eisenhower, under control of NSC and MJ 12. In 1966, the Project’s name had been changed from Project Gleem to Project Aquarius, and portions of it went into DEEP COVER, hidden even from the CIA and the NSC. At that point, the NSA had opened “Department X” (to identify and study all alien or enemy operations that could be a threat to the United States or the Human Race in general), and “Department Z” (to “react” and “neutralize” any sort of threat to the United States or the Human Race).

Under secret Presidential Order, signed by President Jimmy Carter, the NSA’s Department Z, the newly established DELTA FORCE, and a specially hand-picked group of Air Force SOC, Navy SEAL, and Army Rangers were organized for a mission so secret that not even command officers were told what it was about until the night of the attack. The only ‘Attack Team’ leaders who knew what this would be about were the men involved in the NSA Department Z, who had been involved with fighting aliens for years. The commanding officer of the attack was none other than Captain Mark Richards, the son of the infamous “Dutchman”, Major Ellis Loyd Richards, who had been the commander of International Security (IS) since Admiral Chester W. Nimitz died in 1966…

By 1978, the NSA Department X was warning the human commanders of new programs starting at Dulce that were so frightening that even seasoned men of war were shocked. Thousands of young human females were being “created” in test tubes to be sex slaves for the aliens. But these clones were proving to be less than satisfying for the aliens’, because they didn’t “suffer” the same way that once free victims did. They could be engineered to provide better sexual tools for some of the stranger life forms, but they were proving to be nearly “mindless”, and thus couldn’t react with the “fear” that normal young women could. For that reason, while the clone program would continue, it had been decided that the abduction program would be stepped up – with the forced “short-term” attacks to increase by 1980 to over 100,000 a year, and the facility to be enlarged for “long-term” victims (who would stay there for as long as they lived) with numbers over 75,000.

The labs at Dulce started cloning human females by a process perfected in the world’s largest and most advanced bio-genetic facility, Los Alamos . The elite humans who manipulated the worlds’ governments from the shadows would soon have a disposable slave-race, for medical culling of body parts and their own perverted pleasures. Like the alien Greys, the U.S. (secret) Government secretly kidnaped and impregnated young females, then removed the hybrid fetus after a three-month time period, before accelerating their growth in laboratories. Biogenetic (DNA Manipulation) programming was then instilled – many being implanted with all sorts of devices, some that allowed them to be controlled at a distance through RF (Radio Frequency) transmissions…

“Level 7 is worse… It was like a whore house for pervert ETs’. Human females were brought there for ‘experiments’, but you can’t convince me that most of it wasn’t just sadistic pleasure for the Greys. They wouldn’t just impregnate the girls, they would sexually torture them for hours. Sure there were the scientific procedures, but there were also orgies where a few pretty human females would be given to a large number of Greys for nothing less than a brutal gang-rape. And this was constant. Hundreds of Greys, and other species that seemed to be friends to the Greys, would come and go every week, for no other clear reason than to take sexual pleasure with the provided human females.”

When the truth was evident that sub-humans and other creatures were being produced from abducted human females, impregnated against their will, a secret resistance group formed within the military and intelligence agencies of the U.S. Government that did not approve of the deals that had been made with the ‘Off-worlders’. Many of these brave humans would be assassinated, or “died under mysterious circumstance,” or would be silenced in other ways. But in 1979, they would manage a victory that would cost the Greys, and the humans that backed the Greys, dearly…

The Air Force Intelligence Officer that reportedly was the man who met with the Aliens at Holloman (Air Force Base) in 1964, was the legendary ‘Dutchman,’ Ellis Loyd Richards, Jr. – the same man who would reportedly order the attack on Dulce in 1979, and whose son, Captain Mark Richards, would lead the human attack on the facility.

The Richards names come up time and time again when one looks into any of the mentioned Top Secret Projects that Military Intelligence, or the Eyes-Only, Tops Secret agency known as International Security, were involved in from World War II through the Cold War years…

The in-house political argument that developed within MAJESTIC TWELVE in the late 1970s, when the military/intelligence men objected to the deals with some of the Aliens on the side for the selfish gain of such groups as the Illuminati of thousands or the “Club of Rome” at the expense of thousands of innocents, if not all of mankind, helped to cause the rift that would lead to the military action taken against the Dulce facility in 1979…

(Later on in the DULCE BATTLE report, it is written…)

“It would be ONE OF the reptoids who taught several of the men involved in the attack on Dulce a number of the informative points that would first cause them to look more deeply into what was being done at the facility, and then helped them better understand the enemy, and how to defeat them. Indeed, it would be this Reptoid who communicated the factual basis for a number of the plots being organized against humanity by a number of off-world sources, and (some of them) had proven their willingness to aid the human cause in the Battle for Central Asia in 1976, and in the August 1979 space defense of Earth against alien invaders. It was also (they) who warned of the danger that such life forms as bacteria represented to both aliens and humans…

In 1979, there were 37 alien species represented at the Dulce facility. Only 6 of those had their own space or dimensional traveling ability, while the others were guests of the Greys. All of those species that had come as guests of the Greys were there for genetic and reproductive experiments with humans – and 8 of those were also interested in humans as A SOURCE OF FOOD. Of those interested in reproductive experiments, 25 could enjoy direct intercourse with human females (although several needed the female to be placed on special hormone treatments ahead of time), and the facility apparently got the reputation for being a sexual pleasure spot for the quadrant.

Of course, not all the Reptoid-type creatures are friendly towards humans. According to Lear and others, the U.S. government may have made a ‘pact’ with a non-human race as early as 1933. According to some this ‘race’ is not human yet claims to have had it’s origin on Earth… Some sources allege that this predatory race is of a neo-saurian nature. This has led others to suggest that the dinosaurs which ruled the surface of the Earth in prehistoric times may not have become entirely extinct as is commonly believed, but that certain of the more intelligent and biped-hominoid mutations of that race developed a form of intellectual thought equal to, or surpassing (in some respects – especially with their ‘collective mind’ matrix – Branton) that of the human race…

The theory then suggests that some of this race went into space, only to return to find that their founders on their home planet had not survived (on the surface, that is, however there are several reports of reptilian humanoids being encountered in deep underground natural cavern systems all over the world… and in time, the space-based reptiloids learned of these. – Branton)

There were a number of facts quickly put forward; for instance one branch or mutation of the supposedly extinct sauroid race, Stenonychosaurus, was according to paleontologists remarkably hominoid in appearance, being 3 ½ to 4 ½ feet in height with possibly greyish-green skin and three digit clawed hands and a partially-opposable ‘thumb’. The opposable thumb and intellectual capacity are the only thing preventing members of the animal kingdom from challenging the human race as the masters of planet Earth. For instance, the ape kingdom possesses opposable thumbs yet it does not possess the intellectual capacity to use them as humans do. The dolphins possess intellects nearing that of humans but do not possess opposable thumbs or even limbs necessary to build, etc.

The cranial capacity of Stenonychosaurus was nearly twice the size of that of human beings, indicating a large and possibly advanced though not necessarily benevolent intellect.

According to researchers such as Brad Steiger, Val Valerian, TAL LeVesque and others, this may actually be the same type of entity or entities most commonly described in ‘UFO’ encounters, as well as the same type of creatures depicted in early 1992 in the nationally viewed CBS presentation “INTRUDERS.”

According to Lear, the government may have established a ‘treaty’ with this (reptilian) race, which they later learned to their horror was extremely malevolent in nature and were merely using the ‘treaties’ as a means to buy time while they methodically established certain controls upon the human race, with the ultimate goal of an absolute domination…

The fact that a base like Dulce might house dozens of ‘types’ and ‘races’ of ETs’ would never be admitted by most humans, and would be reduced to the stuff of legends if ever turned over to the general public. The years of work to cover up the alien threat had worked very well by 1979, and normal people would not admit seeing an alien for fear of being called crazy.

The types and races at Dulce at the time of the attack are still in question, and many races have not wanted to admit their taking part in what took place there in 1979…

Many victims find their abductors to be nothing less than brutal beasts. The casebooks of researchers are filled with incidents in which malice and hostility played a significant role in the abduction. Unfortunately, most of the victims who suffer these more vile attacks do not get the chance to make any report to any human authority about the event – as they vanish, and become another statistic in the growing number of “missing persons” across the country.

By the early 1970s, the number of these missing persons – most of all, young white women – were going up. While the abductions of humans by superhuman forces of varying descriptions appeared to obey the same mechanisms worldwide, it was clear that young white women were the most frequent victims, and that there was little support for abductees should they survive…

In the more controlled environment of Dulce, researchers had no… disclosure problems (concerning stem cell and cloning research). The fertilized eggs of hundreds of healthy young human females could be ‘harvested’ constantly, for unlimited embryo and stem-cell research, ‘killing’ uncounted human embryos in the search for everything from cures to alien skin infections caused by Earth germs, to how to better create a sub-human slave race of cloned worker creatures.

Such research also moved into other dangerous fields, such as ‘enhancing’ humans into becoming creatures that would serve other alien needs. One of the more shocking of these that the ‘attackers’ would find in huge holding pens were the human females who had been ‘enhanced’ to become reproductive ‘cows’, as the need for human milk and reproductive systems had grown. Hundreds of young women had been ‘altered’, to become little more than cows…

‘Free will’ is always dangerous to a fascist society, or a police state! ‘Free will’ is what allowed a group of men to take the moral high-ground, and attack the Dulce Facility…

The attack plan centering on crippling the main generator, then doing as much damage as possible — while freeing as many victims as possible — started to take shape in the Fall of 1979, after the August space battle between forces of the USAF Space Command and an alien invasion force, with none other than Brigadier General Aderholt (USAF) brought in to head the organization that would be formed for the invasion of the Dulce Facility.

Funded by Texas businessman Ross Perot, CIA/DIA frontman Edwin Wilson, and a massive black ops’ fund long hidden (by Major E.L. Richards Jr.) the plan moved forward quickly within a small community of intelligence officers and their backers…

Brigadier General Harry C. Aderholt would pull a team together in September and October of 1979 that would have made any commanding officer proud, and perhaps shot fear into any enemy who had any idea of what was being put together. Colonel Roger H.C. Donlon, stationed at Fort Levanwvrth at the time, would head one combat team, drawing heavily from the newly formed DELTA FORCE, Navy SEALS, and USAF Special Operations Command (AFSOC). Flight teams were organized by astronaut scientist Karl Gordon Henize, and included the best of the best in combat and test pilots, with special operations training – or who could be counted on to keep their silence, including Captain Mark Richards, who was recovering from his command roll of Dragon Squadron in the battle that had taken place in August.

While exact numbers of the human force involved is still so protected that there seems to be no firm record of the exact count, there were never more than a few hundred who knew anything about the operation. The center of the operation was clearly found in USAF Space Command, and the Director of I.S., Major Ellis L. Richards Jr.

The President (of the U.S.), the Secretary General of the United Nations, and the Chairman of the JCS were never informed of the pending operation, and it should be noted that the humans and aliens involved in the attack took part in the action without orders or clearances from higher authorities.

Those who fought against the aliens did so against the will of the human elite. (Many of whom may even be reptilian shape-shifters in human form, according to some sources, like David Icke and others… – Branton)

One of the men who was hit the hardest (by the horrifying stories emerging from out of the Dulce underground base) was William Randolph Leathers. Born in St. Louis Missouri . A graduate of Yale in 1941, he served in the O.S.S. as a Captain during World War II, teaching map reading in Aberdeen , Maryland for much of the war. One of the members of the top secret task force that hit the secret German military facility in Afghanistan in 1945, he had been a close friend of The Dutchman from that time, moving to Greenbrae, in Marin County, California, in 1967 to be part of the headquarters team for I.S. (his cover was as an employee with the John Hancock Life Insurance Co.) Captain Leathers had lost his wife in 1971, and identified with several of the husbands and fathers of victims (he had four children of his own) for his own reasons (Captain Leathers died on October 22, 2001, at age 83). It would be Leathers who worked with NRO satellite photos, U2 and SR-71 photos, and military maps of the area until all of the major portals to the Dulce Complex were spotted and marked. He would lead one of the assault teams himself.

Having turned 60 in 1978, Captain Leathers would be the oldest member of the assault team, to take an active roll in the attack.

Most of the troops would come from three sources: The Delta Force, USAF-SOC, and the NSA Department “Z”.

The U.S. Army’s 1st Special Forces Operational Detachment-Delta (SFOD-D) would be one of two of the U.S. government’s principle units tasked with counter terrorist operations outside the United States (the other being Naval Special Warfare Development Group, better known as SEAL team 6). Delta Force was created by U.S. Army colonel Charles Beckwith in November 19th 1977 in direct response to numerous, well-publicized terrorist incidents that occurred in the 1970s. From its beginnings, Delta was heavily influenced by the British SAS, a philosophical result of Colonel Beckwith’s year-long (1962-1963) exchange tour with that unit…

The Delta Force at Bragg was already considered the best special operation training facility in the world. After the assault on Dulce, the CQB indoor training range would be given the ominous nick-name, “The House of Horrors”, in memory of what could not be remembered.

Most important; the Delta Force had their own fleet of helicopters (the aviation platoon). Painted in civilian colors and fake registration numbers, the helicopters could deploy with Delta operators and mount gun pods to provide air support as well as transportation, while not being easy to spot as ‘military’ units from the ground. It was decided that these air units, after delivering Delta Operators to several locations for forced entry into the facility, would come in with the NSA “Z-Team” as air support in the assault on the main landing port.

The Air Force Special Operation Command (AFSOC) would be in charge of taking and holding the main ‘landing port’. The job of AFSOC “operators” was to quickly turn a given patch of hostile terrain into a fully functional airfield. Sometimes this meant a stealthy attack by motorcycle and ATV. Other times it meant cleaning out hostile forces by whatever means was necessary. In years to come, an AFSOC Special Tactics (ST) combat controller might have used a Special Operations Forces Laser Marker (SOFLAM) to create a spot where a laser-guided bomb could aim and neutralize the enemy; but in 1979 they had to do that with manpower…
Performing a diversified job required a diversified range of combat hardware. Air Force ST operators carried a variety of small arms, including the M9 9mm pistol with sound suppresser, the Remington 870 12-ga. shotgun, the M203 stand-alone 40mm grenade launcher, the M4A1 SOPMOD (Special Operations Peculiar Modification) 5.56mm carbine, and the M249 5.56 SAW (Squad Automatic Weapon). By making extensive tactical use of night vision gear, AFSOC’s airborne capabilities were provided by the 16th Special Operations Wing, which is based at Hurlburt Field, Florida, and by units of Special Operations Groups at RAF Mildenhall, England. These wings had been the long-time vision of Major Ellis L. Richards, Jr., and others like him, and the Dulce Battle would be the first time they were used fully in combat.

But because of the special problems of entry into the Dulce facility, normal helicopter attack would not work. As well trained as they were, to attempt a landing into the hanger area of the facility would have been suicidal.

The Dulce landing ports were set up to accept the “lightcraft” and other Mass Accelerator Beam (MAB) Riders used by the Greys to transport from planet to orbital pick-up points. These craft generated magneto-hydrodynamic thrust, driven by microwaves and pulsed lasers, to accelerate the classic “flying saucers” up to altitudes of 50 kilometers and accelerations that easily allowed orbital velocities. This made the human-style of heavy-lift chemical rockets an expensive folly, and allowed the aliens Earth-to-orbit travel at will for a relatively low cost.

It also gave the human forces a way into the facility.

Because an infrastructure of orbiting stations were used to reflect energy from a solar-power station hidden on the Dark Side of the Moon, there were a number of ways to track such a ship. The lightcraft focused the microwave energy to create an “air spike” that deflected oncoming air – that could be tracked. And electrodes on the vehicle’s rim that ionized air and formed part of the thrust-generating system could be seen by real-time cameras (and even the human eye at close ranges). Thus, it was planned that one of the attack teams would enter the facility when the main port’s doors were open for an incoming lightcraft.

This was not going to be an easy stunt. Sensors around the area set off an alarm if anything got too close to the doors, not to mention warn the operators of any air or space vehicle that got too close. The mouth was too small for anything larger than a good sized helicopter, but helicopters would be too slow to reach the doors before the base defensive systems went off. And once inside the port area, any attack force would be likely overwhelmed by the base defenders – unless, whatever craft was used could carry a number of heavy automatic weapons, and land a large number of attackers at one time.

The Greys were quite content that no such craft existed in the human military inventory. And not even the Reptoids had a craft that could be used under all of the required conditions, that wouldn’t be spotted long before it could reach the port.

What they hadn’t counted on was one, single, experimental aircraft, that was still so secret that it had never been entered on any inventory list.

Manufactured by the Bell corporation, the X-22 was a ‘research’ craft, with some interesting abilities. The first successful V/STOL VSS (Variable Stability System) aircraft, this strange mix of wings, jets, and huge ducted props might not have been pretty, but it was perfect for the mission needs of the Dulce Attack Force…
Because of the lack of time, the only man involved who also had the skill to fly the X-22 under such combat conditions was Captain Mark Richards. Thus he was chosen to lead Combat Assault Team (CAT) Three, that would be responsible for attacking the main landing port – and hold it long enough for other teams to land in conventional helicopters and for the evacuation of CAT’s and victims when the attack was concluded.

According to records, Captain Richards had no more than 12 hours flying the X-22 before he took it into combat.

While the attack teams were being organized and trained, the attack itself was being planned by the men responsible for the situation. Objectives and alternative were picked, including a nuclear option in case the manned attack failed. Astronaut David Griggs was chosen to go with CAT-3 to make an attempt to ‘loot’ one of the alien space ships, while astronaut Ronald Ervin McNair went in as Richards’ co-pilot and “laser weapons expert” (the fact that he was a blackbelt in Karate also came in highly helpful before the event was over). Astronaut Lieutenant Colonel Ellison S. Onizuka (USAF) and Colonel Stuart Allen Roosa (USAF) also went in as members of CAT-3 to gather information, and hopefully escape with alien ships or equipment, with Colonel Roosa commanding the Material Acquisition Team (MAT). None of their efforts could be of value, of course, unless the attack plan worked.

To make sure of success, the full information gathering ability of several top-secret departments within the NSA was turned loose on Dulce. Facts were gathered from sources far and wide, including everything from sightings listed in newspapers to interviews with people who helped to build the facility.

John V. Chambers, a Kentfield, CA resident…spent his working life in management and finance of large engineering construction projects…It would be Chambers, who had been involved with the Bechtel work at Dulce and other top secret government projects, who would be contacted by the forces that intended to attack Dulce, and became convinced to aid them in their effort…
It would be Mr. Chambers who would mention a number of weak points in the Dulce systems that would allow an attack to have a much better chance of success…It was Chambers who pointed out major weak points for the aliens…It seemed taht the aliens had reason to worry about a number of the germs found outside the facility, and that some of the alien species were highly vulnerable to a number of human-passed diseases…”

The germs and bacteria that are everywhere on the planet, that humans and other mammals have (for the most part) developed ways to cope with, can offer great threat to aliens and their life forms. Earth dust, or bacteria blowing on the winds, can be deadly to a life form that has no resistance to such things. What humans refer to as ‘hay fever’ can be just as deadly to a creature that is having a difficult time ‘breathing’ in the Earth’s oxygen rich atmosphere.

It was quickly realized that if the filters used to make Earth’s ‘air’ more acceptable for the aliens could be disabled, many of the enemy would soon be sick and unable to continue to fight, and a large number might simply die on the spot!

Again, for lack of time, Lieutenant Colonel Onizuka took on the extra duty of leading a secondary team inside the main landing port once CAT-3 had secured the area – to disable the central air filter exchange that was next to the landing area. He created the title of Filter Assault Team (FAT) for his group, with his customary smile.
As the intelligence gathering expanded, a number of shocking facts were uncovered. In 1947, the Dutchman had been involved with Admiral Byrd in the attack of the last Nazi base at the South Pole.

Now he and others would come to better understand the connections that elite humans had developed with aliens, from the days of the Nazi efforts to modern times. This included helping the aliens to build secret bases all over the Earth (including the base at the South Pole, and the facility at Dulce), aiding in the abduction of young women for alien research and pleasure needs, and the addition of more pollution to the planets atmosphere to bring on global warming and make the Earth more friendly to alien life forms.

One of the most shocking finds was the extent of the alien underground base-and-transportation network. While tube-trains had been expected, the vast bases that had been created came as a shock to even the best informed officers…

The reason such bases became more important now was that the human forces had to quickly find out where every base was that might react to an attack on Dulce, and how long it would take before they might send rescue forces. Another question was, how would they react in general? Might they attack humanity in some more deadly fashion than simply abducting a few thousand females a year? In the end it became clear that because of divisions in alien intentions, there was little organization between groups. Like a number of competing collages at a ruin, for the most part they were only interested in their own little outpost and research…
As for the rank-in-file men who took part in the mission, most of the names will be avoided to protect those men who are still alive (as of 2001, there aren’t many still living), and those who are still involved as military operatives in one service or another. Men of the USAFSOC and Delta Force are some of the best trained warriors anywhere on the planet, and were more than ready for the challenge – even if nothing could have made them ready for what they would find once they got into the facility. There are a few general things to know about such men.

If one’s self-esteem was fragile and required constant positive reinforcement, then a career in any of the organizations was definitely not for that person. Consider a typical Delta Force training exercise held in The Shooting House, where manikin terrorists held a real live “volunteer” hostage. The goal: Destroy the terrorists without harming the hostage, who happened to be a Delta Force trainee. Of course, for special missions, the ‘terrorist’ manikin could be replaced by a ‘Grey’ alien one.

Command Sgt. Major Eric L. Haney had been there for the formation of the elite group in 1978, being there for some of the first missions and the grueling training… “Within the next ten minutes, the door would be blown in and four of my classmates would assault the room using the close-quarter battle techniques we had learned. Bullets would rain throughout the room and someone would be firing live rounds within inches of my head. If they missed a single terrorist or hit me by mistake, the team would fail this phase of training… I sincerely wanted them to pass the exam,” Haney would write in his 2001 book, Inside Delta Force: The Story of America’s Elite Counter-terrorist Unit (Delacorte Press).

Of course, one got to participate in this practice session only if one successfully completed torturous training that culminated in a rugged 40-mile hike across the steep mountains of North Carolina , a 50-pound rucksack and a machine gun strapped on your back. Haney’s description of that 18-hour test of his physical and mental stamina was one of many excellent narrative highlights in his account.

Haney, an Army Ranger when he was handpicked to try out for the elite unit, was one of 12 men out of 163 who made it to the level of Delta Force Operator. The new Delta Force members then “disappeared” from the more visible military units. “We operated like guerrillas. Or terrorists. Because the reality was, in order to become experts at counter-terrorism, we had to first become expert terrorists,” he wrote.

While Haney did not mention the Dulce mission, he did include the failed attempt to rescue Americans held hostage in Tehran in which eight American military personnel died. Other missions included some of the world’s toughest places, such as faction-torn Beirut in 1981 to guard the U.S. Embassy; quelling rebel insurgencies in Central America, including fighting Cuban guerrillas in Grenada; and protecting ambassadors, presidents, CEOs, celebrity prisoners and the offspring of all of the above. This was not accomplished without killing people, a task that Haney described in chilling detail.

Like most of the men involved in the Dulce attack, Haney was the kind of guy you wanted on your side in a street fight: skilled, intelligent and disciplined, but distrustful of the motives of some authority figures, especially career-climbing colonels and D.C., bureaucrats…

With Beckwith, Leathers and Donlon leading the three land-force CATs, the SOC men would be attacking under the command of a man most had never fought beside, but whom most had heard about…

Now, for the mission against Dulce, they were under the command of the Dutchman’s son, who was something of a legend in his own right in the black ops circle. Two things were beyond question: the younger Richards had proven himself in combat, and he had never asked his men to do anything he wasn’t ready to do, or left any behind. While his missions had almost always been so top secret that nobody knew details, the rumors and trail of evidence was more than clear to any in the know. The only problem for the command chain was his reputation for being something of a loose cannon when it came to following orders that he didn’t think were in the best interest of his men or the mission – A fact that just made him more popular with his men.

In a typical command move on his part, as he sat in the X-22 with his troops ready to take off on what looked to many to be their last mission, he recited the prayer/poem; “I Am A Commando” to his men – their motto more than his –

“As my brother Commandos before me, I am proud to step into history as a member of the Air Force Special Operations Command.

“I will walk with pride with my head held high, my heart and attitude will show my allegiance to God, country and comrades. When unable to walk another step, I will walk another mile. With freedom my goal, I will step into destiny with pride and the Air Force Special Operations Command.”

As he powered up the X-22, and gave the order for the helicopters to follow, he pushed the strange tilt-rotor aircraft to its flight limits in a wild high speed bank over the runway to impress the troops still on the ground – and set the tone for the mission. Over the earphones and speakers came first his voice, then the voice of the team members with him in the X-22, singing the Air Force hymn; “Up and Away, Into the Wild Blue Yonder…”

“We couldn’t very well let that bunch smash open the Gates of Hell without the rest of us being right behind them,” said one USAF helicopter pilot.

Timing was everything, with the X-22 taking the first wave of CAT-3 racing over the desert at over 250 miles-per-hour with the bottom of it’s rotor tubes missing the rocks by less than twenty feet at times. They had to hit the main landing port as an expected ship landed, as CAT-1 and CAT-2 came in on cargo tube trains several levels underground. CAT-4 was going to hit with a SEAL team coming through a water intake as the main group hit a small support hatch that would allow them to open another hatch to allow the SEAL team in. Everything, however, revolved around the success of CAT-3’s attack in the main landing port, as they had to remove the main security control room and the ‘sonics’ weaponry systems that were controlled from there.

The X-22 came in as planned, racing over the badlands at over 200 mph while less than 20 feet off the sand. Five miles behind her was the main assault force being flown in heavy Air Force helicopters. The timing had to be perfect, hanging on the timely arrival of a large disk-like vehicle that was a known and expected cargo shuttle from space.

As observed, the main landing port “blanketing” holographic projectors were turned off, and the entry ‘blast doors’ were opened for the landing shuttle. Witnesses said that Richards’ brought the X-22 so tightly that it’s landing gear missed touching the top of the moving disk by only inches, lowering his roaring craft with the disk until he had cleared the upper support girder-system. Then the X-22 shot around the side of the shuttle, using it to block any attack by the main gun mounts of the landing port. The X-22 fired its Hellfire rockets to smash two gun blisters on the closer side of the port, as it landed on the roof of the main port control facility.

The attack was textbook, with the CAT-3 forces blowing an entry into the control tower and taking full control of that facility within 55 seconds of the X-22 breaching the port. Hovering, the X-22 continued to use its rockets and guns to rake any enemy weapons in the port area, silencing them before the Air Force started to enter the open port doors.

It was Ted Cochran of San Rafael, CA, who had been an Air Force helicopter rescue commander in the HH-43 Huskies based in Saigon in the height of the Vietnam conflict. Licensed since the age of 18 as a pilot, Cochran also served with the Air Force in Europe, where he had participated in the recovery of the lost thermonuclear weapon in Palomares , Spain . On one of his last helicopter missions before his legal retirement from the USAF, he was part of the recovery force for the Apollo 9 Mission after the first moon landing in 1969.

Returning to California , he got a master’s degree in communications from Stanford University in 1972, and became a well-known film maker. A sailor, outdoorsman and aviator, Cochran combined his spirited passions into a career that allowed him to share his adventures with film audiences. His best known film was Island of the Bounty, about an international sailing expedition that traced the 1789 route of the famed HMS Bounty mutineers to Pitcairn Island in the South Pacific…

At age 39, Cochran was in his prime and had been more than willing to accept the request for his help as a helicopter pilot in some event like the Dulce Mission. The fact that he was a long-time friend of the Richards’ family seemed to have something to do with his involvement as well. Indeed, it was rumored that he had taught the Dutchman how to fly the big HH-43 Huskies, and had flown in black ops’ missions with the Dutchman’s son several times before. He was one of the first names to be considered as a pilot.

It was Cochran who led the USAF AFSOC helicopters in, bringing his bird in fast and putting her down on the main floor of the chamber, where the troops would have the cover of a nearby disk as they ran for the nearby passenger entry hatch.

Seeing that the landing disk was now trying to escape, Richards landed on its edge and kicked the props of the X-22 into full down draft, nearly flipping the disk. Fighting to regain control of the X-22, he was forced to make a hard landing on a nearby pad, sending four more rockets into the shuttle forcing it to crash onto the two parked triangle-craft that were known to be fighter-type vehicles.

Although the men of CAT-3 were now taking heavy weapons fire from a number of directions in the landing port, they had disabled the main weapons pods, and the sonic systems for the whole facility, allowing the other teams to attack from different directions and locations. Holographic image systems were shut off, so that entry ports, airshafts, and other systems that were normally hidden now became fully exposed.

An alien security team had managed to close the main doors into the central HUB, and the first two men who attempted to get explosives close enough to damage the huge blast doors were cut down by enemy fire. Taking heavy damage, the X-22 rolled forward, and from less than 40 yards fired her remaining rockets. The resulting explosion blew the doors open, and wiped out any aliens on the other side for a hundred feet.

Forced to feather the now burning engines of the X-22, Richards took command of one of CAT-3’s attack teams, and led the attack through the still smoking entry into the main central HUB, as other teams attacked from other directions.

The multi-leveled facility at Dulce, with its central HUB controlled by an extensive base security force, proved far more extensive and complex than the human attackers had been ready to cope with in the original plan. Information sources like Thomas (Castello) had clearance levels that did not allow them to know the full scope of the operation. His ULTRA-7 clearance granted him knowledge of seven (known) sub-levels – there were more. Most of the aliens supposedly were on levels 5, 6 and 7 – but there were more. There also was a more vast network of shuttle connections under the ground than expected, extending into a global network that had not been reported – providing escape routes and entry ports for rapidly deployed additional security forces that had not been expected.

In a report filed in early 1980, believed by a number of CIA sources to have been written by Brigadier General Aderholt, the author states:

“What those young men did was nothing less than the stuff of legend. Against overwhelming numbers and technology, they fought from Level 1 (containing the garages and hangers) down into the bowels of the enemy base. Portions of the combat took, and held, the Level 2 ports where tunnel shuttles and disc maintenance areas would have allowed enemy reinforcements to enter, while the main force charged forward towards Level 6, and ‘Nightmare Hall,’ to rescue the thousands of human victims kept there.”

They were not ready for what they found in Level 6. Reports spoke of multi-armed and multi-legged humans and cages (and vats) of humanoid bat-like creatures as tall as 7-feet. The aliens had learned a great deal about genetics, things both useful and frightening. And most of it had been learned at the cost of human suffering and lives.

Captain Leathers’ flight reached Level 7 first, blowing the main HUB entrance open and neutralizing the security force there with extreme prejudice in less than 45 second. On entering the security station, they realized the extent of the facility for the first time, finding systems for watching, and controlling, over 30,000 captives on that one level(alone), and the control and security systems for moving the captives to “testing facilities” and “pleasure centers” in over 62 different locations – where another 4,600 captives were currently kept.

Captain Leathers’ report to I.S. would mention the moment:

“I looked out over holographic images of scenes of horror that are impossible to express in words, and a zoo of human being in various states of health and mental condition. Seeing images of young women being tortured at that very moment, all I could think of were my own daughters for several moments. Then I collected my wits, and gave the order to move forward to release as many of the victims as we could.”

While the original mission plan had called for the teams to attack, smash as much of the enemy facility as they could, and withdraw in less than half an hour, the introduction of so many human victims added a new dimension to the problems at hand. While none of the officers in charge will admit to who made the order, recorded radio communications, and eyewitness reports, seem to suggest that Aderholt allowed the young Richards to change the
mission demands as the numbers of “savable” victims became more apparent.

Captain Leathers’ I.S. report reads:

“It wasn’t like we had choices. We couldn’t leave those poor girls behind alive. We knew that any that we didn’t evacuate, we were going to have to terminate. Our problem was simply numbers. Thousands of aliens trying to kill us. Thousands of human females screaming for help. Thousands more so far gone that we knew we would have to leave them behind. Thousands of enemy troops starting to arrive on the subway trains. We just weren’t set up for a mass evacuation. The subtube back to New York , and one to Mexico, seemed to still be open, so we started loading girls into tube trains and shooting them off as soon as we knew our forces were in control of the stations at the other ends. We blew two air shafts wide open, so a couple squads could get girls out that way into the fresh air where hopefully our people could pick them up. CAT-4 took a real beating as they fought to keep alien reinforcements from entering the main subtube stations. There is no doubt in my mind that we stayed in the facility too long, but at the time it was very hard to leave those poor young women behind. You knew that everyone you failed to send out in front of you was going to die, and soon.”

Exactly one hour after the X-22 had first attacked the main port entry, Aderholt ordered a full recall. David Griggs and R.E. McNair had by then managed to get two alien craft airborne – one disk-craft and one of the highly advanced triangle fighter-craft – and were running for Area 51. Roosa’s men also had managed to get a huge disk-shuttle moving, in which over 3,600 human females had been loaded and were now being taken to a safe base.

The human attack teams were now withdrawing behind walls of smoke and set explosions. One of the frightening bits of equipment that the MAT men had found, but been forced to leave behind, was a type of “Cell-Electrostatic-Disruption” (CED) device – a weapon that could be set to disrupt the cells of a living creature at a subatomic level, thus killing everything living in an area while not doing much harm to any structures or equipment. To make sure there would be no survivors left in the facility, that device was set by the MAT technicians to go off shortly after the full withdrawal of the attack teams.

Lieutenant Colonel E.S. Onizuka, who had led the Filter Attack Team, managed to repair the X-22’s battle damage before taking command of a captured alien triangle fighter-craft. As the wounded Richards fought a running retreat with the last of the rescued females and the survivors of CAT-4 and CAT-3, Ontzuka provided cover fire from the alien fighter-craft. This gave Richards the time to reach and restart the X-22 as Colonel Donlon loaded the last victim as he and two of his men fought off attacking alien shock troops.

Nearly overwhelmed, the human fighters in the X-22 would have likely not made it into the air if at that moment several battlecraft hadn’t darted into the port facility and started to lay down a brutal fire pattern against the other aliens.

While one can only guess at the reasons for this sudden aid, it has long been reported that the Dutchman, and his son, had highly questionable off-world contacts. From eyewitness accounts of the battlecraft, one had the symbols on its wings of what human experts in the field suggest marked the craft as belonging to something like a ‘prince’ of a ‘royal house’. Whatever the case, the Reptile battlecraft fought on the side of the humans (indeed, two of their craft were lost in the battle), and gave the X-22 and Ontzuka’s fighter-craft and the last two helicopters the chance to escape.

Seventy-two minutes, 14 seconds, after the attack had started, the X-22 and the Reptile battlecraft with princely markings cleared the landing port’s blast doors and dashed for safety. Explosions from dozens of set bombs started to blow up enemy craft as they took off, and thirty-five seconds after they cleared the doors, the CED went off, causing every life-form – alien and human – left inside the facility, to demolecularize on a subatomic level. Only a few in the heavily shielded lowest shelter levels survived.

The human female survivors were taken to several top secret military bases where they were “deprogramed” and “rehabilitated” so that they could be slowly farmed back into society with no memory of what they had suffered.

As the mysterious “Commander X” stated:

“…From my own intelligence work within the military, I can say WITH ALL CERTAINTY that one of the main reasons the public has been kept in total darkness about the reality of UFOs and ‘aliens’, is that the truth of the matter actually exists TOO CLOSE TO HOME TO DO ANYTHING ABOUT. How could a spokesman for the Pentagon dare admit that five or ten thousand feet underground EXISTS AN ENTIRE WORLD THAT IS ‘FOREIGN’ TO A BELIEF STRUCTURE WE HAVE HAD FOR CENTURIES? How could, for example, our fastest bomber be any challenge to those aerial invaders when we can only guess about the routes they take to the surface; eluding radar as they fly so low, headed back to their underground lair? …the ‘Greys’ or the ‘EBEs’ have established a fortress, spreading out to other parts of the U.S. via means of a vast underground tunnel system THAT HAS VIRTUALLY EXISTED BEFORE RECORDED HISTORY…”

All of the men involved in any of the attack teams were either ‘mindwiped’ or sworn to secrecy on pain of death, or terminated (…by higher-level insiders following the battle, self-serving politicians and ‘elite’ who had nothing to do with initiating the attack, but who had everything to do with suppressing any information concerning it after the fact. – Branton). Because the officers in charge were seen as heros by many of the political right-wing that took control in Washington in 1981, most were protected by the changing political elite. Many of those who had either openly backed the alien cause, or had profited from it in one way or another, were forced to pull back from their position for nearly ten years. Only when George Bush Sr. became President were the aliens able to return, and then only in much smaller numbers.

The Battle of Dulce ended the alien hope for using the Earth as a breeding tank for a subspecies, or for their take-over of the planet at any time in the near future. While the Grey’s restarted a breeding program in 1993, and some of the lower levels of the Dulce Facility were reopened by 1998, the numbers are in the tens’ or hundreds rather than the thousands. And USAF Space Command now tracks all alien craft, with the constant threat that Top Secret “Flights” can react and attack an otherworld enemy at any moment, with dramatic results…

Part II

Over 50 years of intense UFO interest, investigation, researching, evaluation, and theorizing by countless UFO aficionados have enabled modern field investigators to better examine, evaluate, and identify many of the unusual airborne objects that are being reported. Yet a small percentage of the reports continue to elude positive identification. Rumors of what took place at Dulce in 1979 have already been reduced to legend at the end of the 20th century. Indeed, the continued ‘conmen’ involved with such reports have helped the USAF cover the truth of events that took place at Dulce, and continue to aid in the effort to hide the ruined facility and those who took part in events there.

Men like intelligence officer William Cooper, who have become too loose with their knowledge of the truth, can be discredited in any number of ways, or terminated if they become too great a threat. It should be clear from their actions, and their willingness to challenge authority, that these men must never be allowed into such a position of power or authority again (or rather, such is the mindset of the human – or shapeshifting!? – elite). While the “Dutchman” was terminated in 1996, and his son will be in prison for the rest of his life, the mindset itself that created such men must be crushed if the human race is to know peace with the aliens (but then again, the elite & gray-alien version of ‘peace’ is more akin to ‘assimilation’ – Branton). The illusion of freedom that may be lost by those few who know what is really going on will be a worthy exchange for amazing technology that will come into the hands of the human elite (so they reason) that takes part in the new transfer. This may not take place easily, of course, until all human resistance has been removed either through retraining or through conquest. (This is the distorted reasoning of the ‘elite’ who would sell out our planet for their own selfish personal physical gain – Branton)

One of the key lessons to be learned from the Dulce Battle is as long as there are small, highly trained and well equipped human forces, that can, may, or will go into action on their own accord to protect the people of the Earth, easy conquest of the planet becomes difficult. A departmentalized military, with some branches so Top Secret that even the political elite who rule the country aren’t too sure of what is out there, is a threat to any enemy. At this time, there are arms of the USAF Space Command so Top Secret that no one in the Pentagon knows that they exist in anything but legend.

If humanity is to survive long enough for it to take a historic place in the civilized social structures of the universe, they must either defend themselves from any life-form that would harm them or their planet, or surrender themselves to some sort of interplanetary police force that will protect them. At this time, only rumors of such a police force have reached those in the know, leaving self-defense as the only real option. The men who attacked the Dulce Facility in 1979 understood that reality, and took the task of defending humanity into their own hands. One can only make subjective guesses at what might have happened if they had not done what they did.

******* ******* *******

PLAYERS

BRIGADIER GENERAL H.C. ADERHOLT: Mission Commander.

COLONEL CHARLES BECKWITH: Commander of Delta Force and CAT-1.

J.V. CHAMBERS: Engineer for Bechtel.

WILLIAM COOPER: Intelligence Officer.

COLONEL R.H.C. DONLON: Commander CAT-4.

DAVID GRIGGS: Astronaut, liberated UFO.

COMMAND SGT. MAJOR E.L. HANEY: Delta Force Commander/Writer

GENERAL R.T. HERRES: Commander of USAF Communications Command at Scott Air Force Base, Ill.

KARL GORDON HENIZE: Organized mission flight teams.

GENERAL D.C. JONES: Chairman Joint Chiefs of Staff.

CAPTAIN W.R. LEATHERS: Commander CAT-2.

R.E. McNAIR: Laser expert, liberated UFO.

LIEUTENANT COLONEL E.S. ONIZUKA: Commander of FAT, liberated UFO.

ROSS PEROT: Helped to fund the mission.

MAJOR E.L. RICHARDS, JR.: ‘The Dutchman’ – Commander in Chief of the Dulce Mission, Head of I.S.

CAPTAIN M. RICHARDS: Commander of CAT-3.

COLONEL S.A. ROOSA: Commander MAT.

EDWIN WILSON: Helped to fund the mission.

TERMS

CAT = Combat Assault Team.

FAT = Filter Attack Team.

MAT = Material Acquisition Team.

IS = International Security

VAT = Victim Assistance Team.

CUT = Clean up Team.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Richard Alan Miller

Tumbled on this guy several years ago… I don’t know if he’s real or not, but you decide:

Richard Alan Miller

If you pay attention to alternative media you have likely heard the name Richard Alan Miller. In the past several years the physicist has been interviewed by all the “usual suspects” (and more), including Kerry Cassidy, George Noory, Mike Harris, Jeff Rense, Vinny Eastwood, Veritas Radio (Mel Fábregas), Red Ice Radio (Henrik Palmgren), and most recently, Dark Journalist (Daniel Liszt).

Miller’s story is fascinating. As he puts it, he has “been there and done that,” with a career as a physicist in the “military” that began in the late sixties, “ending” in 1981 when he left to cultivate a life of “personal sovereignty” as a “dirt farmer” and (self-described) “mountain man.”

His recent emergence was encouraged and facilitated by his friend, well-known activist, lecturer and writer, Nick Begich, son of former United States Congressman from Alaska Nick Begich Sr., and brother of former U.S. Senator Mark Begich.

The following material is taken from interviews with Miller, as well as from a discussion I had with him.

Navy ManRichard Alan Miller was born on March 16, 1944 in Everett Washington to a military family, and is a legacy Swiss Mason, “holy bloodline, holy grail” of the Nelson line. His lodge was formed in 1480, he says, “to protect the bloodlines of Christ.”

According to Miller, his mother and grandmother were famous psychics in the Seattle area and the television show One Step Beyond, which ran from 1959-61 on ABC, was based on their work with the Seattle Police Department in the 1930s.

Miller’s scientific genius flourished early. During his junior year at Mount Rainier High School in 1960, he won the Navy Cruiser award with “A New Meson Field Theory,” and in 1961 he created a linear accelerator and hydrogen bubble chamber, and was, he says, the first American to create particles moving faster than the speed of light.

Thereafter he studied physics at Washington State University (WSU) (Bachelor’s Degree in Theoretical Physics) and the University of Delaware, (Master’s Degree in Solid State Physics). He also did graduate work at Princeton and MIT. While at WSU he built a plasma jet subsequently used to make space tiles for NASA. He “jokes” that “several Professors were afraid I was going to blow up the campus.”

His teachers have included such luminaries as Linus Pauling, Richard B. Murray, Roger Penrose, Richard Feynman, Charles Muses, Albert Szent-Györgyi, and John Wheeler. Miller believes his education was orchestrated sub rosa by “old man (Pierre) du Pont,” and that world-class scientists were “trotted out” one after another to teach him.

Another teacher was Andrija Puharich,famed occultist, scientist and spook, and the man who brought psychic “spoon-bender” Uri Geller to America. Miller was also influenced by Timothy Leary with whom Miller experienced LSD for the first time in 1964 as part of a program in which “geniuses” were administered the drug.

After graduate school, Miller was immediately hired by Boeing and given a top secret clearance along with three “vault permits” permitting him to explore certain reading rooms without the usual “need to know.” In these vaults Miller says he encountered three papers that changed his understanding of himself, and which were also his “first clue that things aren’t what they seem.”

One paper discussed how technology Miller developed in high school was used on the Mariner 4 by NASA to establish the existence of water on Mars in 1964, while another described a manned mission to Mars in 1968, one year before the moon landing.

Here Miller discusses the three documents he encountered while at Boeing, as well as a later trip to Antarctica in which he encountered what he describes as a bombed out Nazi base.

Three Documents.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bZutXn2hlAA

Nazi Base Antarctica.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mtZ6yGPvHuc

Miller was Northwest Regional Director of Mankind Research Unlimited (MRU), a front for Navy Intelligence, from 1974 to 1979. He worked out of the University of Washington, and his boss was Dr. Carl Schleicher. According to Miller, “the smoking man” of X-Files lore was based on Schleicher. Miller was himself an early consultant for the X-Files and wrote several workups for the show.Miller also helped ghostwrite the Carlos Castaneda book Tales of Power.

Miller’s job with MRU was to investigate “weird phenomena” that happened on the west coast. Wilbur Franklin at Kent State University handled Midwestern strangeness, and Schleicher covered the East Coast. The chain of command at MRU is telling: “Basically at that time, old man du Pont was in charge of technology in Navy Intel. And he reported to Rockefeller.”

Unusual phenomena that Miller studied included a man named Jack Schwarz who could stick needles through his arm without pain or bleeding, and “sherpas” who could climb frigid Mount Ranier barefoot without frostbite or other ill effects.

Here, among other topics, Miller discusses his government funded investigations into Navajo sand paintings, purportedly capable of altering the weather:

Navajo Sand Paintings.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hdC19tZNDec

According to Miller the Navy Seal program is an outgrowth of a predecessor organization, Seal Corporation of Amherst, Maine, an outfit for which Miller devised a method (questionnaire) for ascertaining “psychic” abilities amongst enlistees (“how to think with your gut”). Those who showed the most promise were then trained using protocols Miller developed for creating “super soldiers.” According to Miller, the first three Navy Seal units were thus trained.

One of the protocols Miller developed (in conjunction with Yugoslavian hypnotist Milan Ryzl) was an “ESP” protocol which Miller used to win the “First Psychic Tournament” on September 24, 1975, an event sponsored by Llewellyn Publications in which top “psychics” participated such as Jeane Dixon and Sybil Leek. According to Miller, he won the tournament by “three orders of magnitude” often choosing correctly 18 of 20 in a given series, and never getting less than 15 of 20 correct in any series!

This “ESP” protocol for Navy Seals is detailed in Miller’s book ESP Induction through Forms of Self-Hypnosis. The second book in the series, Power Tools for the 21st Century (and its associated workbooks, one of which is currently published), discusses additional protocols for turning soldiers into “supermen.”

The third book in the series, The Non-Local Mind in Holographic Reality, will complete his “Toward the Evolution of Consciousness” trilogy.

“Back when I was doing it, we knew about aliens but we were more worried about what the Russians were doing. And that’s a fact.” While Miller’s work did not generally involve “exopolitical” matters, he says he has personally seen “alien” artifacts. He was involved in two studies on artifacts, one of which was with scientist Wilbur Franklin, conducted at the University of Chicago “in their vaults.”

As he put it: “…I know there’s something going on out there because I’ve seen technology that isn’t us.” Miller adds, however, that the technology could have come from an ancient advanced human civilization, and was not necessarily of “alien” origin.

Miller says that he visited Groom Lake once, in the mid-1970s. The reason for the visit was rather simple: He was summoned there … by a seven to eight foot humanoid “alien” named Krill.

The story Miller was told about Krill’s background is as follows: After the Roswell crash, two dead aliens and a dying alien were recovered. After the third alien died an autopsy was performed, at which time a fourth alien (Krill) showed up demanding the bodies of the three dead aliens (because “…they could apparently resurrect those aliens on a physical plane. They had that kind of technology”). This happened during Harry Truman’s presidency, and “Majestic was set up” by or with Krill as a centerpiece of the program. Miller does not know why Krill wanted to meet him.For his part Miller knew nothing about Krill and little about Roswell: “I wasn’t even briefed.”

Upon arrival at “Area 51” Miller was taken eight floors below ground and brought into a room where sixty or so documents had been placed on a table. He was allotted one hour and “…I just started reading [the documents], grabbing one after another without even knowing what I’m looking at, just grabbing the documents, trying to get it into my optical memory, when the door opened,” and in walked Krill, a being with a “feminine” feel (though “she” was apparently sexless) and a long neck.

Miller spent an hour with Krill in a filmed encounter, during which Miller and Krill sat at opposite ends of a small table completely silent, dialoguing back and forth telepathically. “And that’s where I … first became familiar with synthetic telepathy. It’s how she was talking to me in my mind.”

Following the encounter Miller’s memory was somehow blocked (apparently by Krill), so that he was unable to recall what they “talked” about. “I just remember the peace and something very feminine talking to me inside my head and I dialogued it back.”

Later, “[the military] … spent more than eight hours in debriefing, trying to with hypnosis and scopolamine and something else, I forget, trying to … debrief me,” but to no avail. “And the problem is there’s some kind of a hypnotic block that … uh uh it um it um uh it it uh blocks my head like that. It it just it it I I can’t um I can’t get at it, it’s it’s like it’s there.”

“That’s my total alien experience.”

In the early seventies while at the University of Washington Miller worked in a lab next to infamous mind control scientist Jose Delgado.Delgado was doing chip implants in monkeys, and Miller was working with microwaves. Another scientist was studying drugs such as ketamine and BZ gas.

A researcher named Allan Frey had discovered a “new sensorimotor input” in man, a kind of “sixth sense,” which involved microwaves. Building on Frey’s work, and inspired, he says, by his experience with Krill, Miller was involved in developing “synthetic telepathy,” a technology that enables an audio signal (voices etc.) to be projected with microwaves into a person’s head, bypassing the ears.

Other names for this technology include “voice to skull” and “voice of God” weaponry. Newer capabilities include the ability to clone emotions and mental states (psychosis, suicidal depression, etc.) onto another person. This is sometimes referred to as “EEG cloning.”

Miller is concerned about the possibility of a BioAPI (Biological Application Programming Interface) as one project that may be in play in conjunction with the widespread spraying of “chemtrails.”

Part of his concern arises from his experience at the University of Washington working on a “site selective molecule” that could be put in drinking water (for example) and which would, following ingestion, migrate to the brain whereupon it could be activated using microwaves.A particular area of interest was the contingent negative variation (CNV) or “jump potential between neurons.” Miller claims that control over the CNV could possibly allow an external agency to “take over someone’s will.”

Miller’s concern is that nanoparticles in chemtrails could also target the CNV. He is fond of quoting Merlin: “Anything not specifically forbidden is mandatory … which means, if it’s possible, it’s probable.”And he believes it may well be possible.

Miller has not been entirely free from unwanted attention. In 1974 his business (he owned an occult bookstore and herb shop named Beltane) was raided by Army intelligence and “Feds.” Four people entered, two in civilian clothes and two in military fatigues.

He was held under arrest while his papers were ransacked. The agents seemed mainly interested in a paper he had recently written and delivered called “Embryonic Holography,” seizing all work related to this topic. Miller later re-wrote “Embryonic Holography” from memory.

More recently, in July 2014, someone broke into his home and wiped his hard-drive (and backup drive). Miller’s journal (what he calls his “magical memory”) was lost as well as ten manuscripts, which he is now rewriting.

rick-2013 scaledIn addition to the books already mentioned, Miller has written many other books on magick and alternative agriculture including The Encyclopedia of Alternative Agriculture, The Magical and Ritual Use of Herbs, and The Modern Alchemist.

Unpublished works include Spook Central (MRU Reports), The Seal Reports, Electro-Magick and Yogatronics, and The Holistic Qabalah. Publication of these works awaits a suitable patron.

“There’s a new world ahead of us where, you know, it’s gonna be different.”

Miller believes how this “new world” unfolds is up to us — that we must each decide, individually, to “change the movie.” He is fond of a saying he attributes to Rudolf Steiner, spoken in conversation with Miller’s great-grandfather: “We are no longer at war in the physical world. If you want to change this world, change yourself and the world changes with you.”

A mystical idea no doubt. Perhaps even true?

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Project Aquarius

It’s hard to find new stuff, but here’s something to dig in:

Located almost two miles beneath Archuleta Mesa on the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation near Dulce, New Mexico was an installation classified so secret, its existence would be one of the most protected realities in the world. There was the Earth’s first main joint United States Government/Alien biogenetics laboratory. Others existed in Colorado , Nevada , and Arizona , not to mention in a number of other locations like Afghanistan and Russia – but Dulce (is)/was the largest…

In an era when the officers in charge of the major military units were still part of the generation that looked on young women – potential mothers – as a treasure to be protected, to learn that thousands of young females were being abducted, and even created (cloned, etc.) for use as sex slaves by aliens was simply too much for such men to allow to continue.

The turning point came when National Security Adviser Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski met with President Jimmy Carter in the White House on June 14, 1977, with a number of other “intelligence operatives and leaders”, to bring the President up to speed on a number of top secret programs, including “Project Aquarius”, and the work being done at Dulce, Area 51, and other secret bases. Brzezinski, a member of the power elite that backed the “Grey” cause, never guessed that the President would be so shocked that he would soon turn to trusted military advisors in the military intelligence community for options of how to stop what had been going on.

The National Security Agency (NSA) had been secretly fighting the alien cause, and the humans that worked for or with the aliens, since it was established in the mid-1950s’. Project Aquarius was originally established in 1953, by order of President Eisenhower, under control of NSC and MJ 12. In 1966, the Project’s name had been changed from Project Gleem to Project Aquarius, and portions of it went into DEEP COVER, hidden even from the CIA and the NSC. At that point, the NSA had opened “Department X” (to identify and study all alien or enemy operations that could be a threat to the United States or the Human Race in general), and “Department Z” (to “react” and “neutralize” any sort of threat to the United States or the Human Race).

Under secret Presidential Order, signed by President Jimmy Carter, the NSA’s Department Z, the newly established DELTA FORCE, and a specially hand-picked group of Air Force SOC, Navy SEAL, and Army Rangers were organized for a mission so secret that not even command officers were told what it was about until the night of the attack. The only ‘Attack Team’ leaders who knew what this would be about were the men involved in the NSA Department Z, who had been involved with fighting aliens for years. The commanding officer of the attack was none other than Captain Mark Richards, the son of the infamous “Dutchman”, Major Ellis Loyd Richards, who had been the commander of International Security (IS) since Admiral Chester W. Nimitz died in 1966…

By 1978, the NSA Department X was warning the human commanders of new programs starting at Dulce that were so frightening that even seasoned men of war were shocked. Thousands of young human females were being “created” in test tubes to be sex slaves for the aliens. But these clones were proving to be less than satisfying for the aliens’, because they didn’t “suffer” the same way that once free victims did. They could be engineered to provide better sexual tools for some of the stranger life forms, but they were proving to be nearly “mindless”, and thus couldn’t react with the “fear” that normal young women could. For that reason, while the clone program would continue, it had been decided that the abduction program would be stepped up – with the forced “short-term” attacks to increase by 1980 to over 100,000 a year, and the facility to be enlarged for “long-term” victims (who would stay there for as long as they lived) with numbers over 75,000.

The labs at Dulce started cloning human females by a process perfected in the world’s largest and most advanced bio-genetic facility, Los Alamos . The elite humans who manipulated the worlds’ governments from the shadows would soon have a disposable slave-race, for medical culling of body parts and their own perverted pleasures. Like the alien Greys, the U.S. (secret) Government secretly kidnaped and impregnated young females, then removed the hybrid fetus after a three-month time period, before accelerating their growth in laboratories. Biogenetic (DNA Manipulation) programming was then instilled – many being implanted with all sorts of devices, some that allowed them to be controlled at a distance through RF (Radio Frequency) transmissions…

From: EDH Archives: Dulce Interviews; WC-289487346–80…

“Level 7 is worse… It was like a whore house for pervert ETs’. Human females were brought there for ‘experiments’, but you can’t convince me that most of it wasn’t just sadistic pleasure for the Greys. They wouldn’t just impregnate the girls, they would sexually torture them for hours. Sure there were the scientific procedures, but there were also orgies where a few pretty human females would be given to a large number of Greys for nothing less than a brutal gang-rape. And this was constant. Hundreds of Greys, and other species that seemed to be friends to the Greys, would come and go every week, for no other clear reason than to take sexual pleasure with the provided human females.”

When the truth was evident that sub-humans and other creatures were being produced from abducted human females, impregnated against their will, a secret resistance group formed within the military and intelligence agencies of the U.S. Government that did not approve of the deals that had been made with the ‘Off-worlders’. Many of these brave humans would be assassinated, or “died under mysterious circumstance,” or would be silenced in other ways. But in 1979, they would manage a victory that would cost the Greys, and the humans that backed the Greys, dearly…

The Air Force Intelligence Officer that reportedly was the man who met with the Aliens at Holloman (Air Force Base) in 1964, was the legendary ‘Dutchman,’ Ellis Loyd Richards, Jr. – the same man who would reportedly order the attack on Dulce in 1979, and whose son, Captain Mark Richards, would lead the human attack on the facility.

The Richards names come up time and time again when one looks into any of the mentioned Top Secret Projects that Military Intelligence, or the Eyes-Only, Tops Secret agency known as International Security, were involved in from World War II through the Cold War years…

The in-house political argument that developed within MAJESTIC TWELVE in the late 1970s, when the military/intelligence men objected to the deals with some of the Aliens on the side for the selfish gain of such groups as the Illuminati of thousands or the “Club of Rome” at the expense of thousands of innocents, if not all of mankind, helped to cause the rift that would lead to the military action taken against the Dulce facility in 1979…

(Later on in the DULCE BATTLE report, it is written…)

“It would be ONE OF the reptoids who taught several of the men involved in the attack on Dulce a number of the informative points that would first cause them to look more deeply into what was being done at the facility, and then helped them better understand the enemy, and how to defeat them. Indeed, it would be this Reptoid who communicated the factual basis for a number of the plots being organized against humanity by a number of off-world sources, and (some of them) had proven their willingness to aid the human cause in the Battle for Central Asia in 1976, and in the August 1979 space defense of Earth against alien invaders. It was also (they) who warned of the danger that such life forms as bacteria represented to both aliens and humans…

In 1979, there were 37 alien species represented at the Dulce facility. Only 6 of those had their own space or dimensional traveling ability, while the others were guests of the Greys. All of those species that had come as guests of the Greys were there for genetic and reproductive experiments with humans – and 8 of those were also interested in humans as A SOURCE OF FOOD. Of those interested in reproductive experiments, 25 could enjoy direct intercourse with human females (although several needed the female to be placed on special hormone treatments ahead of time), and the facility apparently got the reputation for being a sexual pleasure spot for the quadrant.

Of course, not all the Reptoid-type creatures are friendly towards humans. According to Lear and others, the U.S. government may have made a ‘pact’ with a non-human race as early as 1933. According to some this ‘race’ is not human yet claims to have had it’s origin on Earth… Some sources allege that this predatory race is of a neo-saurian nature. This has led others to suggest that the dinosaurs which ruled the surface of the Earth in prehistoric times may not have become entirely extinct as is commonly believed, but that certain of the more intelligent and biped-hominoid mutations of that race developed a form of intellectual thought equal to, or surpassing (in some respects – especially with their ‘collective mind’ matrix – Branton) that of the human race…

The theory then suggests that some of this race went into space, only to return to find that their founders on their home planet had not survived (on the surface, that is, however there are several reports of reptilian humanoids being encountered in deep underground natural cavern systems all over the world… and in time, the space-based reptiloids learned of these. – Branton)

There were a number of facts quickly put forward; for instance one branch or mutation of the supposedly extinct sauroid race, Stenonychosaurus, was according to paleontologists remarkably hominoid in appearance, being 3 ½ to 4 ½ feet in height with possibly greyish-green skin and three digit clawed hands and a partially-opposable ‘thumb’. The opposable thumb and intellectual capacity are the only thing preventing members of the animal kingdom from challenging the human race as the masters of planet Earth. For instance, the ape kingdom possesses opposable thumbs yet it does not possess the intellectual capacity to use them as humans do. The dolphins possess intellects nearing that of humans but do not possess opposable thumbs or even limbs necessary to build, etc.

The cranial capacity of Stenonychosaurus was nearly twice the size of that of human beings, indicating a large and possibly advanced though not necessarily benevolent intellect.

According to researchers such as Brad Steiger, Val Valerian, TAL LeVesque and others, this may actually be the same type of entity or entities most commonly described in ‘UFO’ encounters, as well as the same type of creatures depicted in early 1992 in the nationally viewed CBS presentation “INTRUDERS.”

According to Lear, the government may have established a ‘treaty’ with this (reptilian) race, which they later learned to their horror was extremely malevolent in nature and were merely using the ‘treaties’ as a means to buy time while they methodically established certain controls upon the human race, with the ultimate goal of an absolute domination…

The fact that a base like Dulce might house dozens of ‘types’ and ‘races’ of ETs’ would never be admitted by most humans, and would be reduced to the stuff of legends if ever turned over to the general public. The years of work to cover up the alien threat had worked very well by 1979, and normal people would not admit seeing an alien for fear of being called crazy.

The types and races at Dulce at the time of the attack are still in question, and many races have not wanted to admit their taking part in what took place there in 1979…

Many victims find their abductors to be nothing less than brutal beasts. The casebooks of researchers are filled with incidents in which malice and hostility played a significant role in the abduction. Unfortunately, most of the victims who suffer these more vile attacks do not get the chance to make any report to any human authority about the event – as they vanish, and become another statistic in the growing number of “missing persons” across the country.

By the early 1970s, the number of these missing persons – most of all, young white women – were going up. While the abductions of humans by superhuman forces of varying descriptions appeared to obey the same mechanisms worldwide, it was clear that young white women were the most frequent victims, and that there was little support for abductees should they survive…

In the more controlled environment of Dulce, researchers had no… disclosure problems (concerning stem cell and cloning research). The fertilized eggs of hundreds of healthy young human females could be ‘harvested’ constantly, for unlimited embryo and stem-cell research, ‘killing’ uncounted human embryos in the search for everything from cures to alien skin infections caused by Earth germs, to how to better create a sub-human slave race of cloned worker creatures.

Such research also moved into other dangerous fields, such as ‘enhancing’ humans into becoming creatures that would serve other alien needs. One of the more shocking of these that the ‘attackers’ would find in huge holding pens were the human females who had been ‘enhanced’ to become reproductive ‘cows’, as the need for human milk and reproductive systems had grown. Hundreds of young women had been ‘altered’, to become little more than cows…

‘Free will’ is always dangerous to a fascist society, or a police state! ‘Free will’ is what allowed a group of men to take the moral high-ground, and attack the Dulce Facility…

The attack plan centering on crippling the main generator, then doing as much damage as possible — while freeing as many victims as possible — started to take shape in the Fall of 1979, after the August space battle between forces of the USAF Space Command and an alien invasion force, with none other than Brigadier General Aderholt (USAF) brought in to head the organization that would be formed for the invasion of the Dulce Facility.

Funded by Texas businessman Ross Perot, CIA/DIA frontman Edwin Wilson, and a massive black ops’ fund long hidden (by Major E.L. Richards Jr.) the plan moved forward quickly within a small community of intelligence officers and their backers…

Brigadier General Harry C. Aderholt would pull a team together in September and October of 1979 that would have made any commanding officer proud, and perhaps shot fear into any enemy who had any idea of what was being put together. Colonel Roger H.C. Donlon, stationed at Fort Levanwvrth at the time, would head one combat team, drawing heavily from the newly formed DELTA FORCE, Navy SEALS, and USAF Special Operations Command (AFSOC). Flight teams were organized by astronaut scientist Karl Gordon Henize, and included the best of the best in combat and test pilots, with special operations training – or who could be counted on to keep their silence, including Captain Mark Richards, who was recovering from his command roll of Dragon Squadron in the battle that had taken place in August.
While exact numbers of the human force involved is still so protected that there seems to be no firm record of the exact count, there were never more than a few hundred who knew anything about the operation. The center of the operation was clearly found in USAF Space Command, and the Director of I.S., Major Ellis L. Richards Jr.

The President (of the U.S.), the Secretary General of the United Nations, and the Chairman of the JCS were never informed of the pending operation, and it should be noted that the humans and aliens involved in the attack took part in the action without orders or clearances from higher authorities.

Those who fought against the aliens did so against the will of the human elite. (Many of whom may even be reptilian shape-shifters in human form, according to some sources, like David Icke and others… – Branton)

One of the men who was hit the hardest (by the horrifying stories emerging from out of the Dulce underground base) was William Randolph Leathers. Born in St. Louis Missouri . A graduate of Yale in 1941, he served in the O.S.S. as a Captain during World War II, teaching map reading in Aberdeen , Maryland for much of the war. One of the members of the top secret task force that hit the secret German military facility in Afghanistan in 1945, he had been a close friend of The Dutchman from that time, moving to Greenbrae, in Marin County, California, in 1967 to be part of the headquarters team for I.S. (his cover was as an employee with the John Hancock Life Insurance Co.) Captain Leathers had lost his wife in 1971, and identified with several of the husbands and fathers of victims (he had four children of his own) for his own reasons (Captain Leathers died on October 22, 2001, at age 83). It would be Leathers who worked with NRO satellite photos, U2 and SR-71 photos, and military maps of the area until all of the major portals to the Dulce Complex were spotted and marked. He would lead one of the assault teams himself.

Having turned 60 in 1978, Captain Leathers would be the oldest member of the assault team, to take an active roll in the attack.

Most of the troops would come from three sources: The Delta Force, USAF-SOC, and the NSA Department “Z”.

The U.S. Army’s 1st Special Forces Operational Detachment-Delta (SFOD-D) would be one of two of the U.S. government’s principle units tasked with counter terrorist operations outside the United States (the other being Naval Special Warfare Development Group, better known as SEAL team 6). Delta Force was created by U.S. Army colonel Charles Beckwith in November 19th 1977 in direct response to numerous, well-publicized terrorist incidents that occurred in the 1970s. From its beginnings, Delta was heavily influenced by the British SAS, a philosophical result of Colonel Beckwith’s year-long (1962-1963) exchange tour with that unit…

The Delta Force at Bragg was already considered the best special operation training facility in the world. After the assault on Dulce, the CQB indoor training range would be given the ominous nick-name, “The House of Horrors”, in memory of what could not be remembered.

Most important; the Delta Force had their own fleet of helicopters (the aviation platoon). Painted in civilian colors and fake registration numbers, the helicopters could deploy with Delta operators and mount gun pods to provide air support as well as transportation, while not being easy to spot as ‘military’ units from the ground. It was decided that these air units, after delivering Delta Operators to several locations for forced entry into the facility, would come in with the NSA “Z-Team” as air support in the assault on the main landing port.

The Air Force Special Operation Command (AFSOC) would be in charge of taking and holding the main ‘landing port’. The job of AFSOC “operators” was to quickly turn a given patch of hostile terrain into a fully functional airfield. Sometimes this meant a stealthy attack by motorcycle and ATV. Other times it meant cleaning out hostile forces by whatever means was necessary. In years to come, an AFSOC Special Tactics (ST) combat controller might have used a Special Operations Forces Laser Marker (SOFLAM) to create a spot where a laser-guided bomb could aim and neutralize the enemy; but in 1979 they had to do that with manpower…
Performing a diversified job required a diversified range of combat hardware. Air Force ST operators carried a variety of small arms, including the M9 9mm pistol with sound suppresser, the Remington 870 12-ga. shotgun, the M203 stand-alone 40mm grenade launcher, the M4A1 SOPMOD (Special Operations Peculiar Modification) 5.56mm carbine, and the M249 5.56 SAW (Squad Automatic Weapon). By making extensive tactical use of night vision gear, AFSOC’s airborne capabilities were provided by the 16th Special Operations Wing, which is based at Hurlburt Field, Florida, and by units of Special Operations Groups at RAF Mildenhall, England. These wings had been the long-time vision of Major Ellis L. Richards, Jr., and others like him, and the Dulce Battle would be the first time they were used fully in combat.

But because of the special problems of entry into the Dulce facility, normal helicopter attack would not work. As well trained as they were, to attempt a landing into the hanger area of the facility would have been suicidal.

The Dulce landing ports were set up to accept the “lightcraft” and other Mass Accelerator Beam (MAB) Riders used by the Greys to transport from planet to orbital pick-up points. These craft generated magneto-hydrodynamic thrust, driven by microwaves and pulsed lasers, to accelerate the classic “flying saucers” up to altitudes of 50 kilometers and accelerations that easily allowed orbital velocities. This made the human-style of heavy-lift chemical rockets an expensive folly, and allowed the aliens Earth-to-orbit travel at will for a relatively low cost.

It also gave the human forces a way into the facility.

Because an infrastructure of orbiting stations were used to reflect energy from a solar-power station hidden on the Dark Side of the Moon, there were a number of ways to track such a ship. The lightcraft focused the microwave energy to create an “air spike” that deflected oncoming air – that could be tracked. And electrodes on the vehicle’s rim that ionized air and formed part of the thrust-generating system could be seen by real-time cameras (and even the human eye at close ranges). Thus, it was planned that one of the attack teams would enter the facility when the main port’s doors were open for an incoming lightcraft.

This was not going to be an easy stunt. Sensors around the area set off an alarm if anything got too close to the doors, not to mention warn the operators of any air or space vehicle that got too close. The mouth was too small for anything larger than a good sized helicopter, but helicopters would be too slow to reach the doors before the base defensive systems went off. And once inside the port area, any attack force would be likely overwhelmed by the base defenders – unless, whatever craft was used could carry a number of heavy automatic weapons, and land a large number of attackers at one time.

The Greys were quite content that no such craft existed in the human military inventory. And not even the Reptoids had a craft that could be used under all of the required conditions, that wouldn’t be spotted long before it could reach the port.

What they hadn’t counted on was one, single, experimental aircraft, that was still so secret that it had never been entered on any inventory list.

Manufactured by the Bell corporation, the X-22 was a ‘research’ craft, with some interesting abilities. The first successful V/STOL VSS (Variable Stability System) aircraft, this strange mix of wings, jets, and huge ducted props might not have been pretty, but it was perfect for the mission needs of the Dulce Attack Force…
Because of the lack of time, the only man involved who also had the skill to fly the X-22 under such combat conditions was Captain Mark Richards. Thus he was chosen to lead Combat Assault Team (CAT) Three, that would be responsible for attacking the main landing port – and hold it long enough for other teams to land in conventional helicopters and for the evacuation of CAT’s and victims when the attack was concluded.

According to records, Captain Richards had no more than 12 hours flying the X-22 before he took it into combat.

While the attack teams were being organized and trained, the attack itself was being planned by the men responsible for the situation. Objectives and alternative were picked, including a nuclear option in case the manned attack failed. Astronaut David Griggs was chosen to go with CAT-3 to make an attempt to ‘loot’ one of the alien space ships, while astronaut Ronald Ervin McNair went in as Richards’ co-pilot and “laser weapons expert” (the fact that he was a blackbelt in Karate also came in highly helpful before the event was over). Astronaut Lieutenant Colonel Ellison S. Onizuka (USAF) and Colonel Stuart Allen Roosa (USAF) also went in as members of CAT-3 to gather information, and hopefully escape with alien ships or equipment, with Colonel Roosa commanding the Material Acquisition Team (MAT). None of their efforts could be of value, of course, unless the attack plan worked.

To make sure of success, the full information gathering ability of several top-secret departments within the NSA was turned loose on Dulce. Facts were gathered from sources far and wide, including everything from sightings listed in newspapers to interviews with people who helped to build the facility.

John V. Chambers, a Kentfield, CA resident…spent his working life in management and finance of large engineering construction projects…It would be Chambers, who had been involved with the Bechtel work at Dulce and other top secret government projects, who would be contacted by the forces that intended to attack Dulce, and became convinced to aid them in their effort…
It would be Mr. Chambers who would mention a number of weak points in the Dulce systems that would allow an attack to have a much better chance of success…It was Chambers who pointed out major weak points for the aliens…It seemed taht the aliens had reason to worry about a number of the germs found outside the facility, and that some of the alien species were highly vulnerable to a number of human-passed diseases…”
The germs and bacteria that are everywhere on the planet, that humans and other mammals have (for the most part) developed ways to cope with, can offer great threat to aliens and their life forms. Earth dust, or bacteria blowing on the winds, can be deadly to a life form that has no resistance to such things. What humans refer to as ‘hay fever’ can be just as deadly to a creature that is having a difficult time ‘breathing’ in the Earth’s oxygen rich atmosphere.

It was quickly realized that if the filters used to make Earth’s ‘air’ more acceptable for the aliens could be disabled, many of the enemy would soon be sick and unable to continue to fight, and a large number might simply die on the spot!

Again, for lack of time, Lieutenant Colonel Onizuka took on the extra duty of leading a secondary team inside the main landing port once CAT-3 had secured the area – to disable the central air filter exchange that was next to the landing area. He created the title of Filter Assault Team (FAT) for his group, with his customary smile.
As the intelligence gathering expanded, a number of shocking facts were uncovered. In 1947, the Dutchman had been involved with Admiral Byrd in the attack of the last Nazi base at the South Pole.
Now he and others would come to better understand the connections that elite humans had developed with aliens, from the days of the Nazi efforts to modern times. This included helping the aliens to build secret bases all over the Earth (including the base at the South Pole, and the facility at Dulce), aiding in the abduction of young women for alien research and pleasure needs, and the addition of more pollution to the planets atmosphere to bring on global warming and make the Earth more friendly to alien life forms.

One of the most shocking finds was the extent of the alien underground base-and-transportation network. While tube-trains had been expected, the vast bases that had been created came as a shock to even the best informed officers…

The reason such bases became more important now was that the human forces had to quickly find out where every base was that might react to an attack on Dulce, and how long it would take before they might send rescue forces. Another question was, how would they react in general? Might they attack humanity in some more deadly fashion than simply abducting a few thousand females a year? In the end it became clear that because of divisions in alien intentions, there was little organization between groups. Like a number of competing collages at a ruin, for the most part they were only interested in their own little outpost and research…
As for the rank-in-file men who took part in the mission, most of the names will be avoided to protect those men who are still alive (as of 2001, there aren’t many still living), and those who are still involved as military operatives in one service or another. Men of the USAFSOC and Delta Force are some of the best trained warriors anywhere on the planet, and were more than ready for the challenge – even if nothing could have made them ready for what they would find once they got into the facility. There are a few general things to know about such men.
If one’s self-esteem was fragile and required constant positive reinforcement, then a career in any of the organizations was definitely not for that person. Consider a typical Delta Force training exercise held in The Shooting House, where manikin terrorists held a real live “volunteer” hostage. The goal: Destroy the terrorists without harming the hostage, who happened to be a Delta Force trainee. Of course, for special missions, the ‘terrorist’ manikin could be replaced by a ‘Grey’ alien one.

Command Sgt. Major Eric L. Haney had been there for the formation of the elite group in 1978, being there for some of the first missions and the grueling training… “Within the next ten minutes, the door would be blown in and four of my classmates would assault the room using the close-quarter battle techniques we had learned. Bullets would rain throughout the room and someone would be firing live rounds within inches of my head. If they missed a single terrorist or hit me by mistake, the team would fail this phase of training… I sincerely wanted them to pass the exam,” Haney would write in his 2001 book, Inside Delta Force: The Story of America’s Elite Counter-terrorist Unit (Delacorte Press).

Of course, one got to participate in this practice session only if one successfully completed torturous training that culminated in a rugged 40-mile hike across the steep mountains of North Carolina , a 50-pound rucksack and a machine gun strapped on your back. Haney’s description of that 18-hour test of his physical and mental stamina was one of many excellent narrative highlights in his account.

Haney, an Army Ranger when he was handpicked to try out for the elite unit, was one of 12 men out of 163 who made it to the level of Delta Force Operator. The new Delta Force members then “disappeared” from the more visible military units. “We operated like guerrillas. Or terrorists. Because the reality was, in order to become experts at counter-terrorism, we had to first become expert terrorists,” he wrote.

While Haney did not mention the Dulce mission, he did include the failed attempt to rescue Americans held hostage in Tehran in which eight American military personnel died. Other missions included some of the world’s toughest places, such as faction-torn Beirut in 1981 to guard the U.S. Embassy; quelling rebel insurgencies in Central America, including fighting Cuban guerrillas in Grenada; and protecting ambassadors, presidents, CEOs, celebrity prisoners and the offspring of all of the above. This was not accomplished without killing people, a task that Haney described in chilling detail.

Like most of the men involved in the Dulce attack, Haney was the kind of guy you wanted on your side in a street fight: skilled, intelligent and disciplined, but distrustful of the motives of some authority figures, especially career-climbing colonels and D.C., bureaucrats…

With Beckwith, Leathers and Donlon leading the three land-force CATs, the SOC men would be attacking under the command of a man most had never fought beside, but whom most had heard about…

Now, for the mission against Dulce, they were under the command of the Dutchman’s son, who was something of a legend in his own right in the black ops circle. Two things were beyond question: the younger Richards had proven himself in combat, and he had never asked his men to do anything he wasn’t ready to do, or left any behind. While his missions had almost always been so top secret that nobody knew details, the rumors and trail of evidence was more than clear to any in the know. The only problem for the command chain was his reputation for being something of a loose cannon when it came to following orders that he didn’t think were in the best interest of his men or the mission – A fact that just made him more popular with his men.

In a typical command move on his part, as he sat in the X-22 with his troops ready to take off on what looked to many to be their last mission, he recited the prayer/poem; “I Am A Commando” to his men – their motto more than his –

“As my brother Commandos before me, I am proud to step into history as a member of the Air Force Special Operations Command.

“I will walk with pride with my head held high, my heart and attitude will show my allegiance to God, country and comrades. When unable to walk another step, I will walk another mile. With freedom my goal, I will step into destiny with pride and the Air Force Special Operations Command.”

As he powered up the X-22, and gave the order for the helicopters to follow, he pushed the strange tilt-rotor aircraft to its flight limits in a wild high speed bank over the runway to impress the troops still on the ground – and set the tone for the mission. Over the earphones and speakers came first his voice, then the voice of the team members with him in the X-22, singing the Air Force hymn; “Up and Away, Into the Wild Blue Yonder…”

“We couldn’t very well let that bunch smash open the Gates of Hell without the rest of us being right behind them,” said one USAF helicopter pilot.

Timing was everything, with the X-22 taking the first wave of CAT-3 racing over the desert at over 250 miles-per-hour with the bottom of it’s rotor tubes missing the rocks by less than twenty feet at times. They had to hit the main landing port as an expected ship landed, as CAT-1 and CAT-2 came in on cargo tube trains several levels underground. CAT-4 was going to hit with a SEAL team coming through a water intake as the main group hit a small support hatch that would allow them to open another hatch to allow the SEAL team in. Everything, however, revolved around the success of CAT-3’s attack in the main landing port, as they had to remove the main security control room and the ‘sonics’ weaponry systems that were controlled from there.

The X-22 came in as planned, racing over the badlands at over 200 mph while less than 20 feet off the sand. Five miles behind her was the main assault force being flown in heavy Air Force helicopters. The timing had to be perfect, hanging on the timely arrival of a large disk-like vehicle that was a known and expected cargo shuttle from space.

As observed, the main landing port “blanketing” holographic projectors were turned off, and the entry ‘blast doors’ were opened for the landing shuttle. Witnesses said that Richards’ brought the X-22 so tightly that it’s landing gear missed touching the top of the moving disk by only inches, lowering his roaring craft with the disk until he had cleared the upper support girder-system. Then the X-22 shot around the side of the shuttle, using it to block any attack by the main gun mounts of the landing port. The X-22 fired its Hellfire rockets to smash two gun blisters on the closer side of the port, as it landed on the roof of the main port control facility.

The attack was textbook, with the CAT-3 forces blowing an entry into the control tower and taking full control of that facility within 55 seconds of the X-22 breaching the port. Hovering, the X-22 continued to use its rockets and guns to rake any enemy weapons in the port area, silencing them before the Air Force started to enter the open port doors.

It was Ted Cochran of San Rafael, CA, who had been an Air Force helicopter rescue commander in the HH-43 Huskies based in Saigon in the height of the Vietnam conflict. Licensed since the age of 18 as a pilot, Cochran also served with the Air Force in Europe, where he had participated in the recovery of the lost thermonuclear weapon in Palomares , Spain . On one of his last helicopter missions before his legal retirement from the USAF, he was part of the recovery force for the Apollo 9 Mission after the first moon landing in 1969.

Returning to California , he got a master’s degree in communications from Stanford University in 1972, and became a well-known film maker. A sailor, outdoorsman and aviator, Cochran combined his spirited passions into a career that allowed him to share his adventures with film audiences. His best known film was Island of the Bounty, about an international sailing expedition that traced the 1789 route of the famed HMS Bounty mutineers to Pitcairn Island in the South Pacific…

At age 39, Cochran was in his prime and had been more than willing to accept the request for his help as a helicopter pilot in some event like the Dulce Mission. The fact that he was a long-time friend of the Richards’ family seemed to have something to do with his involvement as well. Indeed, it was rumored that he had taught the Dutchman how to fly the big HH-43 Huskies, and had flown in black ops’ missions with the Dutchman’s son several times before. He was one of the first names to be considered as a pilot.

It was Cochran who led the USAF AFSOC helicopters in, bringing his bird in fast and putting her down on the main floor of the chamber, where the troops would have the cover of a nearby disk as they ran for the nearby passenger entry hatch.

Seeing that the landing disk was now trying to escape, Richards landed on its edge and kicked the props of the X-22 into full down draft, nearly flipping the disk. Fighting to regain control of the X-22, he was forced to make a hard landing on a nearby pad, sending four more rockets into the shuttle forcing it to crash onto the two parked triangle-craft that were known to be fighter-type vehicles.

Although the men of CAT-3 were now taking heavy weapons fire from a number of directions in the landing port, they had disabled the main weapons pods, and the sonic systems for the whole facility, allowing the other teams to attack from different directions and locations. Holographic image systems were shut off, so that entry ports, airshafts, and other systems that were normally hidden now became fully exposed.

An alien security team had managed to close the main doors into the central HUB, and the first two men who attempted to get explosives close enough to damage the huge blast doors were cut down by enemy fire. Taking heavy damage, the X-22 rolled forward, and from less than 40 yards fired her remaining rockets. The resulting explosion blew the doors open, and wiped out any aliens on the other side for a hundred feet.

Forced to feather the now burning engines of the X-22, Richards took command of one of CAT-3’s attack teams, and led the attack through the still smoking entry into the main central HUB, as other teams attacked from other directions.

The multi-leveled facility at Dulce, with its central HUB controlled by an extensive base security force, proved far more extensive and complex than the human attackers had been ready to cope with in the original plan. Information sources like Thomas (Castello) had clearance levels that did not allow them to know the full scope of the operation. His ULTRA-7 clearance granted him knowledge of seven (known) sub-levels – there were more. Most of the aliens supposedly were on levels 5, 6 and 7 – but there were more. There also was a more vast network of shuttle connections under the ground than expected, extending into a global network that had not been reported – providing escape routes and entry ports for rapidly deployed additional security forces that had not been expected.

In a report filed in early 1980, believed by a number of CIA sources to have been written by Brigadier General Aderholt, the author states:

“What those young men did was nothing less than the stuff of legend. Against overwhelming numbers and technology, they fought from Level 1 (containing the garages and hangers) down into the bowels of the enemy base. Portions of the combat took, and held, the Level 2 ports where tunnel shuttles and disc maintenance areas would have allowed enemy reinforcements to enter, while the main force charged forward towards Level 6, and ‘Nightmare Hall,’ to rescue the thousands of human victims kept there.”

They were not ready for what they found in Level 6. Reports spoke of multi-armed and multi-legged humans and cages (and vats) of humanoid bat-like creatures as tall as 7-feet. The aliens had learned a great deal about genetics, things both useful and frightening. And most of it had been learned at the cost of human suffering and lives.

Captain Leathers’ flight reached Level 7 first, blowing the main HUB entrance open and neutralizing the security force there with extreme prejudice in less than 45 second. On entering the security station, they realized the extent of the facility for the first time, finding systems for watching, and controlling, over 30,000 captives on that one level(alone), and the control and security systems for moving the captives to “testing facilities” and “pleasure centers” in over 62 different locations – where another 4,600 captives were currently kept.

Captain Leathers’ report to I.S. would mention the moment:

“I looked out over holographic images of scenes of horror that are impossible to express in words, and a zoo of human being in various states of health and mental condition. Seeing images of young women being tortured at that very moment, all I could think of were my own daughters for several moments. Then I collected my wits, and gave the order to move forward to release as many of the victims as we could.”

While the original mission plan had called for the teams to attack, smash as much of the enemy facility as they could, and withdraw in less than half an hour, the introduction of so many human victims added a new dimension to the problems at hand. While none of the officers in charge will admit to who made the order, recorded radio communications, and eyewitness reports, seem to suggest that Aderholt allowed the young Richards to change the
mission demands as the numbers of “savable” victims became more apparent.

Captain Leathers’ I.S. report reads:

“It wasn’t like we had choices. We couldn’t leave those poor girls behind alive. We knew that any that we didn’t evacuate, we were going to have to terminate. Our problem was simply numbers. Thousands of aliens trying to kill us. Thousands of human females screaming for help. Thousands more so far gone that we knew we would have to leave them behind. Thousands of enemy troops starting to arrive on the subway trains. We just weren’t set up for a mass evacuation. The subtube back to New York , and one to Mexico, seemed to still be open, so we started loading girls into tube trains and shooting them off as soon as we knew our forces were in control of the stations at the other ends. We blew two air shafts wide open, so a couple squads could get girls out that way into the fresh air where hopefully our people could pick them up. CAT-4 took a real beating as they fought to keep alien reinforcements from entering the main subtube stations. There is no doubt in my mind that we stayed in the facility too long, but at the time it was very hard to leave those poor young women behind. You knew that everyone you failed to send out in front of you was going to die, and soon.”

Exactly one hour after the X-22 had first attacked the main port entry, Aderholt ordered a full recall. David Griggs and R.E. McNair had by then managed to get two alien craft airborne – one disk-craft and one of the highly advanced triangle fighter-craft – and were running for Area 51. Roosa’s men also had managed to get a huge disk-shuttle moving, in which over 3,600 human females had been loaded and were now being taken to a safe base.

The human attack teams were now withdrawing behind walls of smoke and set explosions. One of the frightening bits of equipment that the MAT men had found, but been forced to leave behind, was a type of “Cell-Electrostatic-Disruption” (CED) device – a weapon that could be set to disrupt the cells of a living creature at a subatomic level, thus killing everything living in an area while not doing much harm to any structures or equipment. To make sure there would be no survivors left in the facility, that device was set by the MAT technicians to go off shortly after the full withdrawal of the attack teams.

Lieutenant Colonel E.S. Onizuka, who had led the Filter Attack Team, managed to repair the X-22’s battle damage before taking command of a captured alien triangle fighter-craft. As the wounded Richards fought a running retreat with the last of the rescued females and the survivors of CAT-4 and CAT-3, Ontzuka provided cover fire from the alien fighter-craft. This gave Richards the time to reach and restart the X-22 as Colonel Donlon loaded the last victim as he and two of his men fought off attacking alien shock troops.

Nearly overwhelmed, the human fighters in the X-22 would have likely not made it into the air if at that moment several battlecraft hadn’t darted into the port facility and started to lay down a brutal fire pattern against the other aliens.

While one can only guess at the reasons for this sudden aid, it has long been reported that the Dutchman, and his son, had highly questionable off-world contacts. From eyewitness accounts of the battlecraft, one had the symbols on its wings of what human experts in the field suggest marked the craft as belonging to something like a ‘prince’ of a ‘royal house’. Whatever the case, the Reptile battlecraft fought on the side of the humans (indeed, two of their craft were lost in the battle), and gave the X-22 and Ontzuka’s fighter-craft and the last two helicopters the chance to escape.

Seventy-two minutes, 14 seconds, after the attack had started, the X-22 and the Reptile battlecraft with princely markings cleared the landing port’s blast doors and dashed for safety. Explosions from dozens of set bombs started to blow up enemy craft as they took off, and thirty-five seconds after they cleared the doors, the CED went off, causing every life-form – alien and human – left inside the facility, to demolecularize on a subatomic level. Only a few in the heavily shielded lowest shelter levels survived.

The human female survivors were taken to several top secret military bases where they were “deprogramed” and “rehabilitated” so that they could be slowly farmed back into society with no memory of what they had suffered.

As the mysterious “Commander X” stated:

“…From my own intelligence work within the military, I can say WITH ALL CERTAINTY that one of the main reasons the public has been kept in total darkness about the reality of UFOs and ‘aliens’, is that the truth of the matter actually exists TOO CLOSE TO HOME TO DO ANYTHING ABOUT. How could a spokesman for the Pentagon dare admit that five or ten thousand feet underground EXISTS AN ENTIRE WORLD THAT IS ‘FOREIGN’ TO A BELIEF STRUCTURE WE HAVE HAD FOR CENTURIES? How could, for example, our fastest bomber be any challenge to those aerial invaders when we can only guess about the routes they take to the surface; eluding radar as they fly so low, headed back to their underground lair? …the ‘Greys’ or the ‘EBEs’ have established a fortress, spreading out to other parts of the U.S. via means of a vast underground tunnel system THAT HAS VIRTUALLY EXISTED BEFORE RECORDED HISTORY…”

All of the men involved in any of the attack teams were either ‘mindwiped’ or sworn to secrecy on pain of death, or terminated (…by higher-level insiders following the battle, self-serving politicians and ‘elite’ who had nothing to do with initiating the attack, but who had everything to do with suppressing any information concerning it after the fact. – Branton). Because the officers in charge were seen as heros by many of the political right-wing that took control in Washington in 1981, most were protected by the changing political elite. Many of those who had either openly backed the alien cause, or had profited from it in one way or another, were forced to pull back from their position for nearly ten years. Only when George Bush Sr. became President were the aliens able to return, and then only in much smaller numbers.

The Battle of Dulce ended the alien hope for using the Earth as a breeding tank for a subspecies, or for their take-over of the planet at any time in the near future. While the Grey’s restarted a breeding program in 1993, and some of the lower levels of the Dulce Facility were reopened by 1998, the numbers are in the tens’ or hundreds rather than the thousands. And USAF Space Command now tracks all alien craft, with the constant threat that Top Secret “Flights” can react and attack an otherworld enemy at any moment, with dramatic results…

Over 50 years of intense UFO interest, investigation, researching, evaluation, and theorizing by countless UFO aficionados have enabled modern field investigators to better examine, evaluate, and identify many of the unusual airborne objects that are being reported. Yet a small percentage of the reports continue to elude positive identification. Rumors of what took place at Dulce in 1979 have already been reduced to legend at the end of the 20th century. Indeed, the continued ‘conmen’ involved with such reports have helped the USAF cover the truth of events that took place at Dulce, and continue to aid in the effort to hide the ruined facility and those who took part in events there.

Men like intelligence officer William Cooper, who have become too loose with their knowledge of the truth, can be discredited in any number of ways, or terminated if they become too great a threat. It should be clear from their actions, and their willingness to challenge authority, that these men must never be allowed into such a position of power or authority again (or rather, such is the mindset of the human – or shapeshifting!? – elite). While the “Dutchman” was terminated in 1996, and his son will be in prison for the rest of his life, the mindset itself that created such men must be crushed if the human race is to know peace with the aliens (but then again, the elite & gray-alien version of ‘peace’ is more akin to ‘assimilation’ – Branton). The illusion of freedom that may be lost by those few who know what is really going on will be a worthy exchange for amazing technology that will come into the hands of the human elite (so they reason) that takes part in the new transfer. This may not take place easily, of course, until all human resistance has been removed either through retraining or through conquest. (This is the distorted reasoning of the ‘elite’ who would sell out our planet for their own selfish personal physical gain – Branton)

One of the key lessons to be learned from the Dulce Battle is as long as there are small, highly trained and well equipped human forces, that can, may, or will go into action on their own accord to protect the people of the Earth, easy conquest of the planet becomes difficult. A departmentalized military, with some branches so Top Secret that even the political elite who rule the country aren’t too sure of what is out there, is a threat to any enemy. At this time, there are arms of the USAF Space Command so Top Secret that no one in the Pentagon knows that they exist in anything but legend.

If humanity is to survive long enough for it to take a historic place in the civilized social structures of the universe, they must either defend themselves from any life-form that would harm them or their planet, or surrender themselves to some sort of interplanetary police force that will protect them. At this time, only rumors of such a police force have reached those in the know, leaving self-defense as the only real option. The men who attacked the Dulce Facility in 1979 understood that reality, and took the task of defending humanity into their own hands. One can only make subjective guesses at what might have happened if they had not done what they did.
******* ******* *******

PLAYERS

BRIGADIER GENERAL H.C. ADERHOLT: Mission Commander.

COLONEL CHARLES BECKWITH: Commander of Delta Force and CAT-1.

J.V. CHAMBERS: Engineer for Bechtel.

WILLIAM COOPER: Intelligence Officer.

COLONEL R.H.C. DONLON: Commander CAT-4.

DAVID GRIGGS: Astronaut, liberated UFO.

COMMAND SGT. MAJOR E.L. HANEY: Delta Force Commander/Writer

GENERAL R.T. HERRES: Commander of USAF Communications Command at Scott Air Force Base, Ill.

KARL GORDON HENIZE: Organized mission flight teams.

GENERAL D.C. JONES: Chairman Joint Chiefs of Staff.

CAPTAIN W.R. LEATHERS: Commander CAT-2.

R.E. McNAIR: Laser expert, liberated UFO.

LIEUTENANT COLONEL E.S. ONIZUKA: Commander of FAT, liberated UFO.

ROSS PEROT: Helped to fund the mission.

MAJOR E.L. RICHARDS, JR.: ‘The Dutchman’ – Commander in Chief of the Dulce Mission, Head of I.S.

CAPTAIN M. RICHARDS: Commander of CAT-3.

COLONEL S.A. ROOSA: Commander MAT.

EDWIN WILSON: Helped to fund the mission.
TERMS

CAT = Combat Assault Team.

FAT = Filter Attack Team.

MAT = Material Acquisition Team.

IS = International Security

VAT = Victim Assistance Team.

CUT = Clean up Team

>> Project Aquarius Documents

>> Download (pdf)

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Space Based Weapons

Everyone of has seen Star Wars moves, but how many of us know anything about real-life space weaponry? This is so advanced tech, that it’s mind-blowing. So let’s check it out:

Space Based Weapons

The US space weapon X-37 is now circling the globe in relative secrecy. It is an unmanned space plane that looks like a smaller version of the Space Shuttle and was launched from Cape Canaveral Air Force Station on April 22, 2010. This new weapon poses threats to global peace and risks sparking an arms race in space.

“At one time, [the X-37] was going to replace the Space Shuttle,” said Bruce Gagnon, director of the Global Network Against Weapons and Nuclear Power in Space. The replacement plan was scrapped, however. In 2004 NASA handed over the X-37 to DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency) and the Phantom Works at Boeing, the major aerospace player racing to develop space weapons and missile defense systems with millions of taxpayer dollars.

The X-37 officially is a US Military Space Place or MSP, and like most US space weapons, spreading anxiety across the globe. The Pentagon also has an unknown number of “dual purpose” space planes in the works; the Pentagon has publicly stated in their budgets these prototypes have been tested in wind tunnels. They might be space bombers, but no one is completely sure. They’re so secret, no one can say what they’ll be used for or how far developed they are.

A space vehicle that can repair, deploy and even attack satellites, or insert reconnaissance drones back into the atmosphere – all within hours of orders – is also desired. As one NASA official put it, the space plane will “be the key to opening and conquering the space frontier.”

To those trying to keep weapons out of space, such as Gagnon and his Global Network, the orbiting X-37 is a set-back. “I would say it is one of the first (space weapons) to be deployed, so yes the X-37 is now operating in space and should be defined as a space-based weapon,” says Gagnon. “The Pentagon though will claim it is not permanently stationed in space and thus falls outside the Outer Space Treaty – which is why we are strong advocates for a new comprehensive treaty to ban all weapons in space.”

The fear of an American space bomber, say experts, has one significant and severe backlash: other nations will develop their own space bombers or space weapons to counter any US MSP.

“There are scores of Chinese articles over the last two years that mention a U.S. space bomber,” said Gregory Kulacki, Chinese specialist for the Union of Concerned Scientists, from his office in Berkeley, California. “The Global Times and even television stations like Phoenix TV out of Hong Kong have a track record of hyping military technology and are unreliable, but the space bomber stories also appear in more reputable sources.”

Early in the Bush administration, and especially after 9/11, the Pentagon was making overtures that it desperately needed the ultimate quick-strike weapon when US forces, aircraft carriers, and even drones, are far from the target. Soon enough, the Pentagon was salivating over the prospects of acquiring a bomber that could take out a target within two hours of getting eyes-on-the-target intelligence. Katz-Hyman says the space bomber’s research is driven by the Pentagon’s desire to carry out this “rapid global strike”. Currently, long-range bomber runs using stealth bombers or B-52s take 12 to 24 hours to execute. Their effectiveness also depends whether certain nations will allow the US in their airspace.

The X-37 was born from a unique, stand-alone secretive US military program (and as its name states) referred to as the “X” series. Pinpointing how many planes are in the X-series is a challenge many investigative tech-journalists and scientists have been trying to overcome since the beginning of the Cold War.

One X-series brother of the X-37 is the X-43. Just 12-feet long, the X-43 is a scramjet or Supersonic Combustion Ramjet; its engine is designed to take oxygen from the atmosphere instead of from a huge and cumbersome liquid oxygen tank on board, like all rockets must do. In November of 2004 the X-43 broke the world record for a jet-powered aircraft by reaching Mach 9.6, or about 7,000 mph.

One of the X-series most classified descendents is the spy-plane the Aurora, which unlike the X-37, is manned. Conspiracy theorists believe the “black aircraft” – researched under the Pentagon’s black or secret budget – has been tearing through the skies since the 1970s. The Pentagon let it slip the classified Aurora existed when in 1985 the name “Aurora” appeared, accidentally, below a budget request for the SR-71 Blackbird and the U2.

Experts claim that billions have been spent on the Aurora, an aircraft that theorists stress must be hypersonic (fly between Mach 5 to Mach 20) due to all the secrecy. Speculation says the Aurora’s speed could be one-mile per second, or just over Mach 5 (3,600 mph roughly), giving an armed Aurora the ability to reach a target potentially within minutes. Theorists say the prime contractor must be Lockheed Martin’s Skunk Works (now the Lockheed Advanced Development Company), one of the US military’s most secretive civilian-run research efforts.

As for Aurora witnesses, they are few and far between. In 1989, while working out on the North Sea, engineer Chris Gibson said he saw a strange triangular-shaped craft accompanied by a pair of F-111 bombers. Indeed, a similar craft has been glimpsed several times streaking over the North Pole. Satellite imagery has also captured a single, high-altitude contrail stretching from Area 51 to deep into the Atlantic.

Like the X-37 and the Aurora, the Obama administration’s future plans for exotic space weapons are cloaked in secrecy. Gagnon says President Obama is perceived as a typical Harry Houdini-like president.

“I call Obama the magician, you have to watch both his hands to understand what he is doing,” he said. “On the one hand he talks nice, says good things at times, but he is proving to be the classic politician who says one thing and does another. Obama is clearly comfortable carrying water for the weapons industry which is probably why the military industrial complex gave him more campaign donations than they gave john McCain. Obama is doing virtually nothing to reverse the militarization, weaponization, and nuclearization of space.”

The prospect of Earth being ruled from space is no longer science-fiction. The dream of the original Dr. Strangelove, Wernher von Braun (from Nazi rocket-scientist to NASA director) has survived every US administration since WW2 and is coming to life. Today the technology exists to weaponize space, a massive American industry thrives, and nations are maneuvering for advantage.

PAX AMERICANA tackles this pivotal moment. Are war machines already orbiting Earth? Can treaties keep space weapons-free? Must the World capitulate to one super-cop on the global beat?

With startling archival footage and unprecedented access to US Air Force Space Command, this elegant, forceful documentary reveals the state of play through generals, space-policy analysts, politicians, diplomats, peace activists, and hawks.

As if there weren’t enough weapons here on earth, space has become the newest arena for countries around the globe to launch their struggle for supremacy. Denis Delestrac’s film Pax Americana and the Weaponization of Space is packed full of some truly startling facts — everything from the “Rods of God” (space weapons that can launch from orbit) to the fact that fifty cents of every American tax dollar goes towards military spending. The astronomical costs of arming and policing the heavens (more than $200 billion) has largely fallen to the US Air Force, but with China and other nations challenging American supremacy, there is the potential for a war to take place right over our heads.

Comparison of the space race to the sea battles of the 18th and 19th Century are apt, since so many global interests are at stake. As per usual, economics are at the heart of the struggle. Noam Chomsky draws analogies between the US weaponization of space to good old-fashioned colonialism in the tradition of empire. In the name of protecting commercial investment, the US has charged itself with being the arbiter of peace in space. But with the weapons industry replacing almost all other manufacturing in America, is this simply a ruse? Many experts unequivocally state that missile defense is the longest running fraud in the history of US defense. That it, in fact, disguises true American intentions to dominate space as a means of dominating the entire globe. (Getting rid of the anti-ballistic missile treaty was one of the first activities undertaken by the Bush Administration.)

If a space war were to happen, the effects could prove catastrophic. Since there is no way to clean up debris and space junk, it stays in orbit, circling the globe at some 14,000 miles per hour. At this speed, even a pea-sized piece of debris has the capacity to destroy whatever is in its path. This includes satellites that regulate most of the world’s information systems (everything from GPS to banking to media). But with China shooting down one of their own aging satellites, the race shows every sign of heating up. This time, the sky may indeed be falling.

In 1999, the designation of state secret was removed from the project that worked on the creation of an unusual aircraft, whose characteristics are reminiscent of a “flying saucer”.

The creation of the Lenticular Reentry Vehicle (LRV) or lens shaped aircraft, started at the end of the 1950s, as a part of the project code named Pye Wacket, whose aim was to create a flying defence system in the shape of a disc. Even though the project was cancelled in 1961, it proved that there are “healthy foundations” for the development of the lens shaped aircraft, which is a shape that has proven efficient as far as entering and returning from orbit is concerned.

The first concrete information about the LRV leaked into the public in 1999. One year later, the American “Popular Mechanics” used the Freedom of Information Act, FOIA), and launched a story that deserves a dominating position on magazine covers.

According to a report that was created by R.J. Oberto, a member of the US Air force, Los Angeles division, the LVR is an orbital war platform of an offensive character, that is capable of carrying four nuclear projectiles. The aircraft is fuelled by nuclear and/or chemical fuels, it has a diameter of 12 meters, it can remain in orbit for up to six weeks, and has a standard four member crew.

The American Army never gave official confirmation of the existence of a functioning prototype, but there is no lack of “earthly flying saucer” indications. For example, one retired employee air force employee said for Popular Mechanics that he personally saw an aircraft that fits the description of the LVR in the late 1960s in Florida.

More concrete evidence that lens shaped aircraft really flew (and are probably still flying) comes from Australia where in 1975, the farmer Jean Fraser found honeycomb-like remains of a “UFO”.

Fraser’s ranch is located near the area where the Australian, American and British forces tested some of their most secret nuclear weapons, which matches the technical characteristics of the aircraft fuelled by atomic/chemical fuel.

According to information that is being passed around, a “flying saucer” is in question, that exploded during testing in 1966. According to the sightings of the local population, the American Army then collected all of the remains of the aircraft that it could find, and returned them to the USA by plane.

However, the businessman Dick Smith found one of the pieces, and personally ordered testing of the material at the New South Wales University, where the chemical analysis confirmed that the “UFO” remains corresponds to components that are ordinarily used in the construction of aircraft.

The Secret History of NASA’s Middle Child.

With the recent groundbreaking at the Kennedy Space Center Visitor Complex, the final journey of Atlantis – NASA’s ‘middle child’ in its Shuttle fleet – has finally begun in earnest, cementing a pledge by Administrator Charles Bolden in April 2011 to “showcase” his old friend at the historic site from which all of her 33 missions began.

When the Atlantis attraction is unveiled to the public, sometime in the summer of 2013, it will see the venerable orbiter suspended in a 6,000-square-metre, $100 million chamber, with payload bay doors open, as if in orbit, backdropped by a multi-story rotating digital projection of the Home Planet. If anything can reinvigorate excitement for the space programme and inspire the next generation, then surely Atlantis’ final mission promises to do just that.

The final resting place of the craft, which achieved so much in a quarter-century of operational service, is both triumphant and saddening, filled with honour and a tangible tugging at the heart-strings. Atlantis took the Shuttle’s first planetary explorers – Magellan and Galileo – aloft and her astronauts logged several hundred hours of spacewalking time, building the International Space Station, working outside Russia’s Mir complex and upgrading the Hubble Space Telescope. She was instrumental in Shuttle-Mir, which kicked off Phase One of co-operation with the Russians, and during her watch the citizens of nine discrete nations – Mexico, Belgium, Italy, Switzerland, France, Russia, Canada, Germany and the United States – viewed the grandeur of Earth and the profound emptiness of the cosmos through her windows. If the ‘International’ Space Station is part of Atlantis’ enduring legacy, perhaps she should now be honoured as an ‘International’ Space Shuttle.

However, her space career began very much as a ‘national’, rather than ‘international’, asset and of her first dozen missions, almost half were classified and dedicated to the Department of Defense. This is understandable, since the Shuttle’s original mandate was to transport large reconnaissance and intelligence satellites into orbit, with its payload bay, delta-shaped wings, cross-range and unique upmass capability specifically tailored by NASA to satisfy its key champion, the Air Force. Early plans envisaged the reusable vehicles flying single-orbit, 90-minute sorties to place secret payloads into space, whilst later in the pre-Challenger era a second launch facility at Vandenberg Air Force Base in California was in the final stages of preparation for a series of polar-circling missions.

From its conception, the design of the Shuttle was dictated to NASA by the military. The dimensions of its cavernous payload bay – covered by clamshell doors, here seen during the process of opening at the start of Mission 51J – were specifically engineered to meet the needs of the Air Force, whose powerful lobbyists offered political support for the reusable vehicle.

It is therefore a little ironic that Atlantis’ maiden voyage in October 1985 should have been top-secret…and yet details of her classified payload had already trickled onto the pages of Aviation Week, before the mission had even ended. Today, images of the payload from Mission 51J have long since been declassified and are firmly in the public domain, but only because it was little more than a pair of military communications satellites and not a ‘deep black’ reconnaissance platform or imaging sentinel. For that reason, almost two decades since the Shuttle’s last classified flight, most of the Department of Defense missions remain cloaked in secrecy…and rumour continues to abound about their nature. This series of articles will seek to uncover what little is known about them.

Mission 51J began with an upset wife. Management consultant Diane Bobko was particularly irritated as her husband prepared for his third trip into space. Unlike his previous missions, this one was classified and she knew that he was permitted to tell her very little about it.

“Bo,” she said, one morning in September 1985, “you’re not telling me exactly what day you’re going to land, but I think it’s going to be pretty close to a day I have a programme in Baltimore.”

“Diane, it’s the first flight of a new vehicle,” her husband replied. “Probably the safest thing you can do is go ahead and schedule that right now.”

To this day, Karol ‘Bo’ Bobko retains a noteworthy, yet often overlooked record as the only astronaut to have flown the maiden voyages of two Space Shuttles and he was clearly reflecting on the problems experienced getting Challenger ready for her first flight in April 1983 when he assured his wife that the first flight of Atlantis would probably also meet with delay. Ironically, it did not.

The ‘open secret’ crew of 51J are pictured at the end of their Terminal Countdown Demonstration Test, standing in front of an M-113 armoured personnel carrier, which would be used in the event of an emergency evacuation from the launch pad. Karol ‘Bo’ Bobko (left) was joined on the flight by Ron Grabe, Dave Hilmers, Bob Stewart and Bill Pailes.

Atlantis was named in honour of a two-masted ketch, operated by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute from 1930 until 1966, which became the first vessel built specifically for interdisciplinary research in marine biology and geology and physical oceanography. During her time at sea, Atlantis and her scientists scored a number of impressive discoveries, not least of which was the identification and description of the first abyssal plain – the ‘Sohm Abyssal Plain’, to the south of Newfoundland – in 1947. Today, she is owned by Argentina as a naval research vessel. The construction of the spacefaring Atlantis got underway in January 1979, following a contract award to Rockwell International to configure a structural test article into the future Challenger and build two additional orbiter vehicles, OV-103 and OV-104. The names ‘Discovery’ and ‘Atlantis’ were assigned to these new orbiters a few days after the award.

In March 1980, engineers started the structural assembly of Atlantis’ crew cabin and over the next few years the vehicle grew: construction of her aft fuselage began in November 1981, her wings arrived from contractor Grumman in June 1983 and she was complete by April 1984. Rollout from Rockwell’s Palmdale plant in California in March 1985 was followed by an overland transfer to Edwards Air Force Base and arrival in Florida, atop the Boeing 747 Shuttle Carrier Aircraft, in early April. By September, after installation on Pad 39A, Atlantis was ready to fly; on the 5th, her three main engines burned at full power in a Flight Readiness Firing, one of the last milestones to prepare her for her voyage. All told, the new ship required less than half as much time to assemble as did the queen of the fleet, Columbia, and historian Dennis Jenkins pointed to the greater use of thermal protection blankets, rather than tiles, on her airframe as one of the principal reasons for this.

Atlantis’ crew for 51J had been in place for some considerable period of time. As early as November 1983, NASA had identified a ‘standby’ crew for Department of Defense flights. It consisted of Bobko in command, together with pilot Ron Grabe and mission specialists Bob Stewart, Mike Mullane and Dave Hilmers. In February 1985, this group (save Mullane, who had been assigned to another flight) were named to 51J. The final crew member, payload specialist Bill Pailes, was only the second member of the Air Force’s corps of manned spaceflight engineers to fly the Shuttle…and, as circumstances transpired, he would also be the last. In the wake of Challenger, the military steadily distanced itself from the orbiters, moving more payloads onto expendable rockets, and the cadre was disbanded.

Command of this new flight posed something of a problem in the spring of 1985, particularly when Bobko’s previous mission was cancelled and he ended up leading his crew into orbit in April, under a different designation. The inevitable consequence was that Grabe, Stewart and Hilmers were forced to train without him for a time. What really made 51J a pain was its classified nature, in which the astronauts had to conduct virtually their entire training in secret, filing misleading flight plans to training destinations…and then finding out through the pages of Aviation Week and Flight International that details of their supposedly ‘secret’ payload had leaked and been exposed.

In fact, the twin-satellite cargo of 51J became something of an ‘open’ secret and details were published as early as 7 October 1985, the very day that Atlantis touched down. A single Inertial Upper Stage booster carried a pair of $160 million Defense Satellite Communications System (DSCS)-III spacecraft, stacked one atop the other, images of which were finally declassified in the summer of 1998. They lend credence to Bobko’s claim that, for all its ‘secrecy’, 51J was little more than a ‘vanilla’ deployment flight.

Not until the summer of 1998 were any images from this most ‘vanilla’ of Department of Defense flights revealed…although the nature of the flight had long since trickled into the public domain. A pair of Defense Satellite Communications System (DSCS)-III satellites, mounted atop a Boeing-built Inertial Upper Stage, are here raised to their deployment angle in Atlantis’ payload bay.

The DSCS – nicknamed ‘the discus’ – has long been an anchor for the Pentagon’s global communications network, operating in geostationary orbit with half a dozen super-high-frequency transponders for secure voice and data transmissions and high-priority command and control links between officials and battlefield commanders. The Air Force later admitted that it had launched two DSCS-IIIs in 1985 and, according to space analyst Dwayne Day, “the only launch that year that fit was the Atlantis mission”. Subsequent documents highlighted that the DSCS-III satellites had been deployed during a Shuttle flight, but refused to reveal the name of that flight…even though it could be quite easily inferred. “Military secrecy can be bizarre at times,” wrote Day, “like acknowledging that there is a sky, and that the sky can be blue, but never saying that the sky is blue!”

Physically, the satellites were roughly cube-shaped, with a pair of articulated solar panels which produced 1,240 watts of electrical power. They measured 2 m in height, spanned 11.5 m across their expansive solar ‘wings’ and weighed 2,600 kg. Day considered it significant that 51J’s payload was so readily revealed, but the natures of the other classified satellites launched between 1988 and 1992 have been kept under wraps to this very day. “If the suspected identities of the other classified Shuttle flights are correct,” he speculated in an article for the Space Review in January 2010, “then they are intelligence satellites. Considering the secrecy that remains about American intelligence satellites, it seems likely that these other flights will continue to remain secret for a long time to come.”

Launch of Atlantis on Mission 51J came at 11:15 am EST on 3 October 1985, following a 22-minute delay to deal with a power controller in one of the main engines’ liquid hydrogen prevalves that showed a faulty indication. As with all classified Shuttle missions, the assembled spectators at the Kennedy Space Center were only aware that launch was imminent when the blank face of the famous countdown clock suddenly came to life and started ticking from T-9 minutes.

Yet there was still a degree of uncertainty about 51J. Flight International suggested (correctly) that if the rumours about the presence of DSCS-III satellites were accurate, then an Inertial Upper Stage was the most likely booster, but suggested the possibility that other instruments might also be aboard, such as the Cryogenic Infrared Radiance Instrument for Shuttle (CIRRIS) and a laser retroreflector for ‘Star Wars’ research. The Air Force cleverly refused to confirm or deny any of the rumours. After four days – one of the shortest Shuttle missions to date – Atlantis touched down at Edwards Air Force in California at 10:00 am PST on 7 October.

As it turned out, Diane Bobko was in California to meet her husband on the runway. Astonishingly, Atlantis had met with no significant delays, launched on time and landed on time. “So she was there to meet me in California,” Bobko remembered, “gave me a hug and then she had to leave right away to…drive down to Los Angeles to catch the airplane to go to Baltimore.” Later that evening, Bobko was startled out of his sleep by a telephone call. It was his wife. Surely, he thought, if a vehicle as complex as the Shuttle could launch and land on time, on its maiden voyage, then her domestic flight would have been trouble-free.

“You’re in Baltimore?” he asked.

“No,” she replied, glumly. “I’m still in Dallas, trying to get to Baltimore!”

No system of missile defenses can be fully effective without placing sensors and weapons in space. Although this would appear to be creating a potential new theater of warfare, in fact space has been militarized for the better part of four decades. Weather, communications, navigation and reconnaissance satellites are increasingly essential elements in American military power. Indeed, U.S. armed forces are uniquely dependent upon space. As the 1996 Joint Strategy Review, a precursor to the 1997 Quadrennial Defense Review, concluded, “Space is already inextricably linked to military operations on land, on the sea, and in the air.” The report of the National Defense Panel agreed: “Unrestricted use of space has become a major strategic interest of the United States.”

Given the advantages U.S. armed forces enjoy as a result of this unrestricted use of space, it is shortsighted to expect potential adversaries to refrain from attempting to offset to disable or offset U.S. space capabilities. And with the proliferation of space know-how and related technology around the world, our adversaries will inevitably seek to enjoy many of the same space advantages in the future. Moreover, “space commerce” is a growing part of the global economy. In 1996, commercial launches exceeded military launches in the United States, and commercial revenues exceeded government expenditures on space. Today, more than 1,100 commercial companies across more than 50 countries are developing, building, and operating space systems.

As exemplified by the Global Positioning Satellite, space has become a new ‘international commons’ where commercial and security interests are intertwined.

Many of these commercial space systems have direct military applications, including information from global positioning system constellations and betterthan- one-meter resolution imaging satellites. Indeed, 95 percent of current U.S. military communications are carried over commercial circuits, including commercial communications satellites. The U.S. Space Command foresees that in the coming decades,

an adversary will have sophisticated regional situational awareness. Enemies may very well know, in nearreal time, the disposition of all forces….In fact, national military forces, paramilitary units, terrorists, and any other potential adversaries will share the high ground of space with the United States and its allies. Adversaries may also share the same commercial satellite services for communications, imagery, and navigation….The space “playing field” is leveling rapidly, so U.S. forces will be increasingly vulnerable. Though adversaries will benefit greatly from space, losing the use of space may be more devastating to the United States. It would be intolerable for U.S. forces…to be deprived of capabilities in space.

In short, the unequivocal supremacy in space enjoyed by the United States today will be increasingly at risk. As Colin Gray and John Sheldon have written, “Space control is not an avoidable issue. It is not an optional extra.” For U.S. armed forces to continue to assert military preeminence, control of space – defined by Space Command as “the ability to assure access to space, freedom of operations within the space medium, and an ability to deny others the use of space” – must be an essential element of our military strategy. If America cannot maintain that control, its ability to conduct global military operations will be severely complicated, far more costly, and potentially fatally compromised.

The complexity of space control will only grow as commercial activity increases. American and other allied investments in space systems will create a requirement to secure and protect these space assets; they are already an important measure of American power. Yet it will not merely be enough to protect friendly commercial uses of space. As Space Command also recognizes, the United States must also have the capability to deny America’s adversaries the use of commercial space platforms for military purposes in times of crises and conflicts. Indeed, space is likely to become the new “international commons,” where commercial and security interests are intertwined and related. Just as Alfred Thayer Mahan wrote about “sea-power” at the beginning of the 20th century in this sense, American strategists will be forced to regard “space-power” in the 21st.

To ensure America’s control of space in the near term, the minimum requirements are to develop a robust capability to transport systems to space, carry on operations once there, and service and recover space systems as needed. As outlined by Space Command, carrying out this program would include a mix of reuseable and expendable launch vehicles and vehicles that can operate within space, including “space tugs to deploy, reconstitute, replenish, refurbish, augment, and sustain” space systems. But, over the longer term, maintaining control of space will inevitably require the application of force both in space and from space, including but not limited to antimissile defenses and defensive systems capable of protecting U.S. and allied satellites; space control cannot be sustained in any other fashion, with conventional land, sea, or airforce, or by electronic warfare. This eventuality is already recognized by official U.S. national space policy, which states that the “Department of Defense shall maintain a capability to execute the mission areas of space support, force enhancement, space control and force application.” (Emphasis added.)

In the future, it will be necessary to unite the current SPACECOM vision for control of space to the institutional responsibilities and interests of a separate military service.

In sum, the ability to preserve American military preeminence in the future will rest in increasing measure on the ability to operate in space militarily; both the requirements for effective global missile defenses and projecting global conventional military power demand it. Unfortunately, neither the Clinton Administration nor past U.S. defense reviews have established a coherent policy and program for achieving this goal.

As with defense spending more broadly, the state of U.S. “space forces” – the systems required to ensure continued access and eventual control of space – has deteriorated over the past decade, and few new initiatives or programs are on the immediate horizon. The U.S. approach to space has been one of dilatory drift. As Gen. Richard Myers, commander-in-chief of SPACECOM, put it, “Our Cold War-era capabilities have atrophied,” even though those capabilities are still important today. And while Space Command has a clear vision of what must be done in space, it speaks equally clearly about “the question of resources.” As the command succinctly notes its long-range plan: “When we match the reality of space dependence against resource trends, we find a problem.”

But in addition to the problem of lack of resources, there is an institutional problem. Indeed, some of the difficulties in maintaining U.S. military space supremacy result from the bureaucratic “black hole” that prevents the SPACECOM vision from gaining the support required to carry it out. For one, U.S. military space planning remains linked to the ups and downs of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. America’s difficulties in reducing the cost of space launches – perhaps the single biggest hurdle to improving U.S. space capabilities overall – result in part from the requirements and dominance of NASA programs over the past several decades, most notably the space shuttle program. Secondly, within the national security bureaucracy, the majority of space investment decisions are made by the National Reconnaissance Office and the Air Force, neither of which considers military operations outside the earth’s atmosphere as a primary mission. And there is no question that in an era of tightened budgets, investments in space-control capabilities have suffered for lack of institutional support and have been squeezed out by these organization’s other priorities. Although, under the Goldwater-Nichols reforms of the mid-1980s, the unified commanders – of which SPACECOM is one – have a greater say in Pentagon programming and budgeting, these powers remain secondary to the traditional “raiseand- train” powers of the separate services.

Therefore, over the long haul, it will be necessary to unite the essential elements of the current SPACECOM vision to the resource-allocation and institution-building responsibilities of a military service. In addition, it is almost certain that the conduct of warfare in outer space will differ as much from traditional air warfare as air warfare has from warfare at sea or on land; space warfare will demand new organizations, operational strategies, doctrines and training schemes. Thus, the argument to replace U.S. Space Command with U.S. Space Forces – a separate service under the Defense Department – is compelling. While it is conceivable that, as military space capabilities develop, a transitory “Space Corps” under the Department of the Air Force might make sense, it ought to be regarded as an intermediary step, analogous to the World War II-era Army Air Corps, not to the Marine Corps, which remains a part of the Navy Department. If space control is an essential element for maintaining American military preeminence in the decades to come, then it will be imperative to reorganize the Department of Defense to ensure that its institutional structure reflects new military realities.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

The Secret Space Programs

Do you know what black budget is? It’s the tax money, which is used to black military and space projects you know nothing about. Should you, because it’s your money they are spending?

The Secret Space Programs.

Over the last few months there have been incredible claims about multiple secret space programs, extraterrestrial intervention, and future massive document dumps that will lead to trials against those that have committed crimes against humanity. To date, no physical evidence or documents have been offered to substantiate these claims, yet there is a compelling body circumstantial evidence that does support them. This evidence makes it very possible that humanity will soon witness massive document dumps disclosing secret space programs along with the existence of extraterrestrial life, followed soon after by Nuremberg-like war crime trials.

On May 30, Corey Goode (aka GoodETxSG) claims that he had received the go ahead from both a Secret Space Program Alliance, and a Sphere Alliance of five extraterrestrial races, to publicly reveal the truth about the darker side of human trafficking and exploitation in secret space programs. Goode revealed in great detail these practices and the organizations responsible for them. These disturbing disclosures were followed soon after by a series of meetings from June 5-9 involving the main parties from different secret space programs who were discussing ways to minimize large scale armed hostilities while humanity is prepared for the truth about these programs existence and extraterrestrial life.

Goode says he attended these meetings as a delegate for the Sphere Being Alliance and was accompanied by a Lt Col Gonzales (pseudonym) who was the delegate for the Secret Space Program Alliance. At the third meeting involving a “Committee of 200” and other global elites that was held on June 9, only two days before the 2015 Bilderberg Group meeting, an extraordinary offer was made. The Committee of 200 wanted to start a limited disclosure program in November 2015, and provide legal amnesty for 50 years for those responsible for crimes. While the offer was turned down, it reveals the great fear that the global elite have of being exposed and prosecuted for their roles in human trafficking and slave labor.

Subsequently, an offer was made by one of the secret space programs associated with the global elites called the Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate to give an inspection tour of one of their Mars facilities. The offer was done in order to respond to accusations that slave labor was used at ICC facilities. After terms and conditions for the inspection tour were agreed upon, Goode and Gonzales traveled to Mars to conduct an inspection tour on June 20. Goode published his report of the tour two days later substantiating accusations that slave labor was indeed being used; and the facility was run by a megalomaniac commander who subverted all agreements and imprisoned dissenters.

Recent events provide circumstantial evidence supporting Goode’s claims that the global elite are very concerned about massive document releases revealing secret space programs, and crimes committed in these programs that lead to arrests and Nuremberg-like war crimes trials. It is worth pointing out that circumstantial evidence is admissible in courts of law where direct evidence is lacking. Circumstantial evidence together with direct eyewitness testimony, as given by Corey Goode, is sufficient to convince juries of guilt or innocence in cases so it’s important to consider this type of evidence in relation to Goode’s claims.

The first circumstantial evidence to consider is that on June 15, the U.S. House of Representatives took a major step in passing a bill that provides legal protection to space mining by U.S. based corporations that establish off-world operations. The “Space Resource Exploration and Utilization Act” will protect corporations “from harmful interference” and “discourage government barriers” to their space operations. If eventually signed by President Obama, the owners and managers of space mining operations would be protected under U.S. Federal Law from international organizations such as the International Criminal Court investigating them for using slave labor and other crimes against humanity. Such accusations would have to be heard in U.S. district courts which are not a suitable venue for fully investigating or hearing cases of crimes against humanity. Judges and juries in U.S. district courts can be more easily influenced than judicial bodies such as the International Criminal Court.

The timing of this bill does raise the possibility that it is orchestrated by a global corporate elite concerned about impending criminal prosecution for past and current space mining operations. The Space Resource Exploration and Utilization Act’s submission is compelling circumstantial evidence in support of Goode’s claim that “crimes against humanity” trials are being secretly being prepared.

The second circumstantial evidence concerns a June 4 announcement that up to four million US Federal government employees had their personnel files hacked by an unknown source. More recent estimates are that the hacking involved up to 18 million personnel files going back to the 1980s. The hacking incidents involved extensive information about the backgrounds of individuals gained in security reviews for classification clearances. While most mainstream media have focused on such information being used for blackmail purposes by foreign espionage agencies, what is not being considered is that this is exactly the kind of personnel information that would be needed if one was investigating individuals that may have been involved in off-world operations that used slave labor or committed other crimes against humanity. The computer hacking incident is additional compelling circumstantial evidence supporting Goode’s claim that trials are being prepared for those responsible for crimes committed in secret space programs.

The third circumstantial evidence to consider is that on June 11, the British Interplanetary Society began a two day meeting on: “How to Overthrow a Martian Dictatorship” according to a BBC news article. The meeting envisaged a Mars colony ruled over by a ruthless dictator who trampled on the rights of workers in a futurist society controlled by a corporation. The dictator needed to be overthrown without destroying the colony itself. According to the author of the BBC article published on June 22, Richard Hollingham, the meeting brought together 30 prominent scientists, engineers and philosophers who took their “task seriously,” only “two short blocks from the London headquarters of Britain’s security service, MI6” thereby hinting at official support for the meeting.

The similarities in the scenarios discussed at the June 11/12 British Interplanetary Society meeting, and the June 22 reports by Goode and Hollingham, suggests that key figures in Britain’s scientific establishment are preparing for future disclosures about secret colonies on Mars and elsewhere that have been run as corporate dictatorships by megalomaniac tyrants that have been abusing workers for years. How to remove these Mars Colony dictators without them killing off their personnel and/or destroying their valuable facilities is a problem that British and other national policy makers will soon have to confront. Once again, this is compelling circumstantial evidence supporting Goode’s claim of crimes against humanity committed in secret space programs.

Finally, Goode has been claiming that we are soon to witness a massive document dump that will reveal the truth about secret space programs, and criminal abuses that have occurred within some of them. “Coincidentally,” Wikileaks has again begun releasing massive document dumps that made it a media sensation back in 2000. In early May, after a five year hiatus, Wikileaks restored its electronic drop box for whistleblowers to again anonymously share data. All is in place for an organization like Wikileaks to share the document dumps that Goode claims will reveal all.

In summary, we have compelling circumstantial evidence that support Goode’s incredible claims made over the months of May and June. This includes:

1. “Space Resource Exploration and Utilization Act” forwarded on June 15 to the full House of Representatives for a vote that offers legal protection to global elite involved in off world mining operations and crimes committed in them;

2. The June 4 and subsequent announcements of hacking of up to 18 million records of Federal employees and contractors with detailed personnel information that could be used for setting up “crimes against humanity” trials;

3. The June 11 meeting of British Interplanetary Society discussing ways of how to remove from power tyrannical corporate personnel from colonies on Mars who have committed crimes against humanity;

4. The reemergence of Wikileaks’ digital drop box system in early May that allows whistleblowers to anonymously upload massive document dumps for public release by an organization with a track record in doing precisely what Goode claims will be occurring soon.

None of this circumstantial evidence is definitive proof of Goode’s claims. Yet it is compelling evidence insofar as it corroborates his core claims that global events are occurring that will lead to future disclosures about secret space programs, extraterrestrial life, and trials for those responsible for crimes against humanity in space.

A new whistleblower has appeared who is creating quite a stir in the UFO and exopolitics communities due to his claims of having worked with a number of secret space programs; and, more recently, having become a contactee with a powerful new group of extraterrestrials that have entered our solar system.

Using the online pseudonym GoodETxSG, the whistleblower (who announced yesterday that his first name is Corey and that he will soon end his anonymity) has described in interviews and posts on two major online forums his former covert background with a number of secret space programs run by various military, corporate and earlier human civilizations. He says that contrary to widespread perceptions in the UFO research community of a single secret space program belonging to a breakaway civilization, that there are in fact up to ten breakaway civilizations indigenous to Earth.

Each of these breakaway civilizations, according to GoodETxSG/Corey has their own secret space program. He says that there are currently three major secret space programs belonging to various national and international entities on Earth. One of these is a large corporate entity similar to what was described in the movie Avatar. The other two are multinational covert space programs that are similar to NATO in their manner of operations and activities. In addition, he says that there are between 5-7 secret space programs belonging to earlier breakaway civilizations on Earth including Nazi Germany, and another dating as far back as an astounding 500,000 years ago!

Adding another level of complexity to what is really happening with the various secret space programs, GoodETxSG says that off-world extraterrestrial civilizations interact or collaborate with one or more of these secret space programs. In a comment responding to the claims of another alleged whistleblower from a secret space program, Randy Cramer (aka Captain Kaye), GoodETxSG summarized the complex situation:

There are many who have been a part of the 3 Separate Secret Space Programs that are independent of the Secret Earth Governments (One of which is a powerful Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate that owns most of the Mars Bases). There are also 5-7 “Ancient Earth Break Away Civilizations” that have Bases here on Earth. All of the groups mentioned above are “Allied” with various and different “Off World Entities’ and “UN Type Federations” both with the “Human Like ET’s” and the “Non-Human ET’s” (All with DIFFERENT AGENDA’s). There is also a “Shadow Civil War” going on among some of these Secret Space Programs and their “Off World Allies” to end control of the Secret Earth Governments using the “Babylonian Money Magic Slave System” to control Earth Humanity.

A significant point concerning security in GoodETxSG’s postings is that concerning the threat posed by artificial intelligence. According GoodETxSG, artificial intelligence (AI) has been developed by multiple extraterrestrial civilizations that have created synthetic AI humanoids, only to have them turn against their creators in a manner similar to what was depicted in the remake of the television series, Battlestar Galactica. Consequently, all secret space programs have created security procedures to identify individuals displaying evidence of AI influence.

As a last resort, individuals trained as intuitive empaths were employed to identify AI influence as well as any form of deception. This was the main job that GoodETxSG says he performed during his 20 year tour of duty.

More recently, GoodETxSG claims that up to 100 spherical ships have entered our solar system possessing technology far in advance to anything used by the different secret space programs and their respective extraterrestrial allies. GoodETxSG says that extraterrestrials from this “Sphere Alliance,” have been physically contacting him and other private individuals to disclose information about major new events that will profoundly change life on Earth. He says that this Sphere Alliance is assisting humanity in breaking free of the control exerted by powerful elite organizations on Earth, what he calls the “Babylonian Money Magic Slave System.”

GoodETxSG’s claims that he and 70 other private citizens were recently taken to a secret space location for an “Alliance Conference” where along with about 120 others representing the different secret space programs, the “Sphere Alliance” revealed some of their plans. Among the extraterrestrials from this alliance who interacted with the conference delegates, according to GoodETxSG is a “Blue Avian” race up to 8 feet tall, and a taller 10 foot thin golden brown being with triangular head and blue eyes. The Sphere Alliance apparently is intent on helping bring about full disclosure of extraterrestrial life.

GoodETxSG has been sharing his information with David Wilcock who apparently vetted GoodETxSG with other confidential sources and found him to be credible. Wilcock has subsequently incorporated GoodETxSG’s testimony into a number of public presentations attempting to outline the full complexity of issues concerning secret space programs and visiting extraterrestrial life. Wilcock is a major proponent of the idea that extraterrestrial disclosure is imminent due to the collapse of the elite control system that has been in place for centuries. He accepts GoodETxSG’s information as validation for his optimistic pro-disclosure position. Before offering my own evaluation of GoodETxSG’s claims, it’s good to review what is known about his recent public activities.

GoodETxSG first became widely known because of two audio interviews he did that were initially promoted through the Project Avalon forum in Oct 2014. He previously had been a long time member of Project Avalon where he had shared personal information, but not his covert background in various secret space programs. That changed in Sept 2014 when he consented to do an informal sit down conversation with a Project Avalon member on behalf of the forum’s founder Bill Ryan. The conversation was intended to be used solely for Ryan’s personal research but GoodETxSG was persuaded to have it published on Project Avalon with the proviso that all steps would be taken to keep his identity anonymous. While this introduced a wide audience to GoodETxSG’s experiences with different secret space programs, this ultimately led to his identity being exposed on the forum, and ultimately a break with Ryan and Project Avalon. Currently GoodETxSG’s is posting on a new forum, “The One Truth,” where he is answering questions and informing members of new developments. He also has a website which has much of the information he has shared on the two forums.

How credible is GoodETxSG? According to Wilcock, GoodETxSG’s testimony is consistent with multiple other insider sources discussing secret space program and extraterrestrial life. In my own database of whistleblowers, contactees, leaked documents and breaking news on the secret space program(s), I have found nothing awry in GoodETxSG’s claims. His claim of separate space programs is consistent with Randy Cramer’s claims that he served with the Earth Defense Force (a multinational alliance) for 17 years on Mars to defend five civilian bases belonging to the Mars Colony Corporation. In his alleged 17 years on Mars, Cramer claims he never once ventured into the Mars Colony Corporation facilities, even for R & R. That appeared strange to me when I first heard of it. That degree of formal separation between military and corporate bases on Mars, however, supports GoodETxSG’s claims of separate space programs.

GoodETxSG claims that he served a 20 year tour of service with the secret space program(s) before being age-regressed back to a time shortly after his duty began. Essentially this allowed him to live a 20 year time-span twice. Also, his memories were wiped or “blank-slated” and GoodETxSG, now a civilian, was encouraged not to rejoin any military service in case that triggered memory recall of his prior 20 year service. This is consistent with the claims of Michael Relfe (The Mars Record) and Randy Cramer (Earth Defense Force) who say they went through a similar security process.

Furthermore, GoodET discusses 22 ET races that have genetically intervened with the human genome. They comprise a UN Type Federation of “Off World” beings interested in humanity. This is consistent with the testimony of the ‘contactee’ Alex Collier who claims that extraterrestrials from Andromeda had revealed to him that a total of 22 extraterrestrials races provided the genetic material for humanity:

In a nut shell, we are a composite of a lot of different races, 22 to be exact. It is a physiological fact that there are 22 different body types on the planet. And that is the result of the extraterrestrial races.

While there has been no concrete evidence offered to corroborate the testimony of GoodETxSG, his claims are consistent with those of other whistleblowers and/or contactees on a number of significant issues. It’s clear from anyone viewing the extensive postings and commentary by GoodETxSG, that he sincerely believes that his claims are based on truthful events and experiences. Nevertheless, it is always possible for an individual to sincerely pass on implanted memories as truthful testimony even though they have been fabricated to serve the agenda of one or more shadowy intelligence corporate organizations,

In the original 1962 film, Manchurian Candidate, mind controlled military personnel were given false memories and programmed to act in ways that served the interests of shadowy entities behind the scenes. Project MKUltra was exposed to be a real CIA mind control program by the 1976 Church Senate Committee that targeted thousands of individuals. Mind control through the use of false implanted memories would over the decades have become even more sophisticated with the development of more powerful computers. It’s possible or even likely that implanted memories have been used for those that have previously served in secret space programs and undergone a blank slate mind control experience when reverting to civilian life. This would enable former covert space operatives, now working as private civilians, to continue to be of use in any psychological warfare operations against the US or world public. It’s important to point out that the Edward Snowden NSA document leaks confirm that online covert operatives have indeed been used to subvert the public about the UFO issue.

Different mind control techniques used on former secret space program personnel does not mean that ALL recovered memories are false or compromised. Individuals may be programmed to release genuine information along with disinformation as a means of an agency fulfilling an agenda that evolves with time. It’s also possible that former secret space program personal have been able to successfully remove most if not all implanted memories or mind programming. It’s worth mentioning that in the cases of Michael Relfe and Randy Cramer, both underwent years of extensive deprogramming to remove signs of mind control, and get to the truth of their experiences.

At this stage, it’s vital to separate GoodETxSG’s claims of 20 years service with multiple space programs with his more recent claims of being an extraterrestrial contactee. Importantly, the latter experiences from his public statements so far, provide information about current off-world events that can be corroborated by others attending the alleged “Sphere Alliance” conferences. If 70 private individuals attended the same event, it can be expected that some will soon also go public and offer their versions of what happened. Significantly, there does not appear to be any mind control involved in GoodETxSG’s claimed contact experiences. If confirmed by others stepping forward, his contactee experiences will support the validity of his claimed earlier experiences with secret space programs.

Researchers need to be very cautious when examining testimony of whistleblowers that have been subjected to mind control as a standard security measure during their alleged service in one or more secret space programs. GoodETxSG/Corey may very well be one of the most significant whistleblowers ever to come forward with his claims of twenty years service with multiple secret space programs if confirmation can be found. His current revelations about an alien “Sphere Alliance” may be even more significant if events transpire as he suggests, and also offer a means of confirming his alleged prior covert service. At the moment it’s important to keep an open mind while remaining cautious when examining the full extent of GoodETxSG’s/Corey’s claims concerning multiple secret space programs, and their reactions to a powerful new group of visiting extraterrestrials supportive of full disclosure.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

The Philadelphia Experiment

Just refreshing some data on this experiment, which so few know about. Here’s previous post about this:

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/philadelphia-experiment-military-project-that-went-haywire/

And then something new…

The Philadelphia Experiment

The Philadelphia experiment originally began back in the 1930s in Chicago with three people. Dr. John Hutchinson Sr., who was the Dean of the University of Chicago, Nicola Tesla, and Dr. Kurtenaur, who was an Austrian physicist who was on staff at the University.

They decided to do something with the speculation regarding the concept of things and people being invisible. This subject had been discussed for several year. They got together and did some research at the University of Chicago around 1931 or 1932. In 1933 the Institute of Advanced Studies at Princeton was formed and the project was transferred there in 1934. One of the people on staff at the Institute was Dr. John Erich Von Neumann, who was from Budapest Hungary. He got his degree in chemistry in 1925 and his Ph.D. in mathematics in 1926. He taught in Europe for about four years and transferred to the United States. He taught at the graduate level for three years and was invited to join the Institute.

Other people at the Institute included Albert Einstein, who left Germany in 1930. He went to the California Institute of Technology for three years and taught there and then went to the Institute upon their invitation and acceptance. A lot of other people showed up there as time went on. The project expanded about 1936. In the meantime, Tesla was named director of the project. He was a friend of president Franklin Roosevelt, whom Tesla met in 1917 when FDR was secretary of the Navy.

Tesla was asked at that time to do some work for the government for the war effort, which he did. He accepted and became director of the invisibility project until he resigned in 1942. In 1936, after intensive study, they decided to have an initial test of their work. They achieved some partial invisibility. The Navy and everyone else was encouraged to continue the work, and the Navy supplied money for research.

Scientists were coming to the United States from Germany until 1939, when the war with Germany was started.

In 1940, after research using Tesla’s approach, they decided they were ready for a full test at the Brooklyn Navy Yard. They had a small ship and a tender ship at each side. One ship provided the power and the other supplied the drive for the coils. They were tendered to the test ship by cables. The idea was that if anything went wrong they could cut the cables or sink the test ship. Everything worked and the project was declared a success.

The important point about the 1940 test is that there was no one on board the test vehicle. It was strictly a dry run with no people. This is important because of what happened later. Other people came on board. Thomas T. Brown joined the project because of his expertise in electrogravity effects. He had the task of solving the problem of the German magnetic mines that were affecting allied shipping and Naval efforts. This led into a parallel project which involved the use of disguising coils and cables to explode the mines at a distance from the ship.

The Navy wanted several people to keep an eye on the tests. That is how I got involved. Keeping technical commentaries. Let’s look at Nicola Tesla.

In 1879 his father died and his first year at college ended. He came to the United States in1884. He had enormously intuitive insight. He had a perfect track record. Before coming to the US he had known Robert Oppenheimer, who later worked with the development of the atomic bomb, and Dr. David Hilbert, the mathematician who devised equations for Hilbert Space, which described multiple space or multiple realities mathematically.

These equations for multiple space became very important in the project. Dr. von Neumann met Hilbert in 1927 and retained a lot of what he had learned. With that, Von Neumann developed other new systems of mathematics. Von Neumann was considered to be one of the most outstanding mathematicians in this century. Some think he was better than Einstein. Another mathematician involved was Dr. John Levinson, who was born in 1912. He died in 1976. He published three books on mathematics. Levinson developed the so-called Levinson Time Equations. with all this behind them, the group had all they needed to proceed with the project.

After the successful 1940 test, the Navy decided to give the project unlimited funds and to classify the project. In 1942 Tesla was given a ship and a crew for a full sized test. Tesla got a battleship. Tesla and Von Neumann didn’t agree on some things. Tesla insisted that they were going to have a very severe problem with personnel. Tesla wanted more time but the NAVY wouldn’t agree. Tesla made periodic announcements in the late 1930’s and early 1940’s about his contact with off planet species. He was in contact with the outside, who agreed that there was a problem with the people. He decided to sabotage the 1942 test in an attempt to stop the project. He de-tuned the equipment so nothing would work. The test failed. Tesla then turned the project over to Von Neumann in March 1942 and left the project.

Von Neumann went to the Navy and requested time to study the problem to determine what had gone wrong. Von Neumann decided to make changes in some of the equipment. He decided he would need a special ship that was designed from the ground up. The Eldridge was selected. The equipment was built into the ship. They put all the equipment on the ship. October 1942 arrived. They selected 33 volunteers for the crew, who arrived after graduation in December 1942. We still have a picture of the class.

After the ship was out of drydock work began. In May of 1943 von Neumann installed a third generator. It would never synchronize with the other two. It went out of control one day and zapped one of the men. Von Neumann pulled out the third generator (installed because Tesla had convinced Von Neumann of the potential problem with people) and went back to the original design. In mid June, the ship had sea trials. On July 22, 1943, they had the test. The ship between radar and optically invisible. They discovered people very disoriented. The Navy pulled the crew off and consulted Von Neumann, who requested more time again from the Navy. The Navy, after consultation with higher-ups, announced that the drop dead date was on the 12th of August, 1943. Von Neumann voiced his concern that it wasn’t enough time.

The Navy decided that it just wanted radar invisibility and not optical invisibility. The equipment was again modified by Von Neumann. August 12th arrived. We knew things were not right. The test began, and for about a minute everything was all right. The ships outline could be seen in the water. There was suddenly a blue flash and the ship disappeared entirely. No radio communication was possible. It was gone. In about three hours it came back. One of the masts was broken.

Some personnel were partially embedded in the steel deck. Others were fading in and out. Some disappeared entirely. Many were insane. The Navy extracted the crew and proceeded with four days of meetings to decided what to do about the problem. They decided there would be one more test with another dry run without personnel. They conducted the dry run using about 1000 feet of cable attached to another ship. In late October 1943 the test occurred. The ship disappeared for about 20 minutes. When it returned, they found equipment missing. Two transmitter cabinets and one generator was missing. The cabinet with the zero-time reference generator was intact. At that point, the Navy stripped the ship and stopped the project. The Eldridge served in the war and was turned over to Greece at the end of the war.

The important thing is that there were two tests that were exactly 40 years apart to the day. It was a 40 year separation in hyperspace. Now, the Earth itself has a biorhythm that peaks on a 20 year cycle on August 12th. It “just happened” to peak and provided the connecting link through the fields of the Earth for the two experiments to lock up in hyperspace. Walk-in efforts are aided if they occur during this peak.

The ship was pulled into hyperspace. We were inside the ship and knew something was drastically wrong with the test. We tried to shut it off but it wouldn’t shut off. We ran out on deck and jumped over the side of the ship. We jumped overboard but ended up in a time tunnel which ended at Montauk, Long Island on August 12th, 1983. At night.

We were found very quickly and taken down stairs, where Von Neumann greeted us. He expected us. It was a bit of a shock. We had just been in 1943 and now we were in 1983 looking at Von Neumann as an old man. He said that there was a hyperspace lockup and that we had to go back and shut off the generators on the ship or the hyperspace rift would keep increasing and possibly engulf the planet. He had been waiting 40 years for us to arrive.

Montauk sent us back and we smashed the equipment with axes. The ship returned to its original point in space and about three hours later in time. From 1943 on, Von Neumann didn’t know what happened. He had modified earlier equipment in 1943 to where he had a full blown time machine. The Germans also were working on time travel, and had it working in 1945 just before the end of the war. This is all a matter of record.

After the Navy decided to shut down the project in 1943, Von Neumann was sent to work on the atomic bomb project at Los Alamos until that was over. In 1947 there were major changes in the Department of Defense. Someone in the new structure decided to dig up the Philadelphia project to see if they could find out what went wrong. They asked Von Neumann to “take another look” at the project. He agreed.

There is another matter. Starting about August 6th, 1943, UFOs appeared over the Eldridge for about six days. They were there during the test. One of the UFOs was sucked up into hyperspace with the Eldridge and it ended up in an underground facility in Montauk in 1983. It contained a charging device which some aliens made us go back and get for them, as they didn’t want humans to have it. We don’t know who they were. Pruett was concerned about an alien invasion.

Also, Von Neumann was called by the government to come and assist in the examination of a crashed UFO in 1947 at Aztec. Another crash occurred at Aztec about a year later. The first crash had greys on it and none survived. At least one occupant survived the second crash. The radar systems unintentionally brought down the craft. Radar was used intentionally after that until the aliens got wise to it.

The occupant of the second crash was not a grey, and Von Neumann got to talk with it. Von Neumann asked it what the answer to the invisibility problems could be. He learned that he had to go back and do his homework in metaphysics. The nature of the problem was that the personnel on the ship were not locked to the zero time reference of the ship. Humans are normally locked to the point of conception as a time reference, not a zero-time reference. The time stream lock allows the person to flow in synch with the system so interaction is possible.

Time locks are fragile. All the power of the project disrupted the time-locks of the people on the deck on the ship. When the ship came back in time, the people didn’t come back to the same reference.

Von Neumann realized that he needed a computer, as well as some knowledge of metaphysics in order to be able to lock the time reference of the people to the time reference of the ship. He built a computer in 1950 for the purpose. It was ready to be installed in 1952 and a test was performed in 1953 that was successful. They didn’t go floating off into space when it was over. At this point, the Navy canceled Project Rainbow and changed the name to project Phoenix.

A lot came out of the negative effects of the Rainbow project. Some of it led to mind control research programs in the Phoenix project. The invisibility research produced some Stealth technology as well as other highly classified projects.

In 1983, they decided to apply mind control to all participants in these projects in an effort to cover them up. They had also been working on another project: age regression. Now, Tesla had sought back in the 1940’s to develop equipment that could help the members of the crew after they lost time-lock . The government developed it into the age regression program. It was physical age regression. A person retained the memory they had from the older age.

Tesla’s theory was that if you took the individual’s time-lock and moved it forward in time than you would remove aging. That’s what happened. It took between 30 and 60 days for the body to complete the change to the new time reference.

When our astronauts first landed on the moon in 1969 they were greeted by a fleet of disks sitting on the rim of a crater. The astronauts asked their superiors if they knew about these disks. They were told “yes”, that they were American disks. The astronauts were angry at being used as public relations men by the government.

Well, the aircraft combines two aspects for invisibility. One of the aspects relates to the construction and coating applied to the surface. The other aspect relates to an electronic type of invisibility package which is a result of work done on the Philadelphia experiment years ago. Also, the stealth has a secondary drive system which is very advanced and allows it to fly in space. The assistant director of NASA admitted that this came straight out of alien technology. He admitted this to the public.

There are breaks in the government secrecy programs that are starting to show up. More and more people are getting totally disgusted with government activities and attitudes and they are beginning to talk.

The Phoenix Project was a project that evolved out of the Philadelphia Project. It was a project that the Navy did in the 1930’s and 1940’s in an attempt to make ships invisible. They threw the switch one eventful day and the ship went into hyperspace. They had all sorts of problems with the people on the boat. It was a huge success as well as a huge failure – then they shelved it. Around 1947 it was decided to re-activate the project and it was moved to Brookhaven National Laboratories with Dr. John Von Neumann and his associates. Out of Phoenix I came Stealth technology. It also produced all sorts of energetic little toys like the radiosonde.

The radiosonde was a little white box that they attached to a balloon and sent up into the atmosphere. The government told people that it involved gathering weather data. It used a very unusual type of pulse modulation. In most cases they used a CW (continuous wave) oscillator and pulsed the signal. This turned out to be a very efficient conversion of electrical energy to etheric energy. They were designed up at Brookhaven National Labs. I started to talk to people at Brookhaven and ran into a retired gentleman who used to work there. He told me that the design was originally done by Wilhelm Reich.

The story goes that in about 1947 Wilhelm Reich handed the US Government a weather control device, a device that would do DOR-busting. Reich thought that if he could decrease the amount of DOR that storms would not be so violent. (DOR is the result of orgone energy coming into contact with an enclosed radioactive source). Deadly Orgone Energy is DOR. The government sent the device up into a storm and it did reduce the intensity of the storm. They worked.

The Montauk Project was a combination of Wilhelm Reich’s work and the Philadelphia Experiment. There were two separate projects going on in Phoenix One. You had the invisibility aspect and you had the development of Wilhelm Reich’s weather control. Toward the end of the Phoenix project, by using some of Wilhelm Reich’s concepts and some of the transmission schemes used from the “radiosonde” project, they found that you could combine the two -factors and use them for ‘Mind Control’.

The people who were running it went to the military and proposed that they could use it to “influence the minds of the enemy”. The military loved the idea, and let them use the old Montauk Air Force Base. Among the equipment requested was an old SAGE radar unit, which was on the base. The base was shut down and everything was auctioned off. The group then moved in from the Brookhaven Labs. That began what we call Phoenix Two. They spent the first ten years from about 1969 to about 1979, researching pure mind control.

The first part of the mind control project was to take an individual and stand them about 250 feet away from the antenna. The SAGE radar had a peak pulse power of .5 MW. The antenna had a gain of 30db. That means an effective radiated power of at least a gigawatt. It was nominally a gigawatt. Can you imagine what that would do to people? I think its amazing these people are still here. It does things like burn out brain functions, create neurological damage, scar lungs from heat, etc. They tried this with a number of people and there were few survivors. The subjects were often indigent people they grabbed off the streets.

The project was controlled by Dr. John Von Neumann and Jack Pruett. About 30 people worked there. It was a joint project…Air Force & Navy. Original funding came from the Nazi government funds. In 1944 there was an American troop train that went through a French railroad tunnel carrying $10 billion in Nazi gold which they had found.

It was $10 billion at the 1944 price of $20 per ounce. The train was blown up in the tunnel. It killed 51 American soldiers. The gold turned up ten years later at Montauk. This has been verified. That money was used to finance the project for many years as the value of gold went up.

They spent all of it and ran out of money. That’s when they tapped on ITT, who funded it. ITT was owned by Krupp in Germany. In terms of personnel, many of the civilians and scientists there were all ex-Nazi’s who came from Germany both before and after the war ended.

The project was under US Government surveillance. The intelligence community knew what was going on and the CIA monitored everything, as did other government intelligence agencies. The field of players who actually operated on the base was small, between 30 and 50.

The funding was entirely private. After 1983, Senator Goldwater found out about it and started an investigation. He couldn’t find any trace of government funding. Pruett was the metaphysical director of the project. He was Air Force. After he left Dr. Herman C. Untermann took over. They had an electronics expert, Dr. Mathew E. Zerrett, who came over from Germany in 1946 with Werner von Braun. Probably the reason that they ran out of money is that they had a total of 25 bases around the United States to support. The last of the bases shut down August 12, 1983. The base at Montauk, where all the stations got their zero-time reference from, shut down and the other two remaining bases went down with it.

Other experiments included time travel. No one has picked up a tangible future beyond 2015 AD. There is a very abrupt wall there with nothing on the other side. A working time vortex was created to the future.

At one point a creature came through and everyone went into a panic. They shut the transmitter off. The creature ate people and equipment. They had to go back and shut down the unit in Philadelphia in order to shut off the unit in the future so they could stop this creature in 1983. This was on August 12,1983.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Black Triangle UFO’s

There have been many eyewitnesses of these triangle UFO’s, which I think are TRB3 US top secret aircraft:

The US tends to typically develop advanced aircraft in fairly full public view in terms of proposals, funding, development, quantities and problems. The current F-22, F-35 and B-2 bomber projects have proceeded in that manner. But when aircraft are extremely top secret, they get buried too deeply to trace, from the initial black budget allotments through to the various, aspects of their development and well into theaters of operation.”

The U-2, SR-71 and the F-117A from the depths of Lockheed’s famed Skunk Works didn’t become known to the public until after years in practical use. Today the evidence is over whelming, secrets can be kept by aerospace industries and government. The so-called “black triangles” can be added to the list of secret black budget items. Funding would have come variously from “Star Wars” money, some of trillion that the Pentagon lost, programs that never were, and typically and easily done, “overruns,” tacked onto other projects built such as the very expensive B-2 bomber and the F-117A.

Thousands of sightings of the triangles make it hard to quibble with that blanket assessment. The triangles exist. Verification comes continually that these mind-blowing craft exist. Almost every typical American citizens witness a huge and dark triangle moving low, slow and silently overhead. Some are so shaken by the experience that they pay particular attention to the vehicles, enough to make a decent determinations of the unique characteristics of the craft. The differences between the new method of hovering and moving through the air and that of conventional aircraft of any type are unmistakable and troubling and not forgotten to some witnesses. As a consequence and not so strangely, we know more about triangles, unofficially, than any aircraft ever secretly produced in this country.

Most of us interested in the term “triangles” know from regular media accounts that these craft demonstrate uncanny aerial displays to the public in the US and the UK almost daily. Rarely are these craft reported in any area outside of the US and Europe. Being so publically displayed on Western soil, why is it that after about thirty years of being witnessed these craft have not been revealed to the American public?

What is the point of hiding such remarkable craft if the intelligence agencies of potential enemies and even the man-on-the-street can easily figure out that these fabulous craft are our government’s utility replacement for the dismissed space shuttle and manned rockets? Why allow the American public to puzzle upon why our leaders and planners have failed us, lost our edge in space to nations using rocket technology that we have abandoned for the most part and yet seemingly have forced us to purchase rides to the ISS for our equipment and crew from others? It doesn’t make good sense unless there is an ace up Uncle’s sleeve.

There are aspects to the situation that are not so simple to explain. But first, we need to establish the importance of the triangles to our real world situation. The triangles (and similarly powered craft) are the greatest development in the history of mechanical devices since the invention of the wheel. These machines are not true aircraft. They do not use the atmosphere (air) for lift or propulsion. Their basic feature sidesteps the effects of gravity. That totally different method of locomotion will allow us to literally transform human activities on earth and explorations into space. Basically, there are a mode of quick, reliable and low-cost transportation that will replace several other types currently used in/on the air, land and sea.

In addition, their almost miraculous bending of physics contrary to conventional views automatically gives them the distinction of being the greatest weapon ever placed in the hands of a world power, how that secret is handled is something else entirely and seems puzzling on the face of it. Seeming to move in impossible and unbelievable ways is the key to why we are allowed to see them performing in exactly such a manner. The secret keepers want us to notice the bizarre shapes and antics. Yet, why display the triangles so publically and not bring them forth after at least three decades of being reported in our skies?

Because it is all a charade, aided and abetted by all areas of aviation, both military and civilian. The segments of society that should be most interested in such reports are mum on the triangles, ignoring all incidents and lying about those they cannot ignore. –Sound familiar? Haven’t we endured over half a century of the (apparent) lack of official acknowledgment and investigations into the UFO phenomena?

The strategy behind that continued deceit is brilliant, even if a carryover of how officialdom has always dealt with the UFO, but it has another key component. And that is that the sightings of the triangles dovetail into and help perpetuate the on-going UFO drama that we live with every day. (Regardless of what many of you want to think, genuine UFOs, alien craft, present a very serious situation to all of Earth that eventually must conclude in some form of publically announced contact with ETs which will only be the beginning of the intervention.)

As it stands, a mysterious triangle exhibiting UFO-like capabilities is understandably labeled as a typical UFO sighting (another non-event) and with that classification assigned; all need for further investigation evaporates. Broadcast TV news: “Put on your tin-foil hats, folks, another mysterious triangle reported hovering over Boston last night.” A follow up sentence will advise that the supposed event should not be taken too seriously as government officials showed little interest in the public’s reports of the object. So it was something or nothing, but definitely not a secret government triangle-shaped craft because they don’t fly them around in public like that. Right? After all, allowing a top secret craft to deliberately hover low over Boston on a Saturday night to be seen in all of its glory is totally absurd. Such an event goes against the basic rules in any playbook for black budget projects. The damned thing should be out West someplace, Area 51, maybe, not shocking the early night bar crowd in Boston. And so it goes, a type of UFO is witnessed but only civilians take notice.

Most of the world knows what the English letters of “UFO” represent and what they mean in some fashion. That understanding, that concept in itself, is a world-wide phenomenon of some note. Recognition and acceptance of the true meaning behind alien UFOs is a natural and required progressive step for humanity to travel because the triangles (one way or another) were derived from the bizarre physics of the UFOs and that foundation secret must be kept as long as possible even as the triangles become commonplace in our lives. So we have a rigged paradox surrounding the triangles/UFO relationship saga.

The second reason why the strange ways of the triangles is also strategic is just as important and twisted. Less than friendly countries will have noted for years now the reports of triangles in the Western media and have pay close attention to the details that clearly eliminate the craft from being conventional, even advanced, true aircraft. How do they react to such news? They know full well that UFOs are real alien craft, and they note that our machines mimic UFOs. Anything but fools, they know that we know, somehow, the secret of the UFO method of power. They feverishly work on their theories if not prototypes. They would make bold and varied attempts to steal highly classified data in any way imaginable. They are masters at it. If the English hacker Gary McKinnon can learn important but not critical details about our space fleets with a little perseverance and computer skill, so can any country with a decent spy program. Have they had any luck? We can imagine that they have obtained a substantial knowledge of our operations.

As a result of our best capabilities being in full view to our potential enemies, the current situation in the world is generally stable because of the existence of the triangles. However, it is a very unbalance stalemate of course. As our black secret is known on far shores, it is doubtful that any major effort of any kind will be started by the laggards that could provoke the wrath of a fleet of space-capable, UFO-like triangles carrying a variety of weapons.

With the capabilities inherent in the triangles, without a doubt, we control all near-earth space, off-planet exploration and any serious surface wars that would be directly against us. Not until a country announces a similar craft will we be forced to make our own admission and display our true dominance for the public to see. The longer it takes our enemies—and potential competitors–to build their versions of the mass less triangles, the better the odds against their ever gaining parity on that score alone. Despite what they suspect or know about our triangles, the smart potential adversaries would keep quiet as they do their own intense work.

As stated earlier, the new principles of physics in the triangles is the greatest weapon every developed by man for war…and we must add, also the greatest thing for commerce, as also was true for the wheel.

Any use of the new secret craft would not be left to the whim of military commanders, or even top government officials fueled by their own politician agendas but from a larger, more benign, general strategy of the world not based on old versions and visions of world conquest. It will be more of a philosophical ideology than being politically based. The so-called “coming of the saucers” in 1947 has disturbed the usually forces that rule Earth.

Initially, the earthlings in control panicked a world war had recently ended and political ideologies were running rampant across the world. These days, evidently the ETs have told Earth’s leaders what they must do. We see signs everywhere of the changes and earnest efforts to transform the population of the planet from one state of mind to a more rational state of mine and being.

The New World Order, a dream for some and a nightmare for others, is being social engineered. Done in some countries by their own initiative and forced onto others by the UN to bring to fruition the plan. The major intent is to save the world from the destructive effects of mankind’s boundless consumption of resources before it sickens and dies as a living planet. Rescuing humanity from its own restless need for war and/or economic conquest is secondary.

The eventual introduction of the triangles and similarly powered craft into commercial avenues and expanded but benign military use will ease many of the approaching burdens around the world. But as the ships go about their duties carrying aid in those dark days, many fists will be raised and shaken at them in futile anger. Let it not be more than that display. Otherwise, a ship with troops will be quickly summoned. Complete freedom will be remembered as a term briefly used in the foundation of the United States of American, but it was short-lived and was only a dream anyway. Perhaps a reset of the human apparatus of existence isn’t such a bad plan. Maybe there is a better way.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Was Spanish Flu (1918) Deliberate Genocide?

I was searching things about swineflu, which was used to terrify people couple of years ago and then this article shoved up. So it seems, that this has been done before and will be used again in the future, in my opinion.

The influenza pandemic of 1918-1919 infected 20% of the world’s population and killed between 60 and 100 million people. This is roughly three times as many people as were killed and maimed in World War One, and is comparable to WWII losses. Yet this modern plague has slipped down the memory hole. Why?  Was it a deliberate ploy by the Illuminati to finish the job WWI began?

By Henry Makow Ph.D.

(From July 16, 2008)

In 1948 Heinrich Mueller, the former head of the Gestapo, told his CIA Interrogator that the influenza pandemic of 1918-19, the most devastating plague in human history, was man-made.

Mueller said the flu started as a US army bacteriological warfare experiment that somehow infected US army ranks at Camp Riley KS in March 1918, and spread around the world. He says that it “got out of control” but we cannot discount the horrible possibility that the “Spanish Flu” was a deliberate elite depopulation measure, and that it could be used again. Researchers have found connections between it and the recurring “Bird Flu.”

It was called the Spanish Flu because the first human case was identified there. Understandably there was panic worldwide, as influenza was not discovered until 1933, so the mystery was rather frightening.

According to Wikipedia: “In the U.S., about 28% of the population suffered, and 500,000 to 675,000 died. In Britain 200,000 died; in France more than 400,000. Entire villages perished in Alaska and southern Africa. In Australia an estimated 10,000 people died and in the Fiji Islands, 14% of the population died during only two weeks, and in Western Samoa 22%. An estimated 17 million died in India, about 5% of India’s population at the time. In the Indian Army, almost 22% of troops who caught the disease died of it.”

“Indeed, symptoms in 1918 were so unusual that initially influenza was misdiagnosed as dengue, cholera, or typhoid. One observer wrote, “One of the most striking of the complications was hemorrhage from mucous membranes, especially from the nose, stomach, and intestine. Bleeding from the ears and petechial hemorrhages in the skin also occurred. …Another unusual feature of this pandemic was that it mostly killed young adults, with 99% of pandemic influenza deaths occurring in people under 65 and more than half in young adults 20 to 40 years old. This is unusual since influenza is normally most deadly to the very young (under age 2) and the very old (over age 70). ”
MUELLER’S SOURCE

At a 1944 Nazi bacteriological warfare conference in Berlin, General Walter Schreiber, Chief of the Medical Corps of the German Army told Mueller that he had spent two months in the US in 1927 conferring with his counterparts. They told him that the “so-called double blow virus” (i.e. Spanish Flu) was developed and used during the 1914 war.

“But,” according to Mueller, “it got out of control and instead of killing the Germans who had surrendered by then, it turned back on you, and nearly everybody else.” (“Gestapo Chief: The 1948 CIA Interrogation of Heinrich Mueller” Vol. 2 by Gregory Douglas, p. 106) 
The interrogator, James Kronthal, the CIA Bern Station Chief asked Mueller to explain “double blow virus.” It reminds me of AIDS.
Mueller: “I am not a doctor, you understand, but the ‘double-blow’ referred to a virus, or actually a pair of them that worked like a prize fighter. The first blow attacked the immune system and made the victim susceptible, fatally so, to the second blow which was a form of pneumonia…[Schreiber told me] a British scientist actually developed it…Now you see why such things are insanity. These things can alter themselves and what starts out as a limited thing can change into something really terrible.”

The subject of the Spanish Flu arose in the context of a discussion of typhus. The Nazis deliberately introduced typhus into Russian POW camps and, along with starvation, killed about three million men. The typhus spread to Auschwitz and other concentration camps with Russian and Polish POWS.

In the context of the Cold War, Mueller says: “If Stalin invades Europe…a little disease here and there would wipe out Stalin’s hoards and leave everything intact. Besides, a small bottle of germs is so much cheaper than an atom bomb, isn’t it? Why you could hold more soldiers in your hand than Stalin could possibly command and you don’t have to feed them, clothes them or supply them with munitions. On the other hand, the threat of war…does wonders… for the economy.” (108)

Is Mueller credible? In my opinion he is. Gregory Douglas apparently is a pseudonym for his nephew with whom he left his papers. Normally a hoax would not run to thousands of pages. The Interrogation is 800 pages. The  Memoirs are 250 pages. The microfilmed Archive apparently covers 850,000 pages. Finally, the material I have read is incredibly well informed, consistent and full of plausible revelations .

CONCLUSION 

The Illuminati have made no secret of its desire to decrease the world population. (See Alan Stang,  Population Extermination: How Will it be Done? )

It’s possible that World War One was a disappointment in terms of the numbers killed. Whether the “Spanish Flu” was deliberate or not, we cannot say. But apparently the US Army has a record of experimenting with drugs/chemicals/bacteria on unwary soldiers. Did such an experiment get “out of control” at Fort Riley? Or was that its purpose in the first place?

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Jack Parsons – Sorcerous Scientist

Now we start a serie, which tell you about black magick and persons around it. Here’s a very interesting person called Jack Parsons a close friend of Aleister Crowley:

Excerpted from:
Jack Parsons: Sorcerous Scientist
1990 by Douglas Chapman
Strange Magazine #6, ISSN 0894-8968
P.O. Box 2246, Rockville, MD 20847
(301) 881-3530

“The [Babalon] Working began in 1945-46, a few months before Crowley’s death in 1947, and just prior to the wave of unexplained aerial phenomena now recalled as the ‘Great Flying Saucer Flap’… Parsons opened a door and something flew in.

“A Gateway for the Great Old Ones has already been established — and opened — by members of the O.T.O. who are en rapport with this entity [Lam, an extra- terrestrial being whom Crowley supposedly contacted while in America in 1919].”

Kenneth Grant, O.T.O.


The Sorcerous Scientist

“I hight Don Quixote, I live on peyote, marijuana, morphine and cocaine, I never know sadness, but only a madness that burns at the heart and the brain. I see each charwoman, ecstatic, inhuman, angelic, demonic, divine. Each wagon a dragon, each beer mug a flagon that brims with ambrosial wine.” (1)

-John Whiteside (Jack”) Parsons (1943)

The preceding poem is the most famous written work of John Whiteside Parsons (1914-1952). He helped make science fiction into fact, yet this dark and handsome man, born of a well-to-do Los Angeles family, made his private life “visionary” in a different way, being as involved with ceremonial magic outside of working hours as he was with rocketry research during the day. In the mid-to-late 1940s, his major accomplishments behind him, magic came to obsess him all the more.

Frank Malina, one of his colleagues at Caltech (California Institute of Technology) in Pasadena, has chronicled John (Jack) Parsons’ contributions to rocketry. (2) In 1936, Parsons and Edward S. Forman came upon a report of a GALCIT (Guggenheim Aeronautical Laboratory-Caltech) lecture concerning the idea of a rocket-powered airplane. Parsons, though a self-trained chemist, had powers of imagination that proved to be invaluable in all of his pursuits (whether scientific or magical). He and Forman (a mechanic) bad together been making small black-powder rockets.

They wanted to experiment with a liquid propellant rocket motor, so (lacking the funds) they approached Caltech. As a result, Malina (in 1936) came up with a proposal for his doctoral thesis on rocket propulsion and performance in-flight. Theodore von Karman (who headed GALCIT) gave Malina permission to collaborate with Forman and Parsons, even though the latter two were neither students nor staff members of the institute.

Even so, funds were scarce, and the three experimenters chipped in necessary funds for the materials. They conducted the tests at Arroyo Seco, behind the Devil’s Gate Dam in Pasadena (very near the present-day Jet Propulsion Laboratory), a site that, unbeknownst to them, had previously been used by rocketry pioneer Robert Goddard. (Forteans should make special note of the ‘Devil’s Gate‘ place-name.)

 

The “Suicide Squad”

Weld Arnold and Hsue Shen Tsien soon joined GALCIT rocket research, completing the well-remembered team. The group became known as the ‘suicide squad” because of a 1937 test misfire in which a nitrogen dioxide/alcohol cloud caused a thin layer of rust to appear on much lab equipment. Henceforth, the small scale rocket motor responsible was moved from the building. The failed experiment, providentially, gave Parsons an important idea (to be recounted shortly).


In the summer of 1938, the staff decreased, leaving Malina, Forman and Parsons as remaining core members. A few months later, the National Academy of Science (NAS) Committee on Army Air Corps Research commenced study with the GALCIT rocket research group, with the express interest of finding ways to assist the takeoffs of heavily-laden aircraft by using rocketry.

A $10,000 contract was thus awarded by the NAS to Caltech to develop “jet” (actually rocket) propulsion to be used to provide “super-performance” for propeller aircraft. Liquid and solid propellant rocket engines were part of this research. Von Karman took charge, with Malina, Parsons and Forman being the major members of his staff. In 1940, Parsons was able to show the Air Corps that red-fuming nitric acid was a better oxidizer than liquid oxygen (making use of knowledge gained from the 1937 misfire). (3) This led to important later developments.

As can be seen, Parsons was already invaluable to the development of the technology that eventually got America into outer space.

 

The Secret Parsons

But he had a secret life, which appeared totally at odds with his public one, and it came to further dominate his life as the ’40s progressed.

Jack Parsons and his wife Helen bad come into contact with the Agape lodge of the O.T.O. (Ordo Templi Orientis international magical fraternity) in Los Angeles in 1939, and had joined it in 1941. It was under the leadership of Wilfred Talbot Smith, a Britisher who had founded this particular lodge about a decade earlier, circa 1930.

 

Smith and Parsons’ wife hit it off nicely and he was soon not much in evidence around the house and the O.T.O. Gnostic Mass temple in the attic. This latter space was fully fitted out, and even had a copy of the Egyptian ‘Stele of Revealing,’ venerated by followers of the famous magician Aleister Crowley. It was the only such temple in the world at that time which was properly functioning.

Crowley, the world head of the O.T.O., took action that increased Parsons’ stature in the Order. Circa 1943-44, he convinced Smith, via a paper entitled ‘Is Smith a God?’ that astrological research had shown that Smith was not a man, but actually an incarnation of some deity. Taking the hint that Crowley wanted him out, the “god” went into private magical practice, eventually with reportedly rewarding results, remaining head of the lodge in name only.

 

Parsons became acting master of the lodge. (4) Why did Crowley in effect kick Smith upstairs? The ostensible reason seemed to be the danger that the man was turning the Order into (as Crowley put it) ‘that slimy abomination, a love cult’.” (5)

Actually, Crowley, who was unable to emigrate to the United States, was isolated from the only successful O.T.O. lodge in the world. Because of this frustration, bad blood resulted, despite the fact that Smith was probably the best field commander Crowley ever had.

Parsons had lost his wife to Smith, yet remained on good terms with her. He was kept busy by Order activities, one of the most important of which was the sending of money to Crowley, for both the old man’s minimal upkeep and the O.T.O. publishing fund. A good percentage came from Parsons’ own pocket.” (6)

 

Crowley, who brought actual fame to the O.T.O. (which was already well-known in Masonic circles), was one of Parsons’ major inspirations in life. The elderly man’s accomplishments had been many: as a poet, publisher, mountain climber, chess master, and bisexual practitioner of sexual magic (or “Magick,” as he termed it). Made famous by yellow journalists as the “Wickedest Man in the World,” he considered his central identity to be the “Great Beast 666” as referred to in the book of “Revelation” in the Bible, though he was not leaning on that work particularly in his religious ideas.

Needless to say, Crowley felt that the Bible had misconstrued the meaning of the Beast and the Whore of Babylon necessary elements of the succession to the Aeon of Horus, the Aeon of the Crowned and Conquering Child.

 

Crowley synopsized human development thusly:

“Within the memory of man we have had the Pagan period, the worship of Nature, of Isis, of the Mother, of the Past; the Christian period, the worship of Man, of Osiris, of the Present. The first period is simple, quiet, easy, and pleasant; the material ignores the spiritual; the second is of suffering and death: the spiritual strives to ignore the material…. The new Aeon is the worship of the spiritual made one with the material, of Horus, of the Child, of the Future.” (7)

Renowned as the most noted master of the occult of the last century, Crowley’s work is still influential (his books are sometimes stocked even in New Age bookstores).

According to most accounts, when Parsons’ father died (circa the early ’40s), Parsons inherited a mansion and coach-house at 1003 South Orange Grove Avenue in Pasadena, California. To the shock of the neighbors, the place became a haven for Bohemians and atheists, who were the sort of people to whom Parsons liked to rent out rooms.

The lodge headquarters was moved to this location, making use of two rooms in the house: the bedroom (which became a properly decorated temple), and a wood-paneled library dominated by an enormous portrait of Crowley.

According to a story told by L. Sprague DeCamp (most recently appearing in the June 24, 1990 Los Angeles Times, p. A35), at one point the police — who had heard neighbors’ reports of a ritual in which a nude pregnant woman jumped nine times through a fire in the yard — came to investigate, but Parsons put them off by emphasizing his scientific credentials.

His Career Rockets


Returning to the events of 1940, the explosions of many of Parsons’ rockets on the test stand caused second thoughts among many involved in the government-financed project. After work by Von Karman and Malina on the differential equations involved on the theoretical side, Parsons was given permission to keep on with his tests, and a few months later the earliest “jet-assisted takeoff” rockets were created. These were the direct forerunners of the modern large solid-propellant engines.


The first American rocket-assisted takeoff (August 12,1941) made use of a Parsons-developed solid-propellant (GALCIT 27 — which provided a 28 lb. maximum thrust for 12 seconds). But tests showed that GALCIT 27 would explode when stored for long periods, so Parsons, Mark M. Mills and Fred S. Miller came up with a more stable fuel (GALCIT 53) in June 1942.

At the same time, others were working with Parsons’ idea for a red-fuming nitric acid-gasoline engine (a liquid propellant rocket). On April 15, 1942, the first American flight of an aircraft making use of such rocket engines to assist takeoff was accomplished.

The previous month, Malina, Parsons and Forman, with the advice of von Karman’s attorney, had set up the Aerojet Engineering Corporation in March 1942, for the express purpose of properly exploiting the developments that they had been making. Jack Parsons was one of the vice-presidents at the time of incorporation and helped supervise the changeover to full-scale production.” (8)


Parsons’ High Ideals


Also a science fiction enthusiast, Parsons met fellow fan Alva Rogers, who romanced another resident of Parsons’ house.

“I always found Jack’s insistence that he believed in, and practiced, magic hard to reconcile with his educational and cultural background,” Rogers opined.

He originally thought that Parsons was just doing it to shock his friends until he saw letters from Crowley, and evidences of Parsons’ funding of the guru. (9)


Parsons‘ magical idealism becomes clear if one peruses his writings. In the 1946 essay “Freedom is a Two Edged Sword” (newly reprinted in an anthology of the same title, published by Falcon Press) he writes of the deeper meanings of his quest:

“[The individual] must go down like Moses, into his unknown self …into the labyrinths of the dark land. There he will meet the Mother and hear her final question, which is not a silly riddle but the most wonderful and terrible of all questions: ‘what is man?’


“And thereafter …he may find the Graal, ultimate consciousness …For it is he, wonderful monster, embryo god, that has swum in the fish….peered from the eyes of serpents, swung with the ape, and shaken the earth with the tramp of the tyrannosaurus hoof. It is he who has cried out on all crosses, ruled on all thrones, grubbed in all gutters. It is he whose face is reflected and distorted in all heavens and hells, he, the child of the stars, the son of the ocean, this creature of dust, this wonder and terror called man.” (10)

After having lost Helen Parsons to Smith in 1944, Parsons soon fell for her younger sister, Sara Northrup (a.k.a. Betty), who was 18 year old and a student at USC. Parsons encouraged her to drop out of school and come live with him (not exactly thrilling her parents). She joined the O.T.O. and was not monogamous, since she agreed with Parsons that jealousy was a base emotion not fit for the illuminated.

Delineating such beliefs, he once wrote that,

“…by debasing the mother image into a demon-virgin-angel, it has denied each daughter the possibility of her fulfillment,” and that “…by imputing the concepts of nastiness, dirt, shamefulness, guilt, indecency and obscenity to the entire sexual process, it has poisoned the life force at its source.” (11)

He tried his hardest to live up to his philosophy, but events put him to the extremist possible test, leading as they did to his eventual estrangement from Betty.

During this period, also (circa 1945), Parsons became friends with science fiction writer L. Ron Hubbard, with whom he shared many interests. Details of their friendship can be found in the biographies of Hubbard.

The Scarlet Woman


Parsons and an associate attempted to bring about some sort of incarnation of the goddess Babalon. To understand Parsons’ attitude towards Babalon, one can refer to his “Freedom…” essay:

“She will come girt with the sword of freedom, and before her kings and priests will tremble and cities and empires will fall, and she will be called BABALON, the scarlet woman….And women will respond to her war cry, and throw off their shackles and chains, and men will respond to her challenge, forsaking the foolish ways and the little ways, and she will shine as the ruddy evening star in the bloody sunset of Gotterdamerung, will shine as a morning star when the night has passed, and a new dawn breaks over the garden of Pan” (12)

Parsons performed rituals (reportedly to the background music of Prokofiev and Rachmaninoff records) for 11 days in a process known as the “Babalon Working.” On the second and third days he got an unwanted result, writing to Crowley that “the wind storm is very interesting, but that is not what I asked for.” (13)

On the seventh day of the Working, Parsons was awakened by seven loud knocks. Getting up, he soon discovered a smashed table lamp.

Other phenomena occurred on subsequent nights, including an (alleged) attack by an entity against one of their group which knocked a candle out of the man’s hand and paralyzed his right arm overnight. Parsons banished – by gesturing at it with a magical sword – what they took to be a seven-foot-tall, brownish-yellow light. It is rumored that he thought the apparition to be Wilfred T. Smith. (14)

On January 18, 1946, Parsons returned from a magical undertaking, finding the needed “Scarlet Woman” (Marjorie Cameron) waiting for him at the house. Parsons was overjoyed and wrote to Crowley:

“I have my elemental! …She has red hair and slant green eyes as specified.” (15)

Parsons, on February 28, 1946, went out into the Mojave Desert in order to invoke Babalon, thus taking down 77 clauses of what came to be known as his Book of Babalon.

Further work at the home temple produced more instructions for an imminent ritual, the directions for which were supposedly emanating from the astral plane.

The rituals (whose objective was to produce a magical child, “mightier than all the kings of the earth”) continued for two days. Parsons was confident of their effectiveness, and wrote an exultant letter to Crowley, whose response was not what would have been wished. Parsons was upset by his mentor’s lack of comprehension. Crowley immediately wrote a letter to Karl Germer (who was the head of the O.T.O. in the U.S. at that time) stating that,

“Apparently Parsons…or somebody is producing a Moonchild. I get fairly frantic when I contemplate the idiocy of these louts.” (16)

Crowley reorganized the lodge on the basis of these actions removing Parsons from power.

Stormy Relationships


Parsons, Betty, and a key magical associate activated Allied Enterprises (a yacht business of theirs), the intent of which was to buy boats in the East in order to sail them to California — where they could command a higher price.


The business had been founded some time earlier. But, as it eventually worked out, Parsons was undergoing financial hardship in the West, and went after his partners to find out why they had not shown up in California. They were nowhere to be found. He soon discovered that they were out at sea. From within a Miami, Florida hotel room, Parsons invoked Bartzabel (the spirit of Mars and war). A squall forced his associates back to port. (17)

Dade County, Florida court records reveal that Parsons filed a lawsuit. (18) The result: Parsons got two of the boats back and made an arrangement with his partners, so that they could pay him off for the third. He never saw them again. Betty continued to think well of Parsons (despite their estrangement), calling him a “truly great man.” Even so, she married the other business partner. One can easily imagine Parsons’ feelings about this turn of events. Both had been key people in his personal, magical and business lives.

Because of the O.T.O. disaster, Parsons changed his magical emphases to “the Witchcraft.” (19)

He sold the main house at South Orange Grove, moving (with Marjorie Cameron – whom he later married) into the coach-house on the property.

Several of the original incorporators of Aerojet sold out their stock in the company to General Tire in 1952. Frank Malina did not do so, and became, as a result, very rich. (20) It is rumored that Jack Parsons had sold his shares in the mid-1940s.

In 1949, with, surprisingly, Wilfred T. Smith as witness, Parsons took the Oath of the Abyss, to unite himself with the Universal consciousness, taking the magical name of Belarion Armiluss Al Dajjal AntiChrist. John Symonds, a biographer of Crowley, has stated that Parsons had by now become psychotic (21) (but it should be kept in mind that Symonds is a man of generally harsh judgments). On the contrary, Parsons’ writings from the late 1940s and early 1950s show a sparkling lucidity.

Take, for example, this again-timely comment from “Freedom…”:

“Religious groups, backed by a publicity conscious press, are constantly campaigning for the prohibition of art and literature which, as if by divine prerogative, they term, ‘indecent,’ immoral or dangerous.


“It would seem that all organizations are devoted to one common purpose, the suppression of freedom. Nor is their sincerity any excuse. History is a bloody testament that sincerity can achieve atrocities which cynicism could never conceive.” (22)

In a 1950 Introduction to the essay, he writes: “We are one nation, and one world….We cannot suppress our brothers’ liberty without murdering ourselves. We will stand together, as men, for human freedom and human dignity, or we will fall together, simians all, back to the swamp.” (23)

Parsons’ answer to the dilemma was magick, discussed in his essay “On Magick.”

“It may be stated,” he writes, “that magick is the method of training individuals towards total consciousness by the stimulation of various centers of the mind and by the cultivation of field thinking. The object of this training is the manifestation of initiated leadership towards a more conscious, better integrated, and more interesting and significant social culture. In short the object of magick is the unfoldment of the individual in all the ways of love; and the enlightenment of society to accept all the commitments of this unfoldment as the necessary conditions of progress.” (24)

If these are the writings of a madman, then many people are mad, including a number of those promoting the New Age way of life.

Sorcery And Science: An Explosive Combination


On June 20, 1952, Parsons was working in the private experimental laboratory in his garage. At 5:08 p.m., the place exploded. The general opinion was that he had dropped fulminate of mercury (25). His shattered body lay within the destroyed edifice.

The Homunculous
a tiny artificial man with magic powers

It has been rumored that this was the end result of building psychological pressures. Otherwise, why would he have dropped what he was said to have, when a trash can containing cordite and wrappers of fulminate of mercury was nearby? Especially since he was about to travel to Mexico to test a new explosive he had devised, which was “more powerful than anything yet invented.” George Santmeyers, who had worked with him for five years on industrial projects (and did not believe in the rumors of his magical activities) did not think an accident plausible, considering Parsons’ technical knowledge. (26)

But there were other theories. In Nat Freedland‘s book The Occult Explosion, Renate Druks, an artist and educational filmmaker (who once, at her Malibu beach house, hosted Marjorie Cameron) related an alternate version:

“I have every reason to believe that Jack Parsons was working on some very strange experiments, trying to create what the old alchemists called a homunculus, a tiny artificial man with magic powers. I think that’s what he was working on when the accident happened.” (27)

As magical work does not usually lead to explosions, nor deal with explosives, this seems unlikely. Having lost his security clearance because of providing Israel some secrets of his wartime work, Parsons was doing movie special effects work at this time, but of the explosive variety, not the fantastical. (28)

There were rumors of self-inflicted death or even murder connected with Parsons’ demise. Sources close to Parsons have suggested that there was not just one explosion, but two. It is said that Parsons and Cameron would mix dynamite and other explosives in the many vats in the lab. Why then, it has been asked, was the first explosion supposedly from under the floorboards?

This would seem to hint that a bomb bad been planted there. There has been some speculation that the rumored perpetrator was neither a friend nor associate of Parson’s, but rather an individual who must have bad a strong motive such as revenge.

Nevertheless, if Parsons‘ death was not a suicide, it becomes even sadder. He and Cameron had many plans for the future, having intended to travel to Mexico-and next perhaps to Spain or Israel, according to what Cameron told others. (29)

Whatever actually caused Parsons’ death, and whether there was any public distortion of the truth or not, in regard to what happened next there has been no dispute. His mother, Ruth Virginia Parsons, after hearing the tragic news, committed suicide with an overdose of sleeping tablets, in front of a frightened, crippled friend who could not move to help her. (30)

Many men of genius have behaved quirkily in their private lives. Parsons’ tragedy was that his brand of idealism was often ‘rewarded’ by betrayal. Yet, while his delvings into magic may not have been as beneficial to society as his rocketry research, they have left us with some points to consider. Frater H.H.D. introduced his contribution thusly:

“By applying to occultism the scientific acumen so intrinsic to his professional research, he anticipated the ontological implications of current quantum physics concerning the nature of reality.” (31)

While this claim may be debatable (and similar ones have been advanced towards other modern mystics), Parsons did keep careful records of his magical work, thus allowing the generations that follow to have some chance of evaluating his magick experiments, designed to make use of alleged unknown aspects of reality.

Some have tried to make sense of it already. Kenneth Grant, a British magician, has made some — to say the least — astounding inferences about Parsons’ Babalon Working. He writes that:

‘The Working began in 1945-46, a few months before Crowley’s death in 1947, and just prior to the wave of unexplained aerial phenomena now recalled as the “Great Flying Saucer Flap.” Parsons opened a door and something flew in….” (32)

Crowley’s 1919 Portrait of LAM


Grant’s associates have kept busy in this regard. Grant states that:

“A Gateway for the Great Old Ones has already been established — and opened — by members of the O.T.O. [an English splinter group] who are en rapport with this entity [Lam, an extra-terrestrial being whom Crowley supposedly contacted while in America in 1919 – click image right].

Crowley’s portrait of Lam has been reproduced in [Grant’s] The Magical Revival….(33) Crowley’s rendition, by the way, resembles the typical representation of an UFO entity.

If these suggestively “Lovecraftian” details turn out to have any merit, Parsons may have helped us contact outer space in more ways than one. At the present time, however, such ideas seem highly debatable. Certainly, neither Crowley nor Parsons were of the opinion that their work concerned extraterrestrials of the Lovecraftian or the UFO varieties (though Cameron once sighted a UFO). (34)

Yet, having turned what had been termed “science fiction” into science fact, is it conceivable that Parsons’ work may someday do the same for elements of “fantasy?”

His imaginative powers had solved tricky scientific problems and thus paved the way for space travel. Yet, perhaps because of his lack of accredited training, and the fact that the scientific papers to which he contributed were often unpublished (due to wartime secrecy), his name is not to be found in the scientific “who’s who” (though a crater on the moon — 37′ N. 171′ W. was in 1972 named for him). But his name has often been noted in the histories of magic.

Will further examination of the full extent of his work make him more of a name to conjure with-a man who led the way to inner as well as outer space?

Some corrections and clarifications by OTO’s Bill Heidrick


Footnotes:

  1. John W. Parsons, from a poem printed in the Oriflamme, Journal of the O.T.O., 21 February 1943.
  2. Frank J. Malina, “Origins and First Decade of the Jet Propulsion Laboratory,” in The History of Rocket Technology, ed. Eugene Morlock Emme. (Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1964), pp. 46-59.
  3. Ibid., pp. 46-54.
  4. Francis King and Isabel Sutherland, The Rebirth of Magic (London: Corgi Books, 1982), p. 180; and Hymenaeus Beta, in 22 July 1990 telephone conversation with Mark Chorvinsky and Douglas Chapman.
  5. John Symonds, The Great Beast (Frogmore, St. Albans, Herts: Mayflower Books, Ltd., 1973), p. 445.
  6. lbid; and Hymenaeus Beta, 22 July 1990.
  7. Aleister Crowley, “Synopsis,” The Holy Books of Thelema (York Beach, Maine: Samuel Weiser, 1983), p. xxxi.
  8. Malina, pp. 54-59.
  9. Alva Rogers, Darkhouse, 1962.
  10. Jack Parsons, “Freedom is a Two Edged Sword,” in Freedom is a Two Edged Sword, ed. Cameron and Hymenaeus Beta. (Las Vegas: Falcon Press, 1989), p. 35.
  11. Jack Parsons, “On Magick,” in Freedom is a Two Edged Sword, ed. Cameron and Hymenaeus Beta. (Las Vegas: Falcon Press, 1989), p. 48.
  12. Parsons, “Freedom,” pp. 43-44.
  13. Symonds, p. 447.
  14. Hymenaeus Beta, 22 July 1990.
  15. Symonds, p. 447.
  16. Ibid., p. 448.
  17. King and Sutherland, p. 181.
  18. Case No. 101634, Circuit Court, Dade County, Florida.
  19. King and Sutherland, p. 182.
  20. The Frank J. Malina Collection at the California Institute of Technology — Guide to a Microfiche Edition, ed. Judith R. Goodstein and Carol H. Bugd. (Pasadena, CA: Institute Archives, Robert A. Millikan Memorial Library, California Institute of Technology, 1986), p. 17.
  21. Symonds, p. 449.
  22. Parsons, “Freedom,” p. 18.
  23. Ibid., p. 10.
  24. Parsons, “On Magick,” p. 47.
  25. Symonds, p. 449.
  26. Nat Freedland, The Occult Explosion (New York: Berkley, 1972), pp. 163-164.
  27. Ibid., p. 164.
  28. Hymenaeus Beta, 22 July 1990.
  29. Ibid.
  30. Pasadena Star News, 21 June 1952 and 5 July 1952.
  31. Magick, Gnosticism and the Witchcraft. Ed. Fra. H.H.D. (South Stukely, Quebec: 93 Publishing, 1979).
  32. Kenneth Grant, Outside the Circles of Time (London: Frederick Muller Limited, 1980), p. 50.
  33. Ibid., p. 228. [Grant also reproduces this picture on Plate 13 of this book.]
  34. Hymenaeus Beta, 22 July 1990.

Source

An Excerpt from ‘Pyramids of Montauk’

This is insanely interesting story and if you have not heard about it, please check “Montauk Project”. This is so cool, that they should do more movies about it so here are some of our previous posts about the topic:

http://www.auricmedia.net/the-montauk-project-experiments-in-time/

http://www.auricmedia.net/interview-with-duncan-cameron-and-preston-nichols/

http://www.auricmedia.net/orion-technology-and-other-secret-projects/

And here is our new intake to this subject:

by Preston Nichols & Peter Moon

1995

The Montauk Project: Experiments in Time was released in June of l992 and has created a stir of intrigue and queries for more information ever since. Montauk Revisited: Adventures in Synchronicity sought to answer many of those questions and ended up providing an even more elaborate scenario that left us on the threshold of the occult and its relationship with the major mystery schools of Earth. The third book in the Montauk series, Pyramids of Montauk: Explorations in Consciousness digs deeper into the psyche of the Montauk phenomena and gives startling insights into the construction and drama of the universe. This prelude is designed to familiarize the first time reader who is new to the subject and also to reorient those who have read the first two books.

The origin of the Montauk Project dates back to 1943 when radar invisibility was being researched aboard the USS Eldridge. As the Eldridge was stationed at the Philadelphia Navy Yard, the events concerning the ship have commonly been referred to as: the “Philadelphia Experiment”.

The objective of this experiment was to make the ship undetectable to radar and while that was achieved, there was a totally unexpected and drastic side effect. The ship became invisible to the naked eye and was removed from time and space as we know it! Although this was a remarkable breakthrough in terms of technology, it was a catastrophe to the people involved.
Sailors had been transported out of this dimension and returned in a state of complete mental disorientation and horror. Some were even planted into the bulkhead of the ship itself. Those who survived were discharged as “mentally unfit” or otherwise discredited and the entire affair was covered up. After the war, research continued under the tutelage of Dr. John von Neumann who had directed the technical aspects of the Philadelphia Experiment.

His new orders were to find out what made the mind of man tick and why people could not be subject to interdimensional phenomena without disaster. A massive human factor study was begun at Brookhaven National Laboratories on Long Island, New York. It was known as the Phoenix Project.

Von Neumann was not only the inventor of the modern computer and a mathematical genius in his own right; he was able to draw on the enormous resources of the military industrial complex which included the vast data base of Nazi psychological research that the Allies had acquired after World War II.

It was against this background that von Neumann attempted to couple computer technology with sophisticated radio equipment in an attempt to link people’s minds with machines. Over time, his efforts were quite successful. After years of empirical experimentation, human thoughts could eventually be received by esoteric crystal radio receivers and relayed into a computer which could store the thoughts in terms of information bits.

This thought pattern could in turn be displayed on a computer screen and printed out on a piece of paper. These principles were developed and the techniques were enhanced until a virtual mind reading machine was constructed. At the same time, technology was developed so that a psychic could think a thought that could be transmitted out a computer and potentially affect the mind of another human being. Ultimately, the Phoenix Project obtained a superior understanding of how the mind functions and achieved the sinister potential for mind control. A full report was made to Congress who in turn ordered the project to be disbanded, at last in part for fear of having their own minds controlled.

Private concerns that helped to develop the project did not follow the dictate of Congress and sought out to seduce the military with the idea that this technology could be used in warfare to control enemy minds. A secret group with deep financial resources and some sort of military tie decided they would establish a new research facility at Camp Hero, a derelict Air Force Station at Montauk Point. New York.

This locale was chosen because it housed a huge Sage radar antenna that emitted a frequency of approximately 400-425 Megahertz coincidentally the same band used to enter the consciousness of the human mind. ln the late ’60s, the reactivation of Camp Hero began despite no funding from the military. By1972, the Montauk Project was fully underway with massive mind control experimentation being undertaken upon humans, animal and other forms of consciousness that were deemed to exist.

Over the years, the Montauk researchers perfected their mind control techniques and continued to delve further into the far reaches of human potential. By developing the psychic abilities of different personnel, it eventually got to the point where a psychic’s thoughts could be amplified with hardware, and illusions could be manifested both subjectively and objectively. This included the virtual creation of matter. All of this was unparalleled in the history of what we call “ordinary human experience” but the people who ran the Montauk Project were not about to stop.

They would reach even further into the realm of the extraordinary. Once it was discovered that a psychic could manifest matter, it was observed that it could appear at different times, depending on what the psychic was thinking. Thus, what would happen if a psychic thought of a book but thought of it appearing yesterday? It was this line of thinking and experimentation which led to the idea that one could bend time itself. After years of empirical research, time portals were opened with massive and outrageous experiments being conducted. The Montauk Project eventually, came to a bizarre climax with a time vortex being opened back to 1943 and the original Philadelphia Experiment.

None of this information would have come to light except for Preston B. Nichols, an electronic genius who one day discovered that he was an unwitting victim of the experiments. Working for a Long Island defense contractor, Preston war researching telepathy in psychics and found that persistent radio waves were being transmitted which were blocking the people he was working with. As a radio and electronics expert, Preston traced the radio signals directly to the Montauk Air Force Station and began exhaustive research that lasted over a decade.

He acquired much of the equipment that was used during the Montauk Project and discovered to his dismay that many people from Montauk remembered him working there. It came to a culmination point when his cousin’s husband insisted that he had been at Montauk. The two men almost came to blows over Preston’s contention that he had never been at Montauk. Shortly after this argument, Preston began to get glimmers of a life he’d not previously been aware of. After talking to many different scientists and engineers who had some sort of association with the Montauk Project, Preston was able to put together what had happened. Somehow, he had survived on two separate time lines. On one, he worked at Montauk; on the other, he worked at a different location.

Preston’s discoveries were confirmed when a strange man by the name of Duncan Cameron appeared at his door in 1985. Duncan had an uncanny aptitude for psychic research and eventually claimed to have been trained in this field by the NSA (National Security Agency). Without mentioning his own ordeal with Montauk, Preston took Duncan out to Montauk and was surprised to discover that he knew the entire layout of the base and remembered working there. Duncan was considered to be the primary psychic used in the time travel experiments and also remembered having been aboard the U.S.S. Eldridge during the original Philadelphia Experiment with his brother Edward (now recognized as Al Bielek).

According to the accounts of both Preston and Duncan, the Montauk Project culminated on August 12, 1983. A full blown time portal was fully functioning, but things were out of control and Duncan called together a group of people and decided to crash the project. While sitting in the Montauk Chair (a device connected to esoteric radio receivers studded with crystals that sent thoughts out of a giant transmitter), Duncan unleashed a giant beast from his subconscious which literally destroyed the project. The people who had been working on the base suddenly abandoned it. The air shafts and entrances to the major underground facility beneath the base were subsequently filled with cement. The full circumstances behind all this remain a mystery to this day.

Although an unauthorized video had been widely distributed regarding this story and several lectures had been given on the Montauk Project, no book was forthcoming on the subject. Different writers had attempted to undertake the task but were either mentally incapable of dealing with the subject or were frightened off one way or the other. One science reporter for the New York Times started the project but backed off when he discovered to his own surprise that the Montauk Project was indeed quite real.

I came upon Preston while researching an elaborate sound system he had invented and soon found myself listening to a spectacular story that was at least better science fiction than I’d ever heard. After several months, I decided to undertake writing The Montauk Project: Experiments in Time. That book was written without consulting anyone other than Preston (who wanted to protect his sources). Rather than do a costly and time consuming investigation, my strategy was to get the information out as fast as possible and use the book to gather other clues that would corroborate or eventually prove the existence of this incredible story.

As The Montauk Project was published further research and events continued that would indeed establish that there was a real scenario behind the wild information Preston was talking about. These were chronicled in Montauk Revisited. but the most spectacular of all these corroborations was the discovery that the Montauk Project was inextricably linked to the most infamous occultist of all time: Aleister Crowley, often described as “the wickedest man in the world”.

According to reports, Crowley himself had used the practice of sexual magic in order to manipulate time itself, communicate with disembodied entities and to travel interdimensionally. It was even suggested that the interdimensional nature of the Philadelphia Experiment could have been the outward expression of Crowley’s magical operations.

The startling proof of Crowley’s association developed over a long period of time, but the discovery began to take shape in my very, first conversation with Preston when he seemed to blurt out of the blue that he was connected to the magician Aleister Crowley. In an earlier life, he believed that both himself and Duncan had been Preston and Marcus Wilson, respectively. These brothers were twins and had been the first manufacturers of scientific instruments in Great Britain. In addition to being friends of Aleister Crowley’s family, they had also been involved in a joint business enterprise with them.

All of the above sounded like one more wild story, so I began to look for any references to the Wilsons in Aleister Crowley’s various books. None turned up. To my surprise though, I discovered that not only had Crowley visited Montauk (in 1918) but he had mentioned a “Duncan Cameron” in his autobiography. Subsequent to this, numerous instances of synchronicity between the Cameron and Crowley families were discovered, (these are detailed in Montauk Revisited) but I still could not find any references to the Wilson brothers.

The meaning of these various synchronicities (between the Cameron name and Crowley) began to be explained when I found out about a woman who called herself “Cameron”. She is perhaps most famous for having been married to Jack Parsons, the world’s first solid fuel rocket scientist and a disciple of Crowley. Together, they had participated in an interdimensional activity known as the Babalon Working (a ceremonial act which included sex magic and has been hailed by some as the greatest magical act of the century).

Through a further series of incredible synchronicities I would fly to Southern California on other business and meet a friend of Cameron’s quite by “accident”. Discovering to my surprise that she lived in California, I soon found myself telling her about the Philadelphia Experiment, the Montauk Project, and the Crowley/Cameron relationship. Much to my surprise, she informed me that her real name wasn’t Cameron at all. It was Wilson!

lt now became obvious that Preston’s story about being a Wilson could not be discounted nor could his general credibility be denied. Perhaps more importantly, it revealed that some very strange correspondences were at work that had to do with interdimensionality.

I would receive an astonishing letter several months later that would close the case as regards whether or not the Wilson brothers had existed. It was from a man named Amado Crowley who claimed to be an illegitimate son of Aleister Crowley. Not only did he remember his father talking about the Wilson brothers. but he also provided clues which revealed that the odds of his lying about his parentage were nil.

Amado not only verified the existence of the Wilson brothers, he gave a spectacular account of his father’s whereabouts on August 12, 1943 (the day of the Philadelphia Experiment). Aleister had directed a magical ceremony at Men-an-Tol in Cornwall, England where a large donut style rock lays upright in the water. According to Amado, Aleister put him through the hole in the rock whereupon a line of rough water ran from the coast of England to Long Island, New York.

For the most part, this is where the book Montauk Revisited ends.

Amazing discoveries were made which showed that Preston was not off his rocker and that his general line of reasoning was valid. That is what this book was meant to do. Additionally, it showed that the forces which manifested the Montauk Project were deeply entrenched in the occult.

While Montauk Revisited did reveal a fascinating web of intrigue that is unparalleled in certain respects, it did not deliver many final conclusions. But even though we were left hanging at the edge of our seats with many unanswered questions, the book did accomplish something very important. It ushered us to the very threshold of the mystery schools, those secret organizations which have existed since time immemorial and have sought to regulate our consciousness and personal freedom.

It is at this point that we open the door to our current book: The Pyramids of Montauk – Explorations in Consciousness.

Source

Dulce Base: The Thomas Castello Declaration

Here’s a story which can be true or not, but atleast he got some photos which everyone can check out. There is a huge debate of this story and I have linked it under this article. I personally think, that this story is a hoax, but generally this info is correct and Dulce base is very real. I myself believe more in Phil Schneider story. You can find my post about Phil here: >> http://www.auricmedia.net/silenced-speakers-part-i-philip-schneider/ But here’s the Castello story:

Thomas Edwin Castello claimed to be a former security technician, employed by the RAND Corporation, at the Dulce underground facility. To be honest, there is some doubt as to whether he actually existed. He allegedly stole a set of controversial papers called the “Dulce Papers,” along with over 30 black and white photos and a video tape. Castello passed away (or simply disappeared) about a year after providing answers to a series of questions submitted to him.

According to Castello, in 1961 he was a young sergeant stationed at Nellis Air Force Base near Las Vegas, Nevada. His job was as a military photographer with a top secret clearance. He later transferred to West Virginia where he trained in advanced intelligence photography. He worked inside an undisclosed underground installation, and due to the nature of his new assignment his clearance was upgraded to TS-IV. He remained with the Air Force as a photographer until 1971 at which time he was offered a job with RAND Corporation as a Security Technician, and so he moved to California where RAND had a major facility and his security clearance was upgraded to ULTRA-3.

In 1977 Thomas was transferred to Santa Fe, New Mexico where his pay was raised significantly and his security clearance was again upgraded…this time to ULTRA-7. His new job was as a photo security specialist in the Dulce installation, where his job specification was to maintain, align and calibrate video monitoring cameras throughout the underground complex and to escort visitors to their destinations.

Once arriving in Dulce, Thomas and several other new ‘recruits’ attended a mandatory meeting where they were introduced to the Big Lie, that:

“…the subjects being used for genetic experiments were hopelessly insane and the research is for medical and humane purposes.”

The briefing ended with severe threats of punishment for being caught talking to any of the ‘insane’ or engaging in conversations with others not directly involved with ones current task. Venturing outside the boundaries of ones own work area without reason was also forbidden and, most of all, discussing the existence of the joint Alien/U.S. government base to any outsider would generate severe and, if necessary, deadly repercussions. At first his encounters with actual gray and reptilian beings in the base were exhilarating, but soon he became acutely aware that all was not what it appeared to be.

THE THOMAS CASTELLO DECLARATION – PART 1

Q — When exactly was the [upper human-occupied level of the] Archuleta installation constructed?

A — I heard Dulce was started in 1937-38 by the Army engineers, enlarged over the years, most recent work was completed 1965-66 to connect tunnels to the Page [Arizona] Base, site of one of the older underground facilities. The Four Corners base is called PERICA. Most of the Native Americans [the Indians] living in that area are aware of that base, and could tell us about the underground life forms that frequently are spotted near those communities, Bigfoot, etc.

Q — By what means was the [upper] installations constructed? Are you familiar with the alleged developments made by the Rand Corporation of a highly-efficient bore or mole machine capable of melting rock using nuclear powered wolfram-graphite tipped ’drill-cones’?

A — According to several senior maintenance workers, part of it was blasted by nuclear devices in the sixties. There are sections, like the shuttle tunnels, that were formed by an advanced tunneling machine that leaves the tunnel walls smooth. The finished walls in those tubes resemble polished black glass.

Q — By WHOM was the Dulce installation originally constructed?

A — Nature started the caverns. The Draco [reptilian humanoids] used the caverns and tunnels for centuries. Later, through RAND Corporation plans, it was enlarged repeatedly. The original caverns included ice caves and sulfur springs that the ’aliens’ found perfect for their needs. The Dulce caverns rival Carlsbad caverns in size.

Q — What exactly are the cattle [and human] organs such as blood, anal tissue, eyes, reproductive organs, tongues, etc. used for — i.e. the organs obtained via cattle and human mutilations?

A — Read the so-called Dulce Papers.

Q — Are the various electromagnetically-controlled air or space craft — [that have been seen] leaving from and arriving at Mt. Archuleta — manned by humans, the ’alien entities’, or both?

A — Archuleta Mesa is a minor area…the craft leave [and are stored] in five areas. One is SE of DULCE, one near Durango Co., one at Taos, N. M., and the main fleet is stored at LOS ALAMOS [under].

Q — Others have suggested that some of the entities below Dulce are not of ’extraterrestrial’ ORIGIN, and that they are actually descended from saurian or reptiloid beings such as the Velociraptors or Stenonychosaurus Equallus — a ’serpentine’ race or races similar to that hinted at in the third chapter of the book of Genesis?

A — Yes, some ’reptoids’ are native to this planet. The ruling caste of ’aliens’ ARE reptilian. The beige or white beings are called The Draco. Other reptilian beings are green, and some are brown. They were an ancient race on Earth, living underground. It may have been one of the Draconian beings that ’tempted’ Eve in the Garden of Eden. Reptoids rightly consider themselves “native Terrans.” Perhaps they are the ones we call the Fallen Angels. Maybe not, either way, we are [considered] the ’squatters’ on Earth.

Q — Some have suggested that the so-called underground ’E.T.’ bases and tunnels may, for a large part, be literally thousands of years old… constructions of an antediluvian race which attained to a considerable level of scientific complexity, and who were destroyed by a Divinely-initiated cataclysm which took place after they attempted to merge their science with occult/supernatural forces.

For instance some have suggested that the Bermuda Triangle phenomena may be the result of an out-of-control Atlantean experiment that led to a space-time disaster which produced “electromagnetic fallout” in the Triangle area and elsewhere after they had accidentally loosed powerful forces and energies into the world that they knew very little about. Do your observations tend to confirm or refute such a possibility?

A — I’m not sure about the Divine part, but these ’aliens’ consider themselves ’NATIVE TERRANS.’

Q — Where do the little gray Aliens fit in?

A — They work for, and are controlled by the Draco. There are other gray skinned beings that are not in league with the Draco.

Q — Did you ever talk to any of the ’Aliens’ at the Base?

A — Since I was the Senior Security Technician at that base, I had to communicate with them on a daily basis. If there were any problems that involved security or video camera’s, I was the one they called. It was the reptilian “working caste” that usually did the physical labor in the lower levels at Dulce.

Decisions involving that caste were usually made by the white Draco. When human workers caused problems for the working caste, the reptoids went to the white Draconian ’boss’, and the Draco called me. At times, it felt like it was a never ending problem. Several human workers resented the “no nonsense” or “get back to work” attitude the working caste lives by.

When needed, intervention became a vital tool. The biggest problem were human workers who foolishly wandered around near the “OFF LIMITS” areas of the “Alien Section.” I guess it’s human nature to be curious and to wonder what is past the barriers. Too often someone found a way to bypass the barriers and nosed around. The camera’s near the entrance usually stopped them before they got themselves in serious trouble. A few times I had to formerly request the Return of a human worker.

Q — Are there other sites tied-in to the ’shuttle network’ other than those which you mentioned, and if so, where are the entrances?

A — WHERE!?! EVERYWHERE! THEY CRISS CROSS THE WORLD AS AN ENDLESS SUBTERRANEAN HIGHWAY. LIKE A FREEWAY, EXCEPT THIS ONE IS UNDERGROUND… The subterranean highway in America is like a freeway except it’s underground. That highway depends on electric motors [for trucks, cars and buses] for the paved roads, and it is for limited travel.

There is another style of transit for freight and for passengers that is for rapid travel. That world wide network is called the “Sub-Global System.” It has “check points” at each country entry. There ARE shuttle tubes that ’shoot’ the trains at incredible speeds using a mag-lev and vacuum method. They travel at a speed that excels the speed of sound. Part of your question involves the location of entrances to that base. The easiest way to answer is to say every state in the U.S.A. has them.

Frequently, the entrances are camouflaged as sand quarries, or mining operations. Other complex portals are found on military bases. New Mexico and Arizona have the largest amounts of entrances followed by California, Montana, Idaho, Colorado, Pennsylvania, Kansas, Arkansas and Missouri. Of all the state’s Florida and North Dakota have the least amount of entrances. Wyoming has a road that opens directly into the subterranean freeway. That road is no longer in use, but could be reactivated if they decide to do so, with minimal cost. It’s located near Brooks Lake.

Q — Are there any ’bases’ in the state of Utah?

A — Salt Lake, Lake Powell Area, Dark Canyon, Dougway Grounds, Modena, Vernal. All have exits there. Others too.

Q — Does the Mt. Archuleta “shuttle system” connect with a shuttle system which allegedly radiates from Mt. Shasta in northern California?

A — Yes. Mt. Shasta is a major site of Alien – Elder Race – Reptilian Race – Human meetings. Beginning Cleveland, Grover every president in U.S. history have visited Telos City. Truman was supposed to have visited the Lower Realms as a High Archon on Earth. He was supposed to have met the King of the World there, and gave him the “Keys to the U.S.A.”

Q — Did you notice any involvement of high-level Freemasons, Rosicrucians or Jesuits within the underground installation and/or with the aliens?

A – Yes I did, but that is a loaded question, and I won’t comment further. I’m not a Mason, or member of any other secret fraternal group. There is one organization I am a member of [in the U.S.A.]. That group is commonly called the “Central Unit.” It is a pleasure to tell you that I AM a member of the “Sub-Galactic League” of Costa Rica.

Q — Is there any truth to the allegations that the CIA/’Aliens’ have established ’bases’ on the moon, and also Mars?

A — I’ve HEARD that too, but I haven’t seen proof with my own eyes. The ’aliens’ do allegedly have bases on several moons of Jupiter and Saturn. The CIA operates in other COUNTRIES, but I’ve never heard they operate on other PLANETS.

Q — Have you heard any hints or rumors suggesting that there may be lower levels beneath the ULTRA-7 level of the Dulce base, and also, where these might lead to and what they might consist of?

A — YES. Your guess is as good as mine… Sure, there was lots of TALK but that doesn’t mean it’s there. However, I will tell you I saw elevators that were “off limits” unless you had an UMBRA or higher security clearance. At that base, information is supplied to me at a “need to know” basis ONLY! [My clearance was ULTRA-7]

Q — Some insist that the U.S./Secret government has developed it’s own disk-craft based largely upon top secret antigravity experiments carried out by the Nazi-German scientists during World War II. Have you heard anything referring to this?

A — When I was working in Photo-security, heard a lot of talk, never saw the proof, but once in the Air Force I developed a roll of film that showed a craft LIKE ADAMSKI’S, WITH A SWASTIKA ON THE SIDE.

Q — Tom, did you have access to the alien craft? Were you ever inside any of them?

A — Yes, I frequently saw them in the garages, there are quite a few of them. The main fleet is stored at Los Alamos. Yes, I entered several crafts. There were two things that stick in my mind, the odd spongy feeling of the floors, and the unusual pinkish purple color of the lighting.

The crew stated the floor becomes ridged in flight, and the purple tint of the lighting changes to bright blue white. The entire inside of the air craft are scaled down in size, when compared to the average human. The halls were curved and narrow, but some how, when inside it appears bigger than it looks. Certain areas, the outermost sections, almost felt and looked alive. I was never taken up in one.

Q — Can you give me more information on the reptilian race, what do they do on the sixth level? [The area called Nightmare Hall.]

A — The worker caste does the daily chores, mopping the latex floors, cleaning the cages, bringing food to the hungry people and other species. It is their job to formulate the proper mixture for the type one and type two beings that the Draco Race has created. The working caste work at the labs as well as at the computer banks. Basically speaking, the reptilian races are active at all levels of the Dulce Base. There are several different ’races’ of aliens that work on the east section of level six.

That section is commonly called “the alien section.” The Draco are the undisputed masters of the 5-6-7 levels. The humans are second in command of those levels. I had to ARGUE with one large Draconian ’boss’ frequently. His name is difficult to verbalize, Khaarshfashst [pronounced throaty kkhhah-sshh-fahsh-sst]. I usually called him ’Karsh,’ and he hated it. The Draconian leaders are very formal when talking to the human race. These ancient beings consider us a lower race. Karsh called me “Leader Castello,” but it was used in a sarcastical way. However the worker caste is friendly enough, as long as you allow them to speak first.

They will answer if you address them. They are very cautious beings, and consider most humans to be hostile. They always seem surprised when they found many of the humans were open and trustworthy. There is no fraternizing with the aliens off hours. It is forbidden to speak to any alien race [in the halls or an elevator] without a clear business oriented reason. Humans can talk to humans, and aliens can speak to aliens, but that is as far as it goes. At the work site, however, it’s different. There is “free speech” in the labs.

The camaraderie found in the labs also reaches the computer banks section. In those areas, everybody talks to anybody. However, everything changes the minute you cross the threshold of the hall. Instantly, all conversations become strictly formal. Hard as it was, several times I had to arrest some one, simply because they spoke to an alien. It’s a strange place.

Q — Exactly what first made you aware that something was wrong at Dulce? Seems to me that a place as obviously horrible as this one wouldn’t need an Einstein to know that this is a CRIME site! What took you so long? Are you the guy who blew the whistle?

A — There are several things you should know about. I took an oath, under the penalty of death, that no matter what I saw or heard I would never divulge the information. Also, I signed a waiver that states I would willingly give up my life if I was found guilty of ’treason’.

At the Dulce Base treason is “ANYTHING that mentions the details of daily operations at this facility, when outside the confinement of the this base.” When I first arrived, a “need to know” policy was in effect. The story the ’honchos’ told us was that “this is a Tri-Biotransfer Facility with Advanced Technology, doing advanced adventurous methodology for medical and mental gains.”

Which is a fancy way of saying they do really risky things with human life just to see what would happen. If a medical cure happens, it will be heralded on the surface of the earth as a marvelous new cure, saying it was found after years of research at some well known medical lab. The real story of the cure is never explained.

After all, the Dulce Base IS A SECRET FACILITY! These people are very good at what they do. They do not tell the truth about the unfortunate people that end up in “Nightmare Hall.” I worked with aliens. With that in mind, you should get the idea of the secrecy and the security at that place.

Yes, I know this was not the usual hospital type job site, but in the beginning I ’bought’ the whole package. I was reminded daily by intercom, in the elevators, that “this site does high risk advanced medical and drug testing to cure insanity, please, never speak to the inmates, it can destroy years of work.” I’m sensible, when doctors say don’t speak to them, who was I to destroy the delicate situation?

But one man some how caught my eye. He repeatedly stated that he was George S—- and that he had been kidnapped and he was sure someone was searching for him. I don’t know why he sticks in my mind, I found I was remembering his face, thinking he sure didn’t look or sound insane, but many inmates said that. The next weekend I convinced a friend of mine, a cop, to run a check on the guy, saying I had a run in with him and was curious.

I didn’t mention the base at all. It was a sickening feeling when the computer confirmed that George S. was missing. What’s worse, the cops thought he was just another guy that got tired of the daily grind and split. That was the beginning. Am I the one that blew the whistle? No. The next Monday, I searched for George, but he was gone.

There were no records that explained what happened to him. It was another security officer that came to me saying he and some lab workers wanted an off duty meeting at one of the tunnels, [off the record]. Curiosity took over and I said OK. That night, about nine men showed up. They said they knew they were risking me turning them in but they wanted to show me some things they thought I should see. One by one they showed records that proved many inmates were missing people.

There were newspaper clippings, and even photos that they had some how smuggled into the base. They hoped to smuggle them back out, without me turning them in to the honchos. I could see the fear in their faces as they spoke. One man stated he would rather lose his life by trying, than to lose his soul by not doing anything at all. It was that remark that turned the tide. I told them about George and the things I found out about him. After a few hours we pledged to attempt to expose the Dulce Base.

Q — The name Nightmare Hall is descriptive, but surely there was a ’regular’ name, what was it called in the manuals?

A — In the manuals it was called “The Vivarium”. It describes Dulce Base as a “secured facility for tending bio-forms of all types.” In their report it is retold as “a private subterranean bio-terminal park, with accommodations for animals, fish, fowl, reptile, and mankind.” After SEEING this ’park’ the name Nightmare Hall is far more accurate than the manual. The ’accommodations’ for the inmates at Nightmare Hall fall short of the pretty picture the manual describes.

Q — You mentioned one reptilian leader, Khaarshfashst, do you know any thing about him, like where is he from? Is he from Earth or some other planet?

A — His name means “keeper of the laws”. They receive their name after they reach the “age of awareness”. They do not recognize time as an important factor in “being aware” the way humans do. Upon their “age of awareness” they are cognitive of the station or position they are destined to fulfill. At that time they chose or allow someone to choose their name.

Their name will include the position they hold and several personally chosen letters. Each letter has a personal meaning, known only to the alien and the one that chose their name. Since Karsh’s name means keeper of the laws his name includes kaash [memory or keep, base word for ’Akashic’ record] and fashst [law, base word fast or bind]. Reptilians choose to be not only private but secretive of the location of their natal place. To them birth, or emergence of life, is considered as one of the sacred rites of life.

They consider Earth or Terra their “home planet”, but several reptoids discuss several star maps. Most of those stars were within the Milky Way. Within those star maps lies the stars and planets of the Planets of the Allegiance.

Earth being one of the planets in their trade routes. If any human asked clear questions about the Allegiance, the Aliens referred the questions to the Draco. The Draco in turn, referred the questions to their supervisor [me]. I did not have that information about the stars, because information was supplied on a “need to know” basis. I didn’t ’need’ that information.

Q — Did any of the working caste join in the revolt? Could you give me some names?

A — A few of the reptilian janitorial crew let us know that THEY knew WE were attempting to sabotage the work going on in the sixth and seventh levels. One of them, with the name Schhaal, secretly formed a small group of reptoids with the same mind set as my group.

Sshhaal took upon himself the danger of informing me. He was as open as is possible in a unique situation. On the day I found out about it, I was inspecting a camera near an exit tunnel.

He approached, stooped down (the tall reptiloids average about 7-8 ft. in height according to most witnesses – Branton), seemingly scraping some non-existent dirt, and he quietly said, “A few of us agreed that you are singular in your interest in missing-human reports. If true, walk away. I’ll reach you. If it’s untrue, destroy my life now!”

My heart almost leaped out of my chest, but I silently walked toward one of the wide halls.

For the rest of my life I’ll remember those words! It was the first time I KNEW reptilians could have individual thoughts and opinions! Basically, they formed a uniform front with a small variety of interests. Or at least, that was what we had thought. It was a couple days before I heard from him again. As he walked beside me in the sixth level’s infamous hall, I heard him say “Enter the exit tunnel on the sixth level, north, after your shift.”

The next few hours were long and filled with thoughts of betrayal, or worse, but I shouldn’t have worried. I contacted one of the original nine [resistance] men, and let him know, just in case. Gordon wanted to go with me, but I convinced him to wait a few feet from the exit and pretend he was having trouble with his cart [electric, like a golf cart]. When I got there, there were three of them.

SSHHAAL formerly introduced FAHSSHHAA and HUAMSSHHAA [name base word is SSHHAA or assist]. With that, I quickly grabbed Gordon from the hall and the five of us talked and walked in the dark tunnels about three hours. After that day, the joined resistance group got bigger and bolder. Ultimately, it ended when a military assault was initiated via the exit tunnels and they executed anybody on their list, human or reptilian.

We fought back, but none of the working caste had weapons, nor did the human lab workers. Only the security force and a few computer workers had flash guns. It was a massacre. Every one was screaming and running for cover. The halls and tunnels were filled as full as possible.

We believe it was the Delta Force [because of the uniforms and the method they used] that chose to hit at shift change, an effort that killed as many as named on their list.

We, to this day, do not know who BETRAYED us. Gordon Ennery ran beside me as we ran into the third level exit tunnels, and he died when several bullets slammed into his back. I vaporized that assassin and kept running. And I’m still running. Gordon will be remembered.

Source


 

Here’s some continuation to this story:

Thomas Edwin Castello is currently living in exile in a European country that, for obvious reasons cannot be named. He is living under an identity that protects his well-being and allows him to live a normal life. I met Thomas a number of years ago and have known him by his alternate identity up until around two weeks ago. Thomas has recently been diagnosed with a terminal cancer related illness and is compiling what he calls a final document detailing his experiences as a Senior Security Technician at the Dulce underground facility in New Mexico.

Now to make it clear I have never had any interest in UFO's etc. Thomas has filled me in on his story and asked me to post on all the major forums and contact all the key players in the field.

What he has asked me to do is gather a list of questions that people would like answering about his time at the Dulce NM base. He has already fleshed out what is currently available online. He also want to make it clear that he has made preparations for info that he smuggled out of the base to be copied and forwarded to major media outlets in time for the start of 2010. All original recipients of the info, or in cases where they have passed away the designated secondary recipients are aware of the situation and are processing the documents as we speak.

Thomas doubts that mainstream media will take the info seriously due to the subject matter but feels its worth a shot. The information is also being compiled into PDF format for distribution on the internet. I will be responsible for the online distribution of this material. As it stands the info will not be posted to forums. It will be hosted on a private and secure server. When available, details on how to view and download the material will be made available. I would like to make it clear that this info will be freely available.

If you would like any more info please post below. Dont forget, please also post any questions for Thomas here. I will compile tem and get them to him ASAP.

Thanks for listening.

More here >> Thread: A terminally ill Thomas Edwin Castello speaks out

 

Poll Of The Month Winner: MK-ULTRA Soldier James Casbolt/Michael Prince

Last month we had a poll about MK-ULTRA soldiers and the winner was James Casbolt or Michael Prince. I’m pretty disappointed of the amount of votes of the poll, but promise is a promise so here is some up to date information from James Casbolt:

James Casbolt as Michael Prince gives his first interview, the first in 5 parts, of highly emotive and some would say involving race related issues,since joining the US military, and doing a required training tour of duty. Now out of the military, and with his first child born, he gives this first interview to Miles Johnston, in 2013. References to material covered in the Anya Briggs interview, Barry King and Bases 4, 7 and 9.
Covering the Fourth Reich, various blood lines and the Diamond Spiders of Jupiter’s Moons, and a special metal recovered by supersoldiers, on one of Saturn’s Moons using Portal and Gate technology.
SciFi or Disinfo? as usual caution is advised.
This is Highly Emotive and requires Adult and coherent viewing.

 

 

 

 

 

 

So there you have some more info about Poll Of The Month winner James Casbolt and as always you decide what is the Truth. Some more about James in previous posts:

http://www.auricmedia.net/mk-ultra-soldiers-victims-of-mind-control/

http://www.auricmedia.net/forbidden-technology-part-ii-project-looking-glass/

http://www.auricmedia.net/wp-content/uploads/2013/09/james-casbolt-mi6-buried.alive_.pdf

“Tell the truth, or someone will tell it for you.”
EDGAR WATSON HOWE, Country Town Sayings

Sam Jenkins: How Black Ops Stopped Ascension

If you are familiar with Earth Ascension process this info is rather awful, but like I have said if you want the Truth you have to check ALL posibilities and this is one of the darker ones. Here is the book:

Product Details

How Black Ops Military Stopped Ascension: Transhumanism – End of the Human Era

 

by Sam Jenkins (Apr 23, 2013)

And here we have an interview about this situation:

Ascension is Stopped by Black Ops, Humanity is Over… drastic and terrible statements. Some say its not possible, and deny. Others says its exactly the Agenda of the Elite.. In this Exclusive interview, Sam Jenkins poles Vital Alarms that those who can actually wake up, should be alert to.
Part 2 follows.

His book was first available at the Super Soldier Summit 2013 in Henderson, Las Vegas, which seems now to be a right “Intell Fest”. Also see the Super Soldier MILAB event, of which it now been stated I was part of…. a trip to Area 51 no less.

See Bases 25 for the other reports from this microcosm of rumour and gossip from the Super Soldier Summit, produced by Lorien Fenton.
Reference is made to Bases 22 with Solaris Blue Raven, Chris Thomas in Bases 8, and Bases 25
Music by Nick Ashron, Celestial Gateways CD

 

 

 

 “When we walk towards the sun of Truth, all shadows are cast behind us.”
HENRY WADSWORTH LONGFELLOW, Table-Talk

Project Superman: The Saga of Andy Pero

Here we have again story about MK-Ultra soldiers. I think that more about these people will come to daylight, but here is the story of Andy Pero in Project Superhuman program:

By Eve Frances Lorgen , M.A <eve@nightsearch.net>
http://educate-yourself.org/mc/andyperosagafall00.shtml
Fall 2000

In August of 1998, I met Andy Pero in Philadelphia, PA while attending Bob Eure’s CIREAP group. At the time I was scheduled to be a speaker on my Alien Abduction research. Preston Nichols also presented his material that evening. Preston brought Andy Pero with him this evening as a surprise guest to share some of his “Montauk Boy” experiences.After I first lectured, Andy walked up to me to tell me that he had been in underground bases, and recalled a memory of walking down a hallway in some underground facility, seeing women and children in chickenwire cages, screaming for help. He also said he’d seen reptilians. After Preston lectured on his material, he handed over the floor to Andy. Andy spoke about his Montauk time travel experiences, mind programming, electroshock treatments, and training sessions to be a multi-talented covert operative and assassin for his “secret government” Nazi mind programmers. Andy described how his mind was split through trauma, electroshock, and sophisticated mind programming techniques. He told us about his training in Silva Mind Control as a young boy, and how he was able to do extraordinary human feats under mind control programming, such as jumping off high buildings without injury—hence the nickname “Superman”. He also had a good knowledge of the occult and metaphysical world and confirmed the power of prayer.

When Andy first “broke programming”, and memories surfaced of being a covert operative in a sub-project of the Montauk Project, he was “gung-ho” about wanting to take down the whole “evil Nazi Mind Control Regime”. He claimed that he and thousands of others had been victimized by this type of mind control experimentation. He was well aware of the Reptilian-Draco Illuminati connection and had a few run-ins with the Reptilian shapeshifters himself.

When the Bob Eure’s lecture was over, Andy, Preston, Bob and myself went out to a local café and talked into the wee hours of the morning. We discussed many things, among them my Love Bite hypothesis of alien orchestrated relationships. Andy joked about this and related a few comments about his recent slew of ex-girlfriends whom he later believed to be sleeper mind controlled agents sent into his life. Every one of them were “bad” relationships that were deliberate set–ups to steer Andy off course from his recent “breaking of programming”. I was impressed with Andy’s candor and his strong willed survivor spirit. Andy was also good looking, quite muscular and strong physically. He was confident–almost too much so– but that was also part of his programming–to be a fearless warrior who will stop at nothing to accomplish his mission. Well, now his mission was to go public, expose the enemy and take them all down. At least, that is what he wanted to do—until a series of “reprisals ” occurred.

I referred Andy to my friend Janet Russell, who ran her own local Long Island Cable TV talk show called Beyond the Unexplained. Andy met Janet and completed a successful butt-kicking interview that spilled major beans about his victimization in a government mind controlled project. The next day after the shows broadcast Andy said agents tried to kill and kidnap him, but they were unsuccessful.

Andy and I continued our correspondence by telephone, as these events unfolded. He knew that his mind controllers and “handlers” would keep throwing things at him to get him back into the fold, but Andy was resisting. He was remembering more and more details of his mind controlled ops and he knew he had extraordinary abilities–but for some reason he could not get these abilities “back”. (Too bad he had not met Michael Relfe of The Mars Records, and tried deliverance first) Andy was doing a lot of self-healing work, trying to purify his physical system from the various poisons he believed aided in the mind controlled state—such as eliminating microscopic ‘nanites” via a blood cleansing device.

Andy also went to the chiropractor, where one of his ex-girlfriends worked. Andy admitted to me that this ex-girlfriend was a Presidential Model, a Monarch programmed mind controlled operative—who he was trying to stay away from. Andy told me that when he was in for a treatment at the Chiropractors office, his ‘ex-girlfriend–the “project girl– spoke a few trigger phrases, which elicited a pre-conditioned rageful response from Andy. Andy’s angry outburst directed at this woman then resulted in her filing a formal complaint with the local police that Andy was being “abusive”.

In September of 1998 Andy was arrested in his New Jersey home by local police at the instigation of the FBI and aided by the complaint from his “vengeful ex-girlfriend”. They had a court order to confiscate a handgun that Andy possessed, even though he was compliant in every way with the police on this account. There was a discrepancy on the status of Andy’s firearm, which somehow resulted in a heated argument between Andy and the police. They proceeded to arrest Andy on this questionable charge, and used it as an excuse to indicate that Andy had been abusive and uncooperative towards them, resisting arrest.

Andy ended up being remanded to a mental institute, from which he spent several weeks trying to extricate himself. Luckily, Andy was released from this hospital and was determined to be mentally sane. We corresponded by e-mail and telephone, even though Andy knew he was under constant surveillance. He became increasingly more paranoid about his condition, because it seemed as if every step of the way in his recovery process and memory breakthroughs, something would distract him. Andy disclosed many things to me during this time, and I was able to do an interview with him until things got too difficult. (*See Project Superman interview following this article).

Andy was willing to do a radio interview for Night Search, but he later recanted because of a series of abductions, including reptilian assaults—and threats to his future wife and son. Apparently, Andy realized during his “total recall” phase that he had a special soul mate that he was bonded to, who would later become his future wife. He claimed he had sired an 8-year old son with this woman, and that his “abductors/controllers” used this against him to not go public or they would be killed. Andy loved them and this was the final straw that silenced him from exposing his full story. I questioned Andy about this soul mate future wife, whether this could be a “love bite set-up” designed to deceive him into being cooperative with his controllers not to go public any further. He insisted that she was real and the mother–son duo lived in some underground base somewhere.

Much of what Andy told me is in my interview entitled; “Project Superman” published in Unknown Magazine, winter 1999 issue. But there were other tidbits Andy discussed with me, which I considered too unbelievable, although they could be true, but not confirmed. These incidents may very well be true, but I had no way of knowing. Some of these memoirs were funny, others too horrid to repeat.

One such account is a memory Andy had about being in an underground base, escorted by his human Nazi handlers to a group of tall Greys. Apparently Andy had been able to resist his programmers to such an extent, that his handler, an Aryan looking man he called “Adolph”, brought him into a room of 5 Grey aliens. These Greys were used to reinforce mind control more effectively for “resistant” slaves. (I chided with Andy that the aliens were the “Master Mind Control Programmers) Andy described seeing 2 Greys sitting down at a table with 3 Greys standing in front of him. Andy heard one of the Greys say telepathically, ” You will obey us.” Andy screamed back to the skin-headed aliens, “Look, knock that off or I’ll kill you!” The aliens continued their demands of obedience into Andy’s mind. Andy warned them a second time, “I’ll kill you!” Then Andy focused his telekinetic psi ability to physically throw the commanding alien up against the wall, splitting its head open. The other 3 aliens stood up, as Andy picked up another alien with his “mind powers”, until the whole group of them scrambled out of the room. Sensing that this situation was getting out of control, Adolph grabbed Andy and said, “Let’s get out of here!” Full of adrenaline, Andy shouted back, “I don’t care, I’m indestructible!” I couldn’t help but ask Andy, “What color was the aliens head’s insides that splat all over the wall? Did they have red blood?” He told me, “It was whitish grey with greenish blood.” We joked about that one, laughing it off as “alien Grey split pea soup!”(I mentioned this to an Internet list group of “experiencers” and they became very angry with me, wanting to defend the poor aliens. They eventually kicked me off the Muppet list!)

Andy did say he had been abducted by the alien Greys a few times, where samples were taken from him for breeding purposes. One of the more bizarre stories Andy related to me was about his visit to a group of high level Illuminati, who were really shape shifting reptilians, that convened in an underground base not far from Rochester, NY. This happened sometime in 1989-90. He was not sure of the exact location, but it was an underground facility in a large conference room where a very long, dark wooded conference table sat. It was a party gathering where a group of tall, Aryan looking; older males were having drinks. One of the men walked over to Andy, and his human image phased out, as if there was an energetic interference that caused his holographic image to shift. Andy looked at the creature as he adjusted some button on a black box device attached to his waist. The man’s image shifted from a tall human to a 7-foot tall, 450lb lizard man, according to Andy. The reptilian shifted back again to human, and then said, “Here, I’ll show you”. So he pushes the button on his waist device and his image shifts back to the 7-foot tall Reptoid creature. Apparently, Andy thought that his energy field caused a momentary shift in the holographic human image that the Reptilian masqueraded. The artificial hologram was maintained by a device that they wore on their waist. I wouldn’t have taken Andy’s story too seriously, except for a similar report from a Monarch slave who described the same thing—the long, wooden conference table, the same large view screen in the front of the room, and the tall Aryan humans who could alter their holographic image via a box held at their waist.

One of the more hilarious aspects to Andy’s story was his description of the chairs that the shape-shifting reptilians sat in, around the long conference table. There was a video type of screen at the front of the room, and each sitting area around the table had its own little light and computer console that came out of the table as if it was built in. The chairs were high backed, since the lizard men were all at least 7 feet tall. But a minor detail caught Andy’s attention about the chairs that these Reptilians sat in. He looked down to see that each chair had a slit in it, as if it was a double-bottomed chair, like two big blocks. When Andy saw one of them sit sown, he realized that the slits in the chairs were so that they could sit down with their tails underneath them! Tailor made conference chairs with slits in them for Reptilian tails! We laughed about that too, wondering when this would ever show up on Star Trek or Babylon 5. That experience was one of Andy’s first introductions to Reptilians.

On another occasion, Andy was introduced to a Reptilian, and taken to a private room, again, in some kind of underground facility. This time, Andy believes he must have been tested for his reaction to a horror scene. Or perhaps this may have been designed for trauma splitting purposes—or even an implanted memory. The Reptilian invites Andy in his private quarters, that looks like a fancy hotel room. He is ready to have dinner in his private room. A servant rolls a large silver cart in the room, like a hotel room service type of cart. The Reptilian opens the tray to expose 4-5 human babies alive and crying. Andy stood there as the Reptilian took a huge bite out of the live infant, splitting it in half, eating the baby alive.

Horrified and nauseous, Andy bolted toward the door. The Reptilian tried to grab Andy but he managed to escape until 5 Grey aliens who stood guarding the door, zapped him with some device that knocked him out cold. Well, that was enough of the baby eating reptilian stories for me!

I wanted to know more about time travel, the Montauk chair and amplification of kundalini energy. So I asked Andy why do they do such sexual energy manipulations? Why male Montauk chair operators and not females? Andy told me about the kundalini energy activation and types of sexual couplings that result in greater sexual “psi”energy output. Apparently the Montauk experimenters have psychosexual manipulations down to a science. Well, I was told that there are asexual, homosexual and heterosexual couplings that each produces a different level of orgone energy. The sexual couplings that produce the highest charge are homosexual liaisons, and preferably with young male children. This is also practiced by high level witchcraft, a way for black magicians to obtain life force energy. It made me sad to know this was done to so many of the Montauk boys.

Andy was used to create a series of time portals via his extraordinary mind focusing powers when in the Montauk chair. He also could manifest three-dimensional objects while in this mind state. I asked Andy if he had been ever sent back in time, and he told me about “Project Southern Cross” where he was sent back to England and Germany in the 1940’s before WW2 was over. Supposedly, Andy was sent to deliver drawings and communication devices and weapons made out of 1940’s parts that would enable us to win the war. I had a hard time making sense of this one.

Andy also said he was sent to a pre-historic dinosaur era of earth’s history where there was much vegetation. Andy said all he did on that mission was to collect soil samples and return. All of his time travel missions were carried out under tranced out mind controlled states, each mission not lasting more than a few hours.

Andy mentioned how his abilities were used to do demonstrations to get funding from politicians. In one story, which I can not confirm, Adolph took Andy to do a demonstration for a Hollywood producer and a few actors while making the movie, “Soldier” which starred Kurt Russell. Andy’s handlers drove him out on a dark, warm, tropical night one evening on a back road—perhaps somewhere in Southern California. Andy was in trance the whole time, and was instructed to give a demonstration of his “super soldier” abilities. Andy claimed that Kurt Russell was present, along with a few other actors of this film and the producer. Adolph commands Andy to do something impressive, so Andy went over to a nearby fence alongside the road and kicks and smashes it in. One of the men present snickered, making a snide comment that this was nothing, like big deal. So Andy went over to one of the men’s parked car–a Saub model–picked the vehicle up and flipped it over, denting it. The owner of the car ran towards Andy yelling at him to stop. Then Andy grabbed the guy up and threw him up against the fence, messing him up badly.

Andy claimed to have been involved in numerous UFO retrieval clean-ups, as part of a mind controlled Delta team who entered to secure the UFO crash area while lab coated scientists came in to do their jobs. Andy mentioned that there are several of these crashes going on monthly all over the world. After the crash is cleaned up the Delta team’s memories are erased.

According to Andy, the Illuminati tried to recruit him, offering him a high Masonic degree, referring to him as their ” Illuminati Golden Boy”. Andy claimed that they kept bribing him into being cooperative and breeding for them, but he refused. Andy despised them with a passion and was determined to taking them down, if only he knew how. I asked him what did he think was the greatest threat to the Illuminati? Andy replied, “Jesus Christ.”

By mid winter 1999, I had lost contact with Andy, as events kept pulling him from one chaotic drama to the next. I knew that Andy was tapping into his own repressed rage from all his mind controlled abuse and he had nowhere to turn. He realized how infiltrated the UFO community was and even those involved in mind control research. He knew his family was probably mind controlled too, adding to the security problems he had. He realized at some point, that he had to keep secret the memories that surfaced, because if he spoke them to anyone, it seemed as if every step of the way he was distracted or neutralized. Andy became more paranoid– and determined to “get his abilities back.” He believed in himself to the point of appearing grandiose and delusional because of his “superman abilities”.

I had nightmares of seeing Andy being beaten, head thrown against the wall with a huge black eye, that looked abnormal. I knew something was terribly wrong, but I could not find out, as I had lost contact. Later that spring I found out through a close friend that she had seen Andy, and he looked entirely “different” from the way she had known him before. Andy had something strange in one of his eyes, like an implant or something unnatural.

Months went by, and then a year. I was told recently by Preston Nichols that not long after the spring of 1999, Andy traveled to Arizona and got involved in some cult—perhaps to stay hidden and “out of the system”. Maybe he got re-programmed by cult members. He then traveled out of country to Korea and to such exotic places as Nepal, Tibet and Kat Man Du. By mid-year 2000 Andy returned to the states, out of money. Andy went back to New Jersey to ask for money from his family, which resulted in another unfortunate incident. His family refused to give him money, so he took what he needed, a car and cash, by force. Andy’s family charged him with assault and robbery. Not long after this, Andy was arrested and sent to jail, and is now awaiting a trial somewhere in Arkansas. No one has heard from him—and as of the late fall of 2000, Andy is still in jail.

Not a good ending to this saga. I’m sure it is only part of Andy’s real story, and at this particular junction in his life, he is in exile. I hope Andy can get the help he needs when or if he gets out of jail. So, for any of you out there who care about what is going on in this country with mind control victims, please pray for his freedom. Please pray for others who are still caught in the strongholds of the enemy. I do believe that if enough of us start caring, the tide will turn in our favor.

Eve Lorgen © 2000

Web posted at: http://www.xs4all.nl/~sm4csi/nwo/MindControl/project_superman.htm

Source


Related

Andy Pero & Project Superman (Oct. 27, 1999)
>> http://educate-yourself.org/mc/projectsuperman1part27oct99.shtml

Interview with Andy Pero, Montauk ‘Superman’ Programming Victim (June 13, 2000)
>> http://educate-yourself.org/mc/andyperointerview13jun00.shtml

 

 

So maybe once again the Truth is stranger than fiction?

 

“It is only those who are in constant revolt that discover what is true, not the man who conforms, who follows some tradition. It is only when you are constantly inquiring, constantly observing, constantly learning, that you find truth, God, or love.”

JIDDU KRISHNAMURTI, Think on These Things

The Hagmann And Hagmann Report Sept 20 2013 Tom Horn

Awesome show featuring a great man called Tom Horn. He knows it all about transhumanism and sick animal/human chimairas:

The Hagmann & Hagmann Report provides listeners information about current events and historical topics that transcend the political right-left paradigm and delve into the real issues behind the sugar-coated news.
This unique, father-son detective duo uses their investigative abilities and resources to aggressively research and report on issues left untouched by the corporate media and those that exist beyond the scope of the non-traditional media. The show addresses many issues once considered mere fodder for “conspiracy theorists,” tracing their roots from the various events that created them through the fabric of history to the present day.
The program digs deep into current topics that include questions about who is really running America, who is really benefitting from the massive financial bailouts, who and what is behind controversial legislation such as the NDAA, SOPA, Agenda 21, and other issues that are rarely addressed with focus, clarity and accuracy. No stone is left unturned, no topic left untouched.
Certain pivotal events that changed the course of U.S. and world history are also subjected to investigative scrutiny, from the start of the Federal Reserve, World Wars I and II, Vietnam, the McCarthy hearings, the assassinations of John F. Kennedy, Robert Kennedy, to the 1979 Iran hostage crisis, the BCCI scandal, the attacks of 9/11 and events taking place through the various presidential administrations of William Clinton, George H.W. Bush, his son and now Barack Hussein Obama.
The hosts will always leave the audience more informed yet wanting more. It can and does get lively at times, as they don’t always agree on matters of intent and motive!
Real information. Real truth. Less hype.
TOGETHER, THEY ARE AMERICA’S PREMIER FATHER-SON INVESTIGAIVE TEAM!

The Hagmann & Hagmann Report provides viewers and listeners information about current events and historical topics that transcend the political right-left paradigm and delve into the real issues behind the sugar-coated news. This unique, father-son detective duo uses their investigative abilities and resources to aggressively research and report on issues left untouched by the corporate media and those that exist beyond the scope of the non-traditional media. The show addresses many issues once considered mere fodder for “conspiracy theorists,” tracing their roots from the various events that created them through the fabric of history to the present day

Stephen Quayle is the author of five books. For over thirty years, he has been investigating ancient civilizations, giants, UFOs and biological warfare as they relate to the future of mankind. Stephen discusses the coming worst-case scenarios approaching this world and how they interrelate to each other. Earthquakes, volcanoes, nuclear and biological terrorism, coupled with the planned financial meltdown of the U.S. dollar will thrust us into unimagined tribulations. Stephen Quayle is on record as stating that we have moved from the realm of natural threats into the arena of supernaturally guided events of the unseen hand of evil orchestrating world events of unfathomable proportions

FAIR USE NOTICE: These Videos may contain copyrighted (©) material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. Such material is made available to advance understanding of ecological, political, human rights, economic, democracy, scientific, moral, ethical, and social justice issues, etc. It is believed that this constitutes a ‘fair use’ of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior general interest in receiving similar information for research and educational purposes

 

 

“Belief in the truth commences with the doubting of all those “truths” we once believed.”
FRIEDRICH NIETZSCHE, “Truth Will Have No Other Gods Alongside It”